Law General Of Institutions And Procedures Electoral

Original Language Title: Ley General de Instituciones y Procedimientos Electorales

Subscribe to a Global-Regulation Premium Membership Today!

Key Benefits:

Subscribe Now for only USD$20 per month, or Get a Day Pass for only USD$4.99.

SECOND SECTION

EXECUTIVE BRANCH

SECRETARY OF GOVERNMENT

DECREE issued by the General Law of Electoral Institutions and Procedures; and various provisions of the General Law of the Media System of Impeachment in the Field of Elections are reformed and added to the Organic Law. of the Judicial Branch of the Federation and the Federal Law on Administrative Responsibilities of Public Servants. (Continued in the Third Section)

On the sidelines a seal with the National Shield, which reads: United Mexican States.-Presidency of the Republic.

ENRIQUE PEÑA NIETO, President of the United Mexican States, to its inhabitants known:

That the Honorable Congress of the Union, has served to address the following

DECREE

"THE GENERAL CONGRESS OF THE MEXICAN UNITED STATES, DECREES:

THE GENERAL LAW OF ELECTORAL INSTITUTIONS AND PROCEDURES IS EXPECTED; AND VARIOUS PROVISIONS OF THE LAW GENERAL OF THE ELECTION MEDIA SYSTEM, OF THE ORGANIC LAW OF THE THE JUDICIARY OF THE FEDERATION AND THE FEDERAL LAW ON ADMINISTRATIVE RESPONSIBILITIES OF PUBLIC SERVANTS.

ARTICLE FIRST. The General Law of Electoral Institutions and Procedures is issued.

GENERAL LAW OF ELECTORAL INSTITUTIONS AND PROCEDURES

BOOK FIRST

SINGLE TITLE

General Provisions

Article 1.

1. This Law is of general public order and observance in the national territory and for the citizens exercising their right to vote in foreign territory. It is intended to lay down the applicable provisions on electoral institutions and procedures, to distribute powers between the Federation and the federative entities in these matters, as well as the relationship between the National Institute Elections and Local Public Bodies.

2. The provisions of this Law apply to elections at the federal and local level in respect of the matters established by the Constitution.

3. The local Constitutions and laws will be in accordance with the provisions of the Constitution and this Law.

4. The renewal of the Executive and Legislative branches of the Federation, as well as those corresponding to the Executive, Legislative and Municipal Powers in the states of the Federation, and the Head of Government, Members of the Assembly Legislative and the delegation heads of the Federal District shall be held by free, authentic and periodic elections, by means of universal, free, secret and direct suffrage.

Article 2.

1. This Law regulates constitutional rules regarding:

a) Citizens ' political-electoral rights and obligations;

b) The state function of organizing the elections of the members of the Legislative and Executive Powers of the Union;

c) Rules common to federal and local electoral processes, and

d) The integration of electoral bodies.

Article 3.

1. For the purposes of this Act it is understood by:

a) Anticipated Acts of Campaign: The acts of expression that are performed in any form and at any time outside the stage of campaigns, that contain so-called express to the vote against or in favor of a candidacy or a party, or expressions requesting any kind of support to run in the electoral process for any candidacy or for a party;

b) Anticipated Acts of Precampaign: The expressions that are made in any form and at any time during the period that goes from the beginning of the electoral process until before the legal deadline for the beginning of the precampaigns, that contain so-called express to the voting against or in favour of a pre-candidacy;

c) Independent Candidate: The citizen who obtains the registration agreement from the electoral authority, having met the requirements that for such effect of this Law;

d) Citizens: People who have the quality of Mexicans meet the requirements set out in Article 34 of the Political Constitution of the States United Mexicans;

e) General Council: The General Council of the Institute;

f) Constitution: The Political Constitution of the United Mexican States;

g) Institute: The National Electoral Institute;

h) Local Public Bodies: The Electoral Public Bodies of Federative Entities, and

i) Electoral Tribunal: The Electoral Tribunal of the Judiciary of the Federation.

Article 4.

1. The Institute and Local Public Bodies, in the field of their competence, will have the necessary to ensure compliance with this Law.

2. Federal, state and municipal authorities shall provide the necessary collaboration for the proper performance of the functions of the electoral authorities established by the Constitution and this Act.

Article 5.

1. The application of this Law corresponds, in their respective fields of competence, to the Institute, the Electoral Tribunal, the Local Public Bodies and the local judicial authorities in the matter, to the Chamber of Deputies and to the Chamber of Senators of the Congress of the Union.

2. The interpretation of this Law shall be made in accordance with the grammatical, systematic and functional criteria, in accordance with the provisions of the last paragraph of Article 14 of the Constitution.

Article 6.

1. The promotion of citizen participation for the exercise of the right to vote corresponds to the Institute, Local Public Bodies, political parties and their candidates. The Institute shall issue the rules to which voting promotion campaigns are subject to other organizations.

2. The Institute, within the scope of its powers, shall have the necessary to ensure compliance with the rules set out above and the other rules laid down in this Law.

BOOK SECOND

Of the Integration of the Legislative and Executive Powers of the Union and the Federative Entities, as well as the Councils

TITLE FIRST

Of Citizens ' Participation in Elections

CHAPTER I

Rights and Obligations

Article 7.

1. Voting in elections is a right and an obligation that is exercised to integrate organs of the state of popular choice. It is also the right of citizens and an obligation for political parties to equal opportunities and parity between men and women in order to gain access to positions of popular choice.

2. The vote is universal, free, secret, direct, personal and non-transferable. Acts that generate pressure or coercion to constituents are prohibited.

3. It is the right of citizens to be voted for all positions of popular choice, having the qualities that the law of the matter establishes and to request their registration independently, when comply with the requirements, conditions and terms to be determined by this Law.

4. It is the right and obligation of citizens to vote in popular consultations on issues of national importance, in terms that determine the law of the matter and in the processes of participation citizens who are provided for in the relevant legislation.

Article 8.

1. It is the duty of the citizens to integrate the box directives into the terms of this Law.

2. It is the exclusive right of citizens to participate as observers of the acts of preparation and development of federal and local electoral processes, as well as in popular and other consultations. forms of citizen participation that are performed in accordance with the relevant legislation, in the form and terms determined by the General Council, and in the terms provided for in this Law.

Article 9.

1. For the exercise of the vote, citizens must satisfy, in addition to those laid down in Article 34 of the Constitution, the following requirements:

a) Be enrolled in the Federal Register of Electors in the terms laid out by this Act, and

b) Contar with the credential to vote.

2. In each electoral district, suffrage shall be issued in the electoral section comprising the domicile of the citizen, except in the cases of exception expressly indicated by this Law.

CHAPTER II

Of Eligibility Requirements

Article 10.

1. They are requirements to be a Federal Deputy or Senator, in addition to those that point respectively to Articles 55 and 58 of the Constitution, the following:

a) Be enrolled in the Federal Register of Electors and count on credential to vote;

b) Not to be an electoral magistrate or secretary of the Electoral Tribunal, unless you are separated from office three years before the date of the start of the electoral process in question;

c) Not to be Executive Secretary or Executive Director of the Institute, unless you separate from office three years before the start date of the electoral process in question;

d) Not being a President or Chief Electoral Officer on the Institute's General, Local or District Councils, unless you separate from office three years earlier the date of the start of the electoral process in question;

e) Do not belong to the National Electoral Professional Service, unless you are separated from office three years before the start date of the electoral process treat, and

f) Not to be the Municipal President or to be the head of any political-administrative body in the case of the Federal District, nor to exercise under any circumstances the same functions, unless it is separated from the position ninety days before the date of the election.

Article 11.

1. No person may be registered as a candidate for different positions of popular choice in the same electoral process; neither can he be a candidate for a federal office of popular choice and at the same time for other states, municipalities or the Federal District. In this case, if the registration for the office of the federal election is already done, the automatic cancellation of the respective registration will be carried out.

2. Political parties will not be able to register more than sixty candidates for a relative majority and proportional representation simultaneously in the same electoral process. distributed in its five regional lists. In the case of local legislatures, the rules specifying the respective legislation shall apply.

3. Political parties will not be able to register more than six candidates for a relative majority and proportional representation simultaneously in the same electoral process.

TITLE SECOND

From the Election of the President of the United Mexican States and the Members of the Chamber of Deputies and the Chamber of Deputies

CHAPTER I

Of Election Systems

Article 12.

1. The exercise of the Executive Branch is deposited in a single individual who is called the President of the United Mexican-elected United States every six years by a relative majority and a direct vote of the citizens.

2. The right of association of political parties in electoral processes to charges of federal or local popular elections shall be governed by the General Law of Political Parties. Regardless of the type of election, the coalition agreement and the terms specified in it, each of the political parties will appear with their own emblem on the ballot, according to the election in question. Coalition candidate and will count for each of the political parties for all the effects set forth in this Law. In no case will it be possible to transfer or distribute voting by coalition agreement.

Article 13.

1. The Legislative Power of the United Mexican States is deposited in a General Congress, which will be divided into two chambers, one of deputies and one of senators.

Article 14.

1. The Chamber of Deputies is composed of 300 elected deputies according to the principle of majority voting, by means of the system of uninominal electoral districts, and 200 deputies who will be elected. According to the principle of proportional representation, the system of regional lists voted in plurinominal constituencies. The Chamber of Deputies will be renewed in its entirety every three years.

2. The House of Senators will be integrated by 128 senators, of whom, in each state and in the Federal District, two will be elected according to the principle of majority voting relative and one will be assigned to the first minority. The remaining 32 senators will be elected by the principle of proportional representation, voted in a single national plurinominal constituency. The Chamber of Senators will be renewed in its entirety every six years.

3. For each federative entity, the political parties must register a list with two formulas of candidates for senators. The first-minority senatorial shall be assigned to the formula of candidates who will lead the list of the political party which, by itself, has occupied the second place in the number of votes in the entity concerned. They must also register a national list of 32 candidate formulas to be voted on by the principle of proportional representation.

4. In the lists referred to in the preceding paragraphs, the political parties will indicate the order in which the candidate formulas should appear. In the formulas for senators and deputies, in the case of relative majority, as well as proportional representation, the political parties will have to integrate them by people of the same gender.

5. In the case of independent candidacies, formulas must be integrated by people of the same gender.

CHAPTER II

From the Proportional Representation for Integration of the Chamber of Deputies and Senators and the Assignment Formulas

Article 15.

1. It is understood by total vote issued, the sum of all votes cast at the ballot box. For the purposes of applying Article 54 (II) of the Constitution, a valid vote shall be taken to mean that the sum of all the votes cast at the ballot box, the null and the corresponding votes shall be deducted from the sum of all votes cast. unregistered candidates.

2. In the application of Article 54 (III) of the Constitution, for the allocation of deputies of proportional representation, it shall be understood as a national vote of the deduct from the total vote cast, votes in favor of political parties that have not obtained three percent of that vote, votes cast for Independent Candidates and null votes.

3. No political party can count on more than 300 deputies for both principles. In no case, a political party can count on a number of deputies for both principles representing a percentage of the total House that exceeds by eight points to its percentage of national vote issued. This base will not apply to the political party that, for its victories in uninominal districts, obtains a percentage of seats in the total of the House, higher than the sum of the percentage of its national vote, plus eight percent.

Article 16.

1. For the allocation of proportional representation deputies in accordance with the provisions of Article 54 of the Constitution, the application of a formula of pure proportionality, consisting of the following elements:

a) Natural cooking, and

b) Major Rest.

2. Natural ratio: is the result of dividing the national vote issued among the 200 deputies of proportional representation.

3. Major Rest: is the highest remnant among the remains of the votes of each political party, once the distribution of curules is done through the natural quotient. The larger remainder will be used when there are still deputations to be distributed.

Article 17.

1. Once the formula provided in the previous article is developed, the following procedure is observed:

a) Members will be determined who would be assigned to each political party, in accordance with the number of times that the natural quotient contains their vote, and

b) Those that would be distributed to the rest of the world if the natural quotient was applied after the distribution of diputations, following the decreasing order of the votes not used for each of the political parties in the allocation of seats.

2. It will be determined whether it is the case of applying to any political party the limits set forth in fractions IV and V of Article 54 of the Constitution, for which the political party whose number In addition, the number of Members of the House shall be deducted from the number of deputies of proportional representation to the extent that the percentage of the total of the Chamber exceeds 300, or its percentage of seats in the total of the Chamber exceeds by eight percentage points. the limits laid down, the surplus members being allocated to the other parties politicians not to be placed in these assumptions.

3. Once the number of surplus proportional representation deputies has been deducted, the political party that has been located in one of the assumptions of the previous paragraph will be assigned the seats that The following terms apply to them in each constituency:

a) The distribution quotient will be obtained, which results from dividing the total votes of the political party that is in this case, among the deputations to be assigned to the party itself;

b) The votes obtained by the political party in each of the constituencies will be divided between the distribution ratio, assigning according to numbers integers for each of them, and

c) If you still have Members to assign, the method of the larger remainder, provided for in the previous article, will be used.

Article 18.

1. For the allocation of proportional representation deputies in the event that the assumption provided for in Article 54 (VI) of the Constitution is provided, it shall proceed as follows:

a) Once the distribution referred to in the previous article has been carried out, the rest of the seats will be assigned to the other political parties with the right to do so, in the following terms:

I. Effective national voting will be obtained. To this end, the votes of the party or political parties to which one of the limits laid down in Article 54 (IV) or (V) of the Constitution have been applied shall be deducted from the national vote.

II. Effective national voting will be divided among the number of seats to be allocated, in order to obtain a new natural quotient;

III. The effective national vote obtained by each party will be divided among the new natural quotient. The result in whole numbers will be the total number of deputies to assign to each party, and

IV. If you still remain curules for distribution, they will be assigned in accordance with the major remains of the parties.

2. To assign the Members who correspond to each political party, per plurinominal constituency, it will proceed as follows:

a) Effective voting by constituency will be obtained, which will be the result of deducting the vote from the political parties in the Cases referred to in Article 54 (IV) and (V) of the Constitution, in each of the constituencies;

b) Effective voting by constituency will be divided among the number of seats to be allocated in each plurinominal constituency, to obtain the distribution quotient in each;

c) The effective vote of each political party in each of the plurinominal constituencies will be divided between the distribution ratio being the result in whole numbers of the total number of Members to be allocated in each plurinominal constituency, and

d) If after the distribution quotient is applied, members will be left to distribute to the political parties, the remainder of the votes will be used political party has in the constituencies, until they exhaust the ones that correspond to it, in order of decreasing order, in order that each plurinominal constituency has forty deputies.

Article 19.

1. Determined the allocation of deputies per political party referred to in points (a) and (b) of paragraph 1 of Article 17 of this Law and in the event that no political party is located in the cases referred to in Article 54 (IV) and (V) of the Constitution shall be as follows:

a) The total vote for each constituency, among forty, will be divided to obtain the distribution ratio;

b) The vote obtained by political party in each of the plurinominal constituencies will be divided between the distribution ratio, the result in Whole numbers shall be the total number of Members who shall be assigned to each multi-member constituency, and

c) If after the distribution quotient is applied, members will be left to distribute to the political parties, the remainder of the votes will be used (a) political party shall have, until it has exhausted its corresponding, in descending order that each plurinominal constituency has 40 members.

Article 20.

1. In all cases, for the allocation of the deputies by the principle of proportional representation, the order of the candidates in the respective regional lists will be followed.

Article 21.

1. For the allocation of senators by the principle of proportional representation referred to in the second paragraph of Article 56 of the Constitution, the formula of pure proportionality and the following rules will be met:

a) It is understood by total vote cast for the effects of the election of senators by the principle of proportional representation, the sum of all the votes cast at the ballot box for the national plurinominal constituency list, and

b) The allocation of senators by the principle of proportional representation will be considered as a national vote issued that results from deducting from the total issued, votes in favour of political parties which have not obtained three per cent of the vote cast for the corresponding list, null votes, votes for unregistered candidates and votes for Candidates Independent.

2. The pure proportionality formula consists of the following elements:

a) Natural cooking, and

b) Major Rest.

3. Natural ratio: it is the result of dividing the national vote issued, among the number to be distributed by senators elected by the principle of proportional representation.

4. Rest of the most: it is the highest remnant among the remains of the votes of each political party after having participated in the distribution of senators through the natural quotient. The larger remainder should be used when there are still senators to be distributed.

5. For the application of the formula, the following procedure is observed:

a) By the natural quotient will be distributed to each political party as many senators as number of times contain their vote said quotient, and

b) After the natural quotient is applied, if senators still remain to be distributed, they will be assigned by the larger method, following the order decreasing the remains of unused votes for each of the political parties.

6. In any case, the assignment of senators by the principle of proportional representation will follow the order of the candidates on the national list.

CHAPTER III

Supplementary Provisions

Article 22.

1. The ordinary elections must be held on the first Sunday of June of the corresponding year, to choose:

a) Federal deputies, every three years;

b) Senators, every six years, and

c) President of the United Mexican States, every six years.

2. On the day the ordinary federal elections are to be held, it will be considered as non-working in the entire national territory.

Article 23.

1. When an election is declared null or the members of the winning formula are ineligible, the call for the extraordinary election must be issued within forty-five years. days following the conclusion of the last stage of the electoral process.

2. In the case of vacancies of members of the Congress of the Union elected by the principle of relative majority, the Chamber in question shall call for extraordinary elections.

3. The vacancies of members of the Chamber of Deputies elected by the principle of proportional representation shall be covered by the alternates of the respective elected formula. If the vacancy arises in respect of the complete formula, it shall be covered by that formula of candidates of the same party which shall remain in the order of the respective regional list, after having been assigned to the Members who have appointed him. reciprocated.

4. The vacant members of the Chamber of Senators elected by the principle of proportional representation shall be covered by the alternates of the respective elected formula. If the vacancy arises in respect of the complete formula, it shall be covered by that formula of candidates of the same party which shall remain in the order of the respective national list, after having been assigned the senators who have appointed him. reciprocated.

Article 24.

1. Calls for the holding of extraordinary elections will not be able to restrict the rights that this Law recognizes to citizens and national political parties, nor to alter the rights procedures and formalities that you establish.

2. The General Council may adjust the time limits set forth in this Law according to the date indicated in the respective call.

3. In no case may the political party which has lost its registration prior to the date on which it is due to take part in ordinary or extraordinary elections. However, the party that had lost its registration may participate in an extraordinary election, provided that it had participated with a candidate in the ordinary election that was annulled.

THIRD TITLE

Of the Election of Governors, Local Legislatures and Councils, as well as Head of Government, Deputies to the Legislative Assembly and the Holders of the Political Organs-Administrative of the Territorial demarcations of the Federal District

ONLY CHAPTER

General Provisions

Article 25.

1. The ordinary local elections in which governors are elected, members of the local legislatures, members of the Councils in the states of the Republic, as well as the Head of Government, Members of the Legislative Assembly and holders of the political-administrative organs of the territorial demarcations of the Federal District shall be held on the first Sunday of June of the corresponding year.

2. On the day the ordinary local elections are to be held, it shall be considered as non-working in the entire territory of the entity.

3. Local legislation shall define, in accordance with the Constitution, the periodicity of each election, the time limits for calling for extraordinary elections in the event of the annulment of an election, and mechanisms to fill vacancies that occur in the local legislature.

Article 26.

1. The Executive and Legislative branches of the states of the Republic and the Federal District will be integrated and organized as determined by the Constitution, the constitutions of each state, as well as the Federal District Government Statute and the respective laws.

2. The municipalities will be governed by a directly elected municipal council, formed by a municipal president and the number of members to determine the Constitution and the law of each entity, as well as the political-administrative bodies, according to the applicable legislation in the Federal District.

3. The indigenous peoples and communities have the right to choose, in the municipalities with indigenous population, representatives to the Councils. The constitutions and laws of the federal entities will recognize and regulate these rights in the municipalities, in order to strengthen the participation and political representation in accordance with their internal traditions and norms.

4. Indigenous peoples and communities in the federal entities shall elect, in accordance with their principles, rules, procedures and traditional practices, to the authorities or representatives for the exercise of its own forms of internal governance, guaranteeing the participation of men and women on an equal footing, keeping the rules laid down in the Constitution, local constitutions and applicable laws.

Article 27.

1. The laws of the states and the Legislative Assembly of the Federal District will be integrated with elected deputies according to the principles of relative majority and proportional representation, in the terms that point to this Law, the local constitutions, the Federal District Government Statute and the respective local laws.

2. The Institute and Local Public Bodies, within the scope of their respective competencies, shall ensure the correct application of the corresponding rules in each entity.

Article 28.

1. The number of representatives in the legislatures of the States will be proportional to that of the inhabitants of each; but, in any case, it will not be possible to be less than seven deputies in the States whose population does not The population of the population of the population of the population of the population of the population of the population of the population of the population of the population of the population exceeds this figure.

2. In no case, a political party can count on a number of deputies for both principles representing a percentage of the total of the legislature that exceeds by eight percentage points. voting. This base will not apply to the political party that for its victories in a single-minomial district will obtain a percentage of seats in the total of the legislature, higher than the sum of the percentage of its vote, plus eight percent. In order to recognise and ensure the representation and plurality of political forces in the federal entity, the allocation of local proportional representation shall be carried out in accordance with the following:

a) The political party that obtains in the respective elections three percent of the valid vote issued will be assigned a curl for the principle of proportional representation, regardless of the majority wins it would have obtained, and

b) The previous distribution will be reallocated, the remainder of the proportional representation will be allocated according to the formula established in the local laws.

c) In the integration of the legislature, the percentage of representation of a political party may not be less than the percentage of voting that it has received minus eight percentage points. In any event, the formula shall lay down the rules for the deduction of the number of proportional representation Members that are necessary to assign Members to the political parties that are in that case, of greater or lesser. subrepresentation. This formula shall apply once a Member has been assigned to him by way of representation in proportion to the political parties who have obtained the minimum voting rate to keep the register in accordance with the rules of procedure. election.

THIRD BOOK

From Election Bodies

TITLE FIRST

From The National Electoral Institute

CHAPTER I

Preliminary Provisions

Article 29.

1. The Institute is an autonomous public body with its own legal personality and its own heritage, in whose integration the legislative branch of the Union, the national political parties and the the citizens, in the terms that I ordered this Law. The Institute shall have the budgetary, technical, human and material resources required for the direct exercise of its powers and powers.

Article 30.

1. These are the purposes of the Institute:

a) Contribute to the development of democratic life;

b) Preserve the strengthening of the political party regime;

c) Integrate the Federal Register of Electors;

d) Ensure citizens exercise political-electoral rights and monitor compliance with their obligations;

e) Ensuring the periodic and peaceful holding of elections to renew the members of the Legislative and Executive Powers of the Union, as well as exercise the functions that the Constitution gives to it in local electoral processes;

f) Velar for the authenticity and effectiveness of suffrage;

g) Conduct the promotion of voting and contribute to the spread of civic education and democratic culture, and

h) Fungir as the sole authority for the administration of time corresponding to the State in radio and television intended for the Institute's own objectives, to those of other electoral authorities and to guarantee the exercise of the rights that the Constitution grants to the political parties in the matter.

2. All activities of the Institute shall be governed by the principles of certainty, legality, independence, impartiality, maximum publicity and objectivity.

3. For the performance of their activities, the Institute and Local Public Bodies will have a body of public servants in their executive and technical bodies, integrated into a National Electoral Professional Service that will be governed by the Statute to be approved by the General Council. The National Electoral Professional Service, will have two systems, one for the Institute and another for the Local Public Bodies, which will contain the respective mechanisms of selection, admission, training, professionalization, promotion, evaluation, rotation, permanence and discipline, as well as the general catalogue of the posts and posts of the executive and technical staff. The Institute shall regulate the organisation and operation of this Service, and shall exercise its rectory. The Institute shall exercise the system's rectory and regulate its organisation, operation and implementation of the mechanisms referred to in this Article.

4. Additionally, the Institute will have staff assigned to an administrative branch, for the optimal performance of the institutional functions, which will be governed by the statute referred to in the previous paragraph.

Article 31.

1. The Institute is an authority in the electoral field, independent in its decisions and functioning and professional in its performance.

2. The Institute's assets are integrated with the movable and immovable property that are intended for the fulfillment of its object and the items that are indicated annually in the Budget of the Institute of Federation, as well as any revenue it receives for any concept, arising from the application of the provisions of this Law.

3. Budgetary resources for public financing of political parties are not part of the Institute's assets, so the Institute may not alter the calculation for its determination and the amounts of the same shall be in accordance with this Law.

4. The Institute shall be governed for its organization, operation and control by the applicable constitutional provisions and the other applicable. It shall also be organised in accordance with the principle of administrative deconcentration.

Article 32.

1. The Institute will have the following attributions:

a) For federal and local electoral processes:

I. Election training;

II. The electoral geography, which will include the determination of the electoral districts and their division into electoral sections, as well as the delimitation of the plurinominal constituencies and the setting headers;

III. The voter list and voter list;

IV. The location of the boxes and the designation of the officials of their boards;

V. The rules, guidelines, criteria and formats for preliminary results; opinion polls or polls; election observation; quick counts; printing of documents and production of election materials, and

VI. The audit of income and expenditure of political parties and candidates.

b) For federal electoral processes:

I.       The registration of national political parties;

II.      The recognition of rights and access to the prerogatives of national political parties and candidates for federal popular elections;

III.     The preparation of the election day;

IV.    The printing of documents and the production of electoral materials;

V.     The counts and computes in terms of this Law;

VI.    The computation of the election of President of the United Mexican States in each of the uninominal constituencies;

VII.   The declaration of validity and the granting of constances in the elections of deputies and senators;

VIII. Civic education in federal electoral processes, and

IX.    The others that point to you this Law and other applicable provisions.

2. In addition to the above, the Institute, in the terms established by this Law, will have the following attributions:

a) The organization of the election of the leaders of the political parties, when they so request and in charge of their prerogatives, in the terms that establish the Law;

b) The election and removal of the President and the Electoral Councilors of Local Public Bodies;

c) Subscribe to agreements with Federal Executive Branch bodies that establish coordination mechanisms and ensure intelligence cooperation financial;

d) The verification of requirements, as well as the organization, development, computation, and statement of results of the popular queries referred to in the Section VIII of Article 35 of the Constitution;

e) Verify the percentage required by section IV of article 71 of the Constitution, for the filing of laws or decrees initiatives by citizens;

f) directly assume the conduct of the activities of the electoral function that corresponds to the Local Public Bodies, in the terms of this Act;

g) Delegate the privileges to Local Public Bodies, without prejudice to retaking their direct exercise at any time;

h) Attracting to your knowledge any matter of the competence of Local Public Bodies, when their transcendence so warrants or to seat a interpretation criteria;

i) Issue general criteria to guarantee the development of the mechanisms for citizen participation provided for in the federal laws that for this purpose issue, in order for citizens to participate, individually or collectively, in public decisions, and

j) Others to point to this Law and other applicable provisions.

Article 33.

1. The Institute has its registered office in the Federal District and will perform its functions throughout the national territory according to the following structure:

a) 32 delegations, one in each federative entity, and

b) 300 sub-delegations, one in each uninominal constituency.

2. You may also have municipal offices in places where the General Council determines its installation.

CHAPTER II

Of Central Organ

Article 34.

1. The Institute's central organs are:

a) The General Council;

b) The Presidency of the General Council;

c) The Executive General Meeting, and

d) The Executive Secretariat.

First Section

From the General Council and your Presidency

Article 35.

1. The General Council is the top management body, responsible for monitoring compliance with constitutional and legal provisions on electoral matters, as well as for ensuring that the principles of of certainty, legality, independence, impartiality, maximum publicity and objectivity guide all the activities of the Institute.

Article 36.

1. The General Council is composed of a President, ten Electoral Advisers, Legislative Branch Advisers, representatives of the political parties and the Executive Secretary.

2. The President of the General Council shall be elected by two-thirds of the present members of the Chamber of Deputies, in accordance with the procedure laid down by the A from Base V of article 41 of the Constitution.

3. The President of the General Council must meet the same requirements as set out in Article 38 of this Law to be an Electoral Adviser. He will last for nine years and will not be re-elected.

4. The Legislative Branch Directors will be proposed in the Chamber of Deputies by the parliamentary groups with party affiliation in one of the Chambers. There will only be one Counsellor for each parliamentary group, notwithstanding their recognition in both Houses of the Union Congress. Members of the Legislative Branch will attend the sessions of the General Council with a voice, but without a vote. Up to two alternates may be appointed for each owner. During the recesses of the Chamber of Deputies, the appointment will be made by the Permanent Commission of the Congress of the Union.

5. Electoral Advisers shall be elected in accordance with the procedure laid down in Article 41 (A) of the Constitution.

6. The Electoral Councilors will last for nine years, will be renewed in a staggered manner and will not be able to be re-elected.

7. The President and the Electoral Councilors shall render the protest of law in session held by the General Council within twenty-four hours of the election; the first shall do so. by himself and then he will take the protest to the elected members.

8. The Executive Secretary shall be appointed and removed by the two-thirds of the General Council on the proposal of the President.

9. Each national political party will appoint a representative and an alternate with a voice, but without a vote.

10. Parties will be able to replace their representatives at all times, giving the appropriate notice to the President.

Article 37.

1. In case of vacancy of the Legislative Branch, the President will address the Chamber of Deputies or, if appropriate, the Permanent Commission of the Congress of the Union, in order to make the corresponding designation.

2. If the President's or any of the Electoral Council members are to be completely absent, the Chamber of Deputies will proceed in the shortest time to choose the substitute in the terms of the the procedure laid down in Article 41 (A) of Article 41 of the Constitution.

Article 38.

1. Electoral Advisers must meet the following requirements:

a) Being a citizen by birth who does not acquire another nationality, as well as being in full enjoyment and exercise of his civil and political rights;

b) Be enrolled in the Federal Register of Electors and have a credential to vote;

c) Having more than thirty years of age, the day of designation;

d) Poseer a day of designation, with minimum age of five years, bachelor's degree professional degree and having knowledge and experience to enable them to perform their functions;

e) Gozar of good reputation and not having been convicted of any crime, unless it had not been painful;

f) Haber resided in the country for the last two years, except for the case of absence in service of the Republic for a period of less than six months;

g) Not having been registered as a candidate, nor having held any popular election in the last four years prior to the appointment;

h) Do not perform or have held a national or state address in any political party in the last four years prior to the appointment;

i) Not to be secretary of state, nor Attorney General of the Republic or Attorney General of any federal entity, deputy secretary or major officer in the Federal or State Public Administration, Head of Government of the Federal District, or Governor, or Secretary of Government, unless you separate from your order four years in advance of your appointment, and

j) Not being a member of the Professional Electoral Service, nor being a member of the National Electoral Professional Service during the last ordinary federal electoral process.

2. The Executive Secretary of the General Council shall meet the same requirements as are required to be an Electoral Adviser, with the exception of the provisions of paragraph (j) of the preceding paragraph.

3. The remuneration received by the President and the Electoral Advisers shall be in accordance with the provisions of Article 127 of the Constitution.

Article 39.

1. The President, the Electoral Counselors and the Executive Secretary of the General Council, during the period of their assignment, may not have any other employment, position or commission except for those in whom they act on behalf of the General Council and those who perform in teaching, scientific, cultural, research or charitable associations, not remunerated.

2. The President, the Electoral Counselors, the Executive Secretary and the other public servants of the Institute will perform their function with autonomy and probity. They may not use the confidential or confidential information at their disposal as a result of their duties, except for the strict exercise of their duties, or disclose it by any means.

3. The President, the Electoral Advisers and the Executive Secretary of the General Council may be subject to impeachment. Likewise, they will be subject to the regime of responsibilities of the public servants provided for in Title IV of the Constitution.

4. The Office of the Comptroller General of the Institute shall be the body empowered to know of the administrative violations committed by the President, the Electoral Advisers and the Executive Secretary of the General Council and impose, where appropriate, the penalties applicable in accordance with the provisions of the Eighth Book of this Law.

5. The Institute will have a Comptroller General who will be appointed by the Chamber of Deputies with the vote of two-thirds of its members present on the proposal of public institutions higher education.

6. He will last six years in office and can be re-elected for one time. It shall be administratively attached to the Presidency of the General Council and shall maintain the necessary technical coordination with the higher audit body of the Federation.

7. For the election of the Comptroller General, in addition to the provisions of the Constitution, the procedure provided for in the Law shall be observed.

Article 40.

1. The General Council will meet in ordinary session every three months. Its president may convene an extraordinary session when he considers it necessary or at the request of the majority of the Electoral Advisers or of the representatives of the political parties, either jointly or indifferently.

2. For the preparation of the electoral process, the General Council shall meet within the first week of September of the year preceding the year in which the ordinary federal elections are held. From that date and until the conclusion of the process, the General Council shall hold at least once a month.

Article 41.

1. For the General Council to be able to hold a session, it is necessary for the majority of its members to be present, among which the President will have to be the President, who will be replaced in his absence. momentary by the counselor whom he himself designates. In the event that the President does not attend or is absent in the final form of the session, the General Council shall appoint one of the Electoral Councilors present to preside.

2. The Executive Secretary of the Institute will attend the sessions with voice, but no vote. The Executive Secretary of the General Council shall be the Executive Secretary of the Institute. In the absence of the Executive Secretary to the session, their duties shall be performed by any of the members of the Executive General Board, which shall be appointed by the General Council for that session.

3. If the majority referred to in paragraph 1 of this article does not meet, the session will take place within twenty-four hours, with the counselors and representatives attend.

4. Resolutions shall be taken by a majority of votes, except those that under this Law require a qualified majority.

5. In the case of the final absence of the President of the General Council, the Electoral Directors will appoint, among themselves, who should replace him provisionally, communicating with This is an immediate matter for the Chamber of Deputies to appoint its replacement in the terms outlined in the Constitution.

Article 42.

1. The General Council shall integrate the temporary commissions it deems necessary for the performance of its privileges, which shall always be chaired by an Electoral Adviser.

2. Regardless of the above, the commissions of: Electoral Training and Civic Education; Electoral Organization; Political Prerogatives and Parties; Professional Service National Electoral Registry; Federal Register of Electors; Complaints and Complaints; Audit, and Link with Local Public Bodies, will operate permanently and will be exclusively integrated by Council Electoral Advisers appointed by the Council. General. The Electoral Advisers may participate in up to four of the aforementioned commissions for a period of three years; the Chair of such commissions shall be rotated annually among its members.

3. For each electoral process, the Electoral Training and Civic Education and Electoral Organization commissions will be merged in order to integrate the Training and Organization Commission. Electoral; the General Council shall appoint, in September of the year prior to the election, its members and the Electoral Adviser who shall preside over it.

4. All commissions will be integrated with a minimum of three and a maximum of five Electoral Advisers; they will be able to participate in them, with voice but without a vote, the members of the Legislative Branch, as well as representatives of the political parties, except those of the National Electoral Service, Complaints and Complaints, and Fiscalization.

5. The General Council shall integrate the Commission of Link with Local Public Bodies, which shall function permanently and shall be composed of four Electoral Advisers appointed by a majority of at least eight votes of the General Council, by a Three-year term and the presidency shall be held annually among its members.

6. Permanent commissions will have a technical secretary who will be the head of the Executive Directorate or Technical Unit concerned.

7. The holder of the Executive or Technical Unit may be replaced in his/her functions as technical secretary, by the lower immediate level public servant to be determined.

8. In all matters entrusted to them, the committees shall submit a report, opinion or draft resolution, as appropriate, within the time limit to be determined by this Law or the Regulations and General Council agreements.

9. The Executive Secretary of the General Council will collaborate with the commissions to fulfill the tasks assigned to them.

10. The General Council, in accordance with the budgetary availability of the Institute, may set up special technical committees for specific activities or programmes, in which it requires assistance or advice. technical-scientific expert in matters in which it considers it appropriate.

Article 43.

1. The General Council shall order the publication in the Official Journal of the Federation of the general agreements and resolutions of which it is to decide, and of those who determine it, as well as the the names of the members of the local councils, the Local Public Bodies and the district councils appointed in the terms of this Law.

2. The Executive Secretary of the General Council shall establish the arrangements to ensure the timely publication referred to in the preceding paragraph. The service provided by the Official Journal of the Federation to the Institute shall be free.

Section Second

Of General Council Powers

Article 44.

1. The General Council has the following attributions:

a) Approving and issuing the necessary internal regulations for the due exercise of the Institute's powers and privileges;

b) To monitor the timely integration and proper functioning of the Institute's organs, and to know, through its President, the Executive Secretary or their commissions, their activities, as well as the specific reports that the General Council deems necessary to request;

c) Designate the Executive Secretary by the vote of two-thirds of its members, in accordance with the proposal presented by its President;

d) Designate in case of absence of the Executive Secretary of the General Council, from among the members of the Executive General Board, to the person who will serve as Secretary General in the session;

e) Designate the Institute's executive directors and technical units, on a proposal presented by the President. In the case of the executive directorates and technical units provided for in this Law, the appointment of their holders shall be carried out by a majority of at least eight votes.

f) Designate officials who during election processes will act as presidents of local and district councils, and at all times will serve as executive members of the corresponding boards;

g) Designate and remove, where appropriate, the Electoral Directors and Presidents of Local Public Bodies, in accordance with the procedures laid down in this Act;

h) Designate by absolute majority, no later than the 30th of September of the year preceding the year of the election, from among the proposals that will make the Member of the Board of Directors of the General Council, the Electoral Councilors of the Local Councils;

i) Resolving on the merger, front and coalition conventions to be held by the national political parties, as well as on the participation agreements make political groupings with political parties, in the terms of the General Law of Political Parties;

j) Watch that the activities of national political parties and national political groupings are developed in accordance with this Law and the General Law of Political Parties, and fulfill the obligations to which they are subject;

k) To monitor that in relation to the prerogatives of the political parties acts in accordance with this Law and the General Law of Political Parties, as well as the provisions of the Regulations which the General Council shall issue to the effect;

l) Dictate the guidelines regarding the Federal Register of Electors and order the Executive General Board to do the studies and formulate the projects for the division of the territory of the Republic in 300 uninominal electoral districts and its head, its division in electoral sections, to determine the territorial scope of the five plurinominal constituencies and the capital of the federative entity that will be the header of each one; as well as the division territorial districts at the local level and, where appropriate, approve them;

m) Resolve, in the terms of this Law, the granting of registration to national political parties and national political groupings, as well as on the loss of the same in the cases provided for in the General Law of Political Parties, to issue the corresponding declaratory and to request its publication in the Official Journal of the Federation;

n) To monitor permanently that the Institute exercises its powers as the sole authority in the administration of time corresponding to the State in radio and television for its own purposes, to those of other federal and local electoral authorities and to the exercise of the right of national political parties, political groupings and candidates in accordance with the provisions of this Law and other applicable laws;

n) Approve the full schedule of the federal electoral process, on a proposal from the Executive General Board; the models of the credentials to vote with photographs to be issued on the national territory, as well as abroad; the electoral ballot, the minutes of the election day and the formats of the other electoral documentation;

o) Know and approve the reports to be submitted by the Fiscalization Commission;

p) Determine the maximum pre-campaign and campaign spending ceilings that can be used in the elections of President of the United Mexican States, Senators and Members;

q) Register the electoral platform that for each electoral process national political parties and candidates must present in the terms of this Law;

r) Exorder the Sessions Regulation from the Institute's local and district councils;

s) Register nominations for President of the United Mexican States and senators for the principle of proportional representation; regional lists of candidates for proportional representation of the national political parties and candidates, where appropriate, by communicating the above to the local councils of the relevant Constituency Headers;

t) Register the formulas of candidates for senators and deputies for the principle of relative majority;

u) Make the total computation of the choice of senators by the principle of proportional representation, as well as the total computation of the election of all the lists of deputies elected according to the principle of proportional representation, making the declaration of validity of the election of senators and deputies by this principle, determining the allocation of senators and deputies for each political party and to grant the respective constances, in the terms of this Law, at the latest by 23 August of the year of the election; as well as to define before the election day, the statistical method that the local councils will implement for the respective district councils to carry out the counting of the electoral packages of up to the ten percent of the boxes with respect to the choice of senators when the difference between the winning formulas and those placed in second place is equal to or less than one percentage point;

v) Report to the Chambers of Senators and Deputies on the granting of the constances of the assignment of senators and deputies elected by the beginning of proportional representation, respectively, as well as of the means of impeachment;

w) Know the reports, quarterly and annual, that the Executive General Board gives to the Executive Secretary of the Institute, as well as those who, in its Case, must be held by the Comptroller General;

x) Require the Executive General Board to investigate, by the means at its disposal, facts that affect the rights of political parties in a relevant way the federal electoral process;

y) Resolving the review resources that you are responsible for in terms of the law of the matter;

z) Approve annually the preliminary draft budget of the Institute proposed by the President of the General Council and refer it once approved, to the holder of the Federal Executive for inclusion in the Federation's Draft Budget;

aa) Know about the violations and, where appropriate, impose the penalties that correspond, in the terms provided for in this Act;

bb) Set the general policies and programs of the Institute on a proposal from the Executive General Board;

cc) Appointment of the Board of Directors of the General Council, to whom the President should be provisionally replaced in the event of a final absence and report it to the Chamber of Deputies for the driving effects;

dd) Resolve, by qualified majority, on the creation of technical units and commissions, in the terms of this Act;

ee) Exercise the powers of assumption, attraction and delegation, as well as, if necessary, approve the subscription of conventions, in respect of local electoral processes, in accordance with the rules contained in this Law;

ff) Dictate the agreements necessary to organize the elections of the political parties that so request, with charge of their prerogatives, in the terms established by this Law. The application must be made to the Institute at least four months in advance. The Institute shall establish by agreement the modalities to be fulfilled by the political parties for the respective application, with the obligation to have the register of affiliates updated in the register of political parties. In the case of local political party leadership, the organisation will be responsible for Local Public Bodies;

gg) Approve and issue the regulations, guidelines and agreements to exercise the powers provided for in Article 41 (B) of the Basic Constitution;

hh) Approve federal electoral geography and federal entities, in accordance with the results of the national population census;

ii) Issue the complaints and audit regulations, and

jj) Dictate the agreements necessary to make the previous privileges and the others mentioned in this Law or other applicable legislation effective.

2. The General Council, on the occasion of the celebration of federal electoral processes, may agree on the basis and criteria in which foreign visitors will be invited, attended and informed. They will be aware of the modalities of their development in any of its stages.

3. Similarly, for the purposes of the organization of local electoral processes, it will be indicated in the faculty of assumption, attraction and delegation of the Institute according to the provisions of this Act.

Third Section

From the Powers of the Presidency and the Secretary of the General Council

Article 45.

1. Corresponding to the President of the General Council the following attributions:

a) Ensuring the unity and cohesion of the activities of the Institute's organs;

b) Establish the links between the Institute and the federal, state and municipal authorities, so that, in their respective areas of competence, collaborate with the Institute for the fulfilment of its purposes;

c) Convening and conducting General Council sessions;

d) Monitoring compliance with agreements adopted by the General Council itself;

e) Propose to the General Council the appointment of the Executive Secretary, Executive Directors and other technical unit holders of the Institute;

f) Designate from among the members of the Executive General Board to whom it will substantiate in terms of the law of the matter, the means of impeachment that (b) to challenge the acts or resolutions of the Executive Secretary;

g) Receiving from the Comptroller General reports of reviews and audits to verify the correct and legal application of the resources and assets of the Institute, as well as making them aware of the General Council;

h) Propose annually to the General Council the Institute's preliminary draft budget for approval;

i) To issue to the holder of the Executive Branch the draft budget of the Institute approved by the General Council, in the terms of the law of the matter;

j) Receive from the national political parties the applications for registration of candidates for the Presidency of the Republic and those of candidates for senators and Members of the General Council for the registration of the principle of proportional representation and submission to the General Council;

k) Chair of the Executive General Board and report to the General Council of its work;

l) Prior approval of the General Council, order the conduct of national surveys based on counting and counting of boxes in order to know the trends of the results on the day of the election day. The results of such studies shall be disseminated by the President, after approval by the General Council, after twenty-two hours of the day of the election day;

m) Making the electoral statistics known, by section, municipality, district, federative entity and plurinominal constituency, after the completion of the process election;

n) Convening with the competent authorities the information and documents to be provided by the Executive Directorate of the Federal Register of Electors for the local electoral processes;

n) Submit to the General Council proposals for the creation of new directions or technical units for the best functioning of the Institute;

or) Order, if applicable, the publication in the Official Journal of the Federation of the agreements and resolutions that the General Council delivers, and

p) The others that trust you this Act.

Article 46.

1. Corresponds to the Secretary of the General Council:

a) Auxiliary the General Council itself and its president in the exercise of its powers;

b) Prepare the agenda of the General Council meetings, declare the existence of the quorum, attest to the actions taken at the sessions, raise the minutes and submit it to the approval of the advisors and representatives in attendance;

c) Report on compliance with General Council agreements;

d) Giving account of commissions ' draft opinions;

e) Receiving and substantiating review resources that stand against the acts or resolutions of the Institute's local bodies and prepare the corresponding project;

f) Receive and give the procedure provided for in the law of the matter, to the means of impeachment that stand against the acts or resolutions of the Council General, informing you about them in the immediate session;

g) Inform the General Council of the resolutions to be issued by the Electoral Tribunal;

h) Take the General Council file;

i) Exorder documents that credit the personality of the councilors and the representatives of the political parties;

j) Sign, together with the President of the General Council, all agreements and resolutions issued by the General Council itself;

k) Provide what is necessary for the publication of the agreements and resolutions delivered by the General Council;

l) Integrate the files with the federal entity computation minutes of the choice of senators by the principle of proportional representation and submit them to the General Council in due course;

m) Integrate the files with the minutes of the computation of the plurinominal constituencies of the election of deputies by the principle of representation Proportional and timely submission to the General Council;

n) Give the General Council the reports that on the elections it receives from the local, district councils and the corresponding to the agencies Local Public;

n) Receive, for information and election statistics purposes, copies of all election records;

o) Meet the instructions of the President of the General Council and assist you in your tasks, and

p) Whatever is conferred on you by this Law, the General Council and its President.

Section Fourth

From the Executive General Meeting

Article 47.

1. The Executive General Board shall be chaired by the President of the General Council and shall be integrated with the Executive Secretary and the executive directors of the Federal Register of Electors, Prerogatives and Political Parties, Electoral Organization, National Electoral Service, Electoral Training and Civic Education and Administration, as well as the holders of the Technical Unit of Taxation, Unit Technical of the Electoral and the Technical Unit of the Link with the Organizations Local Public.

2. The Comptroller General may participate, at the request of the President, in the sessions of the Executive General Meeting.

Article 48.

1. The Executive General Meeting shall meet at least once a month, with the following powers:

a) Propose to the General Council the general policies and programs of the Institute;

b) Fixing administrative procedures, in accordance with the Institute's general policies and programs;

c) Monitor compliance with programs relating to the Federal Register of Electors;

d) Monitor compliance with the rules applicable to national political parties and political groupings and the prerogatives of both;

e) Evaluate the performance of the National Electoral Professional Service;

f) Monitor the implementation of the Institute's electoral training and civic education programs;

g) Propose to the General Council the establishment of municipal offices in accordance with the studies it makes and the budget availability;

h) Develop the necessary actions to ensure that national, local and district surveillance commissions are integrated, sessionally and operated in the terms provided for by this Act;

i) Submit for consideration of the General Council the draft opinion of the loss of registration of the political party found in the General Law of Political parties, no later than the last day of the month following the month in which the electoral process is concluded;

j) Submit for consideration of the General Council the draft loss of record opinion of the political grouping found in the assumptions provided for by the General Law of Political Parties;

k) Resolve the means of impeachment that you are responsible for, against the acts or resolutions of the Executive Secretary and the local boards of the Institute, in the terms set out in the law of the matter;

l) Integrate the files relating to administrative errors in electoral matters and, where appropriate, propose the sanctions, in the terms established by the Law;

m) Receiving reports from the Comptroller General regarding files relating to administrative misconduct and, where appropriate, the imposition of sanctions on the public servants of the Institute;

n) Formulate the studies in which the conditions, costs and deadlines are established for the Institute to assume the organization of local elections, formulating the relevant draft convention which, if appropriate, must be approved by the General Council before the local electoral process in question begins;

n) Approve the calendar and the comprehensive plan of the federal electoral process and the extraordinary federal electoral processes to be called posts for consideration by the General Council, and

o) The others who entrust you with this Law, the General Council or its president.

Fifth Section

From the Institute's Executive Secretary

Article 49.

1. The Executive Secretary coordinates the General Board, conducts administration and oversees the proper development of the activities of the Institute's executive and technical bodies.

Article 50.

1. The Executive Secretary of the Institute will last for six years and may be re-elected once.

Article 51.

1. They are Executive Secretary attributions:

a) Legally Represent the Institute;

b) Acting as Secretary of the General Council with a voice but no vote;

c) Fulfilling General Council agreements;

d) Submit to the knowledge and, where appropriate, the approval of the General Council the matters of its competence;

e) Exercise and timely attend the function of election officialdom by itself, or through the voice of the secretaries of the local executive boards and district, or other public servants of the Institute in which it delegates such a function with respect to acts or acts exclusively of an electoral nature. The Executive Secretary may delegate the attribution to public servants to his office;

f) Orienting and coordinating the actions of the executive directorates and the local and district executive boards of the Institute, permanently informing the President of the General Council;

g) Participate in the conventions to be concluded with the competent authorities regarding the information and documents to be provided by the Executive Directorate of the Federal Register of Electors for local electoral processes;

h) Subscribe, in union of the President's Adviser, the conventions that the Institute holds with the competent electoral authorities of the federal entities to assume the organization of local electoral processes;

i) Coassist with the Comptroller General in the procedures that he agrees to monitor the resources and assets of the Institute and, where appropriate, in the procedures for the determination of responsibilities and the imposition of penalties on public servants of the Institute;

j) Approve the structure of the Executive Directorates, Vocalians and other organs of the Institute according to the needs of the service and resources authorized budget;

k) Appointing members of local and district executive boards, among the members of the National Electoral Professional Service, in accordance with the applicable provisions;

l) Providing the Institute's organs with the elements necessary for the performance of their functions;

m) Establish a mechanism for immediate dissemination in the General Council, of preliminary results of the elections of deputies, senators and president For this purpose, a computer system for obtaining preliminary results will be available for this effect. In this case, the results may be transmitted in advance to the procedure laid down in Article 307 (1) (a) and (b) of this Law. The system to be established shall have access on a permanent basis to the members and representatives of the political parties accredited to the General Council;

n) Act as Secretary of the Executive General Board and prepare the agenda for your sessions;

n) Receive the executive voice reports from local and district executive boards and account for the president of the General Council on the same;

o) Sustaining the resources to be resolved by the Executive General Board or, where appropriate, to deal with the actions against the acts or resolutions of this, in the terms of the law of matter;

p) Support the conduct of the relevant studies or procedures, in order to know the electoral trends on the day of the election day, order the President;

q) Develop annually, in accordance with applicable laws, the Institute's preliminary draft budget for consideration by the President of the General Council;

r) Exercise approved budget items;

s) Grant powers on behalf of the Institute for acts of domain, administration and to be represented before any administrative or judicial authority; or in particular. In order to carry out domain acts on buildings destined for the Institute or to grant powers for such purposes, the Executive Secretary shall require prior authorization from the General Council;

t) Preparing, for the approval of the General Council, the comprehensive calendar project of the ordinary electoral processes as well as elections extraordinary, which will be subject to the respective call;

u) Report to the requesting House of the Congress of the Union within a period not greater than thirty calendar days, counted from the receipt of the the file referred to him by the chairman of the Board of Directors of that Chamber, on the outcome of the review of the percentage referred to in Article 71 (IV) of the Constitution;

v) Exercise the function of the electoral office and issue the required certifications, and

w) The others entrusted to you by the General Council, its President, the Executive General Board, and this Law.

2. The Executive Secretariat will have a Technical Unit of the Electoral Contentious that will be competent for the processing of the sanctioning procedures and the other that determines this Law and the applicable provisions.

3. In the exercise of the function of election officialdom, the Executive Secretary, the secretaries of the local and district executive boards, as well as the other officials in whom it is delegated This function shall have the following privileges, which shall be performed in a timely manner:

a) At the request of the political parties, to attest to the conduct of acts and events in the electoral field that could influence or affect the equity in the Electoral contests;

b) At the request of the Institute's delegational bodies, note facts that influence or affect the organization of the electoral process;

c) Request the collaboration of the public notaries for the help of the electoral function during the development of the electoral day in the processes local or federal, and

d) Other than set the law and other applicable provisions.

Sixth Section

Of The Running Addresses and Technical Units

Item 52.

1. At the front of each of the addresses of the General Board there will be an Executive Director or Technical Unit Director, as the case may be, who will be appointed by the General Council.

2. The General Council shall make the appointments referred to in the preceding paragraph, in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 1 (e) of Article 44 of this Law.

Article 53.

1. Executive directors or technical units must meet the same requirements as those set out in paragraph 1 of Article 38 of this Law for Council Electoral Advisers. General, except as provided for in paragraph (j) of that paragraph.

2. The Executive Secretary will present to the President of the General Council the proposals for the creation of new technical units for the best functioning of the Institute.

3. The creation of technical units other than those provided for in this Law, must be approved by qualified majority of the General Council, provided that its creation does not involve duplicity of functions with any other area of the Institute and is counted with the budgetary availability necessary for its operation.

4. According to their functions, the technical units may be permanent or temporary.

Article 54.

1. The Executive Address of the Federal Register of Electors has the following attributions:

a) Apply the census technique in part in the territorial scope determined by the General Board Executive;

b) Forming the Electoral Register;

c) Exorder the credential to vote as provided in the First Title of the Fourth Book of this Law;

d) Review and update the Electoral Register annually in accordance with the procedure set out in the Book Fourth of this Law;

e) Establish the necessary coordination with the federal, state and municipal authorities in order to obtain information on citizens ' deaths, or on the loss, suspension or acquisition of citizenship;

f) Provide the competent organs of the Institute and the national political parties and candidates, the nominal lists of voters in the terms of this Law;

g) Formulate, based on the studies I conducted, the project of division of the national territory in 300 uninominal constituencies, as well as that of the five plurinominal constituencies;

h) Keep the country's electoral cartography updated, classified by entity, electoral district federal, local electoral district, municipality and electoral section;

i) Ensure that national, state and district oversight commissions are integrated, sessionin and function in the terms provided for by this Act;

j) Take the registration and attendance books of the representatives of the political parties to the monitoring fees;

k) To request the oversight committees for the studies and the deahog of the consultations on the issues that considers appropriate within the sphere of its competence;

l) Agree with the Executive Secretary of the Institute on the issues of their competence;

m) Attend sessions of the Federal Register of Electors only with voice right;

n) Proceed to verify the percentage of citizens enrolled in the nominal list of voters required to request popular consultation or to initiate laws or decrees before the Congress of the Union, in terms of the provisions of the laws, and

n) The others who trust you this Law.

2. To assist in the work on the Electoral Register, the National Surveillance Commission will be integrated, which will be chaired by the Executive Director of the Federal Register of Electors, with the participation of national political parties.

3. The signatures referred to in Article 71, fraction IV of the Constitution, shall not be computed for the purposes of the percentage required when any of the following is present circumstances:

a) Names with incomplete, false, or erroneous data that do not allow citizen identification;

b) The voter key or the identifier number located on the back of the credential is not accompanied elector derived from the optical character recognition of the credential to vote in effect;

c) A citizen has subscribed two or more times the same initiative; in this case, only one of signatures, and

d) When citizens have been discharged from the nominal list by any of the expected assumptions in this Act.

4. The verification of the signatures is completed, the Executive General Directorate of the Federal Register of Electors will forward to the Executive Secretary of the Institute a detailed report and unbundled to contain:

a) The total number of signers;

b) The number of signatory citizens who are on the nominal list of voters and their percentage;

c) The number of signatory citizens not on the nominal list of voters and their percentage, and

d) Citizens who have been discharged from the nominal list by any of the assumptions provided for in this Act.

Article 55.

1. The Executive Direction of Political Prerogatives and Parties has the following attributions:

a) Know of the notifications that are made by the organizations that intend to be constituted as national political parties or as political groupings and perform the relevant activities;

b) Receive registration requests from citizens ' organizations that have met the requirements set forth in this Act to constitute political party or as a political party, and to integrate the respective file so that the Executive Secretary submits it to the General Council's consideration;

c) Enroll in the respective book the registration of political parties and groupings, as well as the merger agreements, fronts, coalitions and agreements participation;

d) To minister to national political parties and political groupings the public financing to which they are entitled as stated in this Law;

e) Carry out the necessary paperwork so that political parties can dispose of the postal and telegraphic franchises that correspond to them;

f) Support the efforts of political parties and political groupings to make effective the prerogatives they have in tax matters;

g) Do what is necessary for political parties and candidates to exercise their prerogatives of access to time on radio and television, on the terms established by Article 41 of the Constitution and the provisions of this Law;

h) Develop and submit to the Radio and Television Committee guidelines for the allocation of time corresponding to political parties and Candidates Independent in such means, as established in this Law and in the applicable Regulation approved by the General Council;

i) Taking the record book of the members of the governing bodies of the political parties and their accredited representatives to the organs of the Institute at national, local and district levels, as well as the leaders of the political groupings;

j) Take the registration books of the candidates for the popular election posts;

k) Organize the election of the leaders of the political parties, when they so request the Institute. The corresponding expenditure shall be charged to the prerogatives of the applicant political parties;

l) Agree with the Executive Secretary of the Institute, the issues of their competence;

m) Attend the sessions of the Political Parties and Prerogatives Commission only with the right to speak and act as Technical Secretary in the Radio Committee and Television;

n) Integrate the Local Political Party Registration Book referred to in the General Law of Political Parties;

n) Integrate reports on the registration of applications to be made by Local Public Bodies for each local election, and

o) The others that trust you this Act.

Article 56.

1. The Electoral Organization Executive Address has the following attributions:

a) Support the integration, installation and operation of local and district executive boards;

b) Develop the formats of the electoral documentation, to be submitted through the Executive Secretary to the approval of the General Council;

c) Provide what is necessary for the printing and distribution of authorized electoral documentation;

d) Gathering from local councils and district councils, copies of the minutes of their sessions and other documents related to the electoral process;

e) To collect the necessary documentation and to integrate the files so that the General Council performs the computations that according to this Law must perform;

f) Bring the statistics of the federal elections;

g) Attend the sessions, only with the right of voice, of the Electoral Organization Commission and, during the electoral process, to that of Training and Electoral Organization;

h) Agree with the Executive Secretary on the issues of their competence, and

i) The others who trust you this Law.

Article 57.

1. The Executive Directorate of the National Electoral Professional Service has the following attributions:

a) Formulating the draft Statute that will govern the members of the Electoral Professional Service National;

b) Fulfilling and enforcing the rules and procedures of the National Professional Electoral Service;

c) Integrate and update the catalogue of posts and posts of the National Electoral Professional Service and submit it for approval to the Executive General Meeting;

d) Carry out recruitment, selection, entry, training, professionalisation programmes, promotion, evaluation, rotation, permanence and discipline of professional staff;

e) Agree with the Executive Secretary on the issues of their competence;

f) Attend the sessions of the National Electoral Professional Service Commission only with right of voice, and

g) The others who trust you this Law.

Article 58.

1. The Executive Directorate of Electoral Training and Civic Education has the following attributions:

a) Elaborate, propose and coordinate civic education programs that develop local boards and Executive district;

b) Promote the subscription of civic education conventions with Local Public Bodies suggesting the articulation of national policies aimed at promoting the political-democratic culture and the construction of citizenship;

c) Monitoring the implementation of the programs and policies referred to by the previous two incissos;

d) Designing and proposing strategies to promote voting among the citizenry;

e) Designing and promoting strategies for the integration of cell-based tables and training election;

f) Preparing the teaching material and the electoral instructions;

g) Orienting citizens for the exercise of their rights and compliance with their obligations political-electors;

h) Take the necessary actions to urge citizens to sign up and update their registration in the Federal Register of voters and for them to vote;

i) Attend to the sessions of the Electoral Training and Civic Education Commission only with right of voice;

j) Designing and proposing civic education campaigns in coordination with the Special Prosecutor's Office prevention of electoral crimes;

k) Agree with the Executive Secretary of the Institute on the issues of their competence, and

l) Others who trust you this Act.

Article 59.

1. The Administration Executive Management has the following attributions:

a) Apply policies, rules and procedures for the administration of financial resources and materials of the Institute;

b) Organising, directing and controlling the management of material and financial resources, as well as the provision of general services in the Institute;

c) Formulating the annual preliminary draft budget of the Institute;

d) Establish and operate administrative systems for budget exercise and control;

e) Develop the organization manual project and the administrative branch posts and positions catalog the Institute and submit it for approval to the Executive General Board;

f) Providing what is necessary for the proper functioning of the administrative branch of the staff to the service the Institute and submit to the Executive General Board the programs of permanent or special training and the procedures for the promotion and encouragement of the administrative staff;

g) Submit to the Executive General Board, subject to agreement with the Executive Director of the Professional Service National Electoral, the selection, training and promotion procedures that allow the staff of the administrative branch to aspire to join the National Electoral Professional Service;

h) Understanding the administrative needs of the Institute's organs;

i) Present to the General Council, through the Executive Secretary, an annual report on the Budget year of the Institute;

j) Agree with the Executive Secretary on the issues of their competence, and

k) The others who trust you this Law.

Article 60.

1. The Technical Unit of Link with Local Public Bodies, will be attached to the Executive Secretariat and has the following attributions:

a) Propose to the Link Commission the guidelines, criteria and provisions issued by the Institute for the performance of the functions as provided for in this Law by delegating to the Local Public Bodies;

b) Follow up and report to the Link Commission on the delegated functions to the Local Public Bodies;

c) Promote coordination between the Institute and Local Public Bodies for the development of the election function;

d) Carry out the studies and reports that the Commission of Links with the Public Bodies requests Local;

e) Coassist with the Commission of Links with Local Public Bodies in the integration of the proposal to form the Councils of Local Public Bodies;

f) Elaborate the year before the corresponding election, the calendar, and the comprehensive plan coordination with Local Public Bodies for the electoral processes of the federal entities holding elections, and coordinate their delivery to the General Council;

g) Making the annual reports available to the Local Public Bodies Commission to be held by the Local Public Bodies, in respect of the exercise of delegated powers or other matters corresponding to the Institute, for the knowledge of the General Council;

h) Develop the agreements and arrangements necessary to coordinate the organization of the electoral processes in the federal entities, in terms of the provisions of Article 41 (B) (a) of the Constitution, this Law and other applicable legislation;

i) Facilitating coordination between different areas of the Institute and Local Public Bodies, and

j) The others who trust you this Law.

CHAPTER III

From the Bodies of the Institute in the Delegations

Article 61.

1. In each of the Federative Entities, the Institute will have a delegation composed of:

a) The executive local board and executive district boards;

b) The executive vowel, and

c) Local council or district council, as appropriate, on a temporary basis during the electoral process federal.

2. The organs mentioned in the preceding paragraph shall be based in the Federal District and in each of the capitals of the States.

First Section

Of The Executive Local Boards

Article 62.

1. The executive local boards are permanent organs that are made up of: the Executive Vocal and the vowels of the Electoral Organization, of the Federal Register of Electors, Electoral training and Civic Education and the vocal secretary.

2. The Executive Branch will chair the Board and will be responsible for coordinating with the electoral authorities of the federal entity that corresponds to radio access and television of political parties in local campaigns, as well as Local Public Bodies, in the terms set out in this Law.

3. The voice secretary will assist the Executive Branch in the administrative tasks, substantiate the review resources to be resolved by the Board and perform the functions of the electoral office.

4. Executive local boards will be invariably integrated by National Electoral Professional Service officials.

Article 63.

1. Executive local boards will be held at least once a month, and will have, within the scope of their territorial competence, the following attributions:

a) Monitor and evaluate the fulfillment of programs and actions of their vocalias and organs district;

b) Monitor and evaluate the compliance of the programs relating to the Federal Register of Electors; Electoral Organization; National Electoral Professional Service, and Electoral Training and Civic Education;

c) Develop coordination with local electoral authorities in their territorial scope for ensure access to radio and television of political parties during local campaigns and campaigns and for the use of these means by local public bodies;

d) Report monthly to the Executive Secretary of the Institute on the development of their activities;

e) Receiving, substantiating and resolving the means of impeachment that occur during the time elapses between two electoral processes against the acts or resolutions of the district organs, in the terms laid down in the law of the matter;

f) Carry out the election functions that directly correspond to the Institute in the local electoral processes, in accordance with the provisions of the Constitution, and supervise the exercise, by local Public Bodies, of the powers delegated to them by the Institute in terms of the Constitution and this Law, and

g) The others who trust you this Law.

Section Second

From the Executive Vocals of Local Boards

Article 64.

1. They are the privileges of the executive members, within the scope of their competence, the following:

a) Chair the executive local board and, during the election process, the local council;

b) Coordinate the work of the board's vowels and distribute among them the issues of their competence;

c) Submit to the local council approval the issues of their competence;

d) Meet the Federal Register of Electors programs;

e) Order the vocal secretary to issue the certifications requested by the political parties;

f) Providing executive district boards and district councils with the necessary elements for the performance of their duties;

g) Taking the statistics of the federal elections;

h) Run the election training and civic education programs, and

i) The others that I pointed out to you this Law.

2. To assist in the work relating to the Electoral Register in each federative entity, a Local Monitoring Commission will be integrated.

Third Section

From Local Councils

Article 65.

1. Local councils will operate during the federal election process and will be integrated with a President-designate President appointed by the General Council under the terms of Article 44, paragraph 1, point (f) of this Law, who, at all times, will serve as a Vocal Executive; six Electoral Advisers, and representatives of the national political parties. The members of the Electoral Organization, the Federal Register of Electors and Electoral Training and Civic Education of the Local Board will attend their sessions in a voice but without a vote.

2. The vocal secretary of the Board, will be the secretary of the local council and will have a voice but no vote.

3. The Electoral Advisers shall be appointed in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 1 (h) of Article 44 of this Law. For each owner of the Electoral Advisor there will be an alternate. If there is a definitive absence, or if any, of the owner of two inassists in a consecutive way without justified cause, the alternate will be called to attend the next session to the protest of the law. The designations may be challenged before the corresponding Chamber of the Electoral Tribunal, when they do not meet any of the requirements set out in the following article.

4. The representatives of the national political parties will have a voice, but will not vote; they will be determined in accordance with the rule set forth in paragraph 9 of article 36 of this Law.

Article 66.

1. Local councils ' Electoral Advisers must meet the following requirements:

a) Being a Mexican by birth who does not acquire another nationality and be in full enjoyment and exercise of his political and civil rights, be enrolled in the Federal Register of Electors and count with credential to vote;

b) Having two-year residency in the corresponding federative entity;

c) Contar with knowledge for the proper performance of your functions;

d) Not having been registered as a candidate in charge of a popular election in the immediate three years prior to the appointment;

e) Not to be or have been a national, state, or municipal leader of any political party in the immediate three years prior to the designation, and

f) Gozar of good reputation and not have been convicted of any crime, except that it was of an unintentional or imprudent character.

2. Electoral Councilors will be designated for two ordinary electoral processes and may be re-elected for further processing.

3. For the performance of their duties they will have the right to enjoy the necessary facilities in their usual jobs or jobs.

4. Electoral Counselors will receive the assistance diet that will be determined for each electoral process. They shall be subject to the administrative responsibilities laid down in the Eighth Book of this Law and may be sanctioned by the General Council for the violation in which they incur the guiding principles of the electoral function. which establishes the Constitution.

Article 67.

1. Local councils will start their sessions no later than the 30th September of the year before the ordinary election.

2. From your installation and until the completion of the process, local councils will session at least once a month.

3. For local councils to be validly biased, the presence of the majority of their members is necessary, among which the president must be, who will be replaced in their momentary absences. by the electoral counselor whom he himself designates.

4. In case of absence of the secretary to the session, his duties will be performed by a member of the system corresponding to the Institute of the National Electoral Professional Service designated by the local council for that session.

5. In the event that the majority referred to in paragraph 3 of this article does not meet, the session will take place within twenty-four hours with the counselors and representatives attending, between which the President or the Secretary must be.

6. They will take their resolutions by a majority of votes.

Article 68.

1. Local councils within the scope of their competence have the following attributions:

a) Monitoring the observance of this Law, the agreements and resolutions of the electoral authorities;

b) Monitoring district councils to be installed in the entity in the terms of this Act;

c) Designate in November of the year before the election, by an absolute majority, the Electoral Councilors who integrate the district councils into refers to paragraph 3 of article 76 of this Law, based on the proposals made to the effect by the president's adviser and the local electoral councilors themselves;

d) Resolving the means of impeachment that compete with them in terms of the law of the matter;

e) Credit the Mexican citizens, or the group they belong to, who have submitted their application to the president of the local council to participate as observers during the electoral process, in accordance with paragraph 1 (c) of Article 217 of this Law;

f) Publish the integration of district councils at least in one of the largest circulation journals in the locality;

g) Register the appointments of the general representatives or representatives to the polling stations in the case provided for in the case Article 264 paragraph 3 of this Law;

h) Register the formulas of candidates for senators, by the principle of relative majority;

i) Make the total computation and validity declaration of the choice of senators by the principle of relative majority, based on the results entered in the minutes of district computes, to make known the corresponding results and to take the original and certified copies of the file in the terms set out in the Fifth Book of this Law;

j) Making the federal entity count of the choice of senators by the principle of proportional representation, based on the results recorded in the minutes of district computes, to release the corresponding results and to take the original and certified copies of the file in the terms set out in the Fifth Book of this Law;

k) Designate, in case of absence of the secretary, from among the members of the system corresponding to the Institute of the National Electoral Service, to the person who will serve as secretary in the session;

l) Monitor activities performed by executive local boards during the election process;

m) Appointing the commissions of directors that are necessary to monitor and organize the proper exercise of their attributions, with the number of members each case agrees, and

n) The others who trust them with this Law.

Article 69.

1. Local councils with residence in the designated capitals of plurinominal constituency, in addition to the attributions outlined in the previous article, will have the following:

a) To collect from the district councils in their respective constituency, the minutes of the vote of the vote of the election of deputies by the principle of proportional representation;

b) Perform the plurinominal constituency computations of this choice, and

c) Turnar the original and copies of the multi-party constituency computation file of the election of deputies by the principle of representation proportional, in the terms set forth in Chapter V of Title IV of the Fifth Book of this Law.

Section Fourth

From the Powers of the Presidents of Local Councils

Item 70.

1. Local council presidents have the following attributions:

a) Convocation and conduct local council sessions;

b) Receive by himself or through the secretary applications for registration of nominations to senator for the principle of relative majority, which they submit national political parties;

c) Receive the accreditation requests presented by the Mexican citizens or the groups they belong to, to participate as observers during the electoral process;

d) Give the Executive Secretary of the Institute of the Computes of the Election of Senators to both principles and declarations of validity concerning the the election of senators by the principle of relative majority, as well as of the means of impeachment, within five days of the respective session;

e) Monitoring the delivery to the district councils, of the approved documentation, useful and necessary elements for the performance of their tasks;

f) Exorder the Constancy of Majority and Validity of the election to the formulas of candidates for senators who had obtained the majority of votes as well as the Constancy of Allocation to the First Minority Formula according to the computation and validity statement of the local council, and report to the General Council;

g) Monitoring the compliance of resolutions issued by the respective local council;

h) Receive and take turns of the means of impeachment that stand against the acts or resolutions of the local council, in the terms of the applicable law, and

i) The others that are conferred upon you by this Law.

2. Presidents shall be assisted in their duties by the secretaries of the councils. The secretaries shall be responsible for the substantiation of the means of impeachment to be resolved by the local council.

3. The president of the local council will convene sessions when it is deemed necessary or requested by most representatives of the national political parties. The calls shall be made in writing.

CHAPTER IV

From the Institute's Organ in Uninominal Constituencies

Article 71.

1. In each of the 300 constituencies the Institute will have the following bodies:

a) The executive district board;

b) The executive vowel, and

c) The district council.

2. The district organs will be based in the head of each of the constituencies.

First Section

Of The Executive District Boards

Article 72.

1. The executive district boards are the permanent organs that are made up of: the executive vocal, the members of the Electoral Organization, the Federal Register of Electors, the Electoral Training and Civic Education and a vocal secretary.

2. The executive vowel will chair the board.

3. The vocal secretary will assist the executive vocal in the administrative tasks of the board, and perform the functions of the electoral office.

4. The executive district boards will be invariably integrated by National Electoral Professional Service officials.

Article 73.

1. The executive district boards will hold at least once a month and will have, in their territorial scope, the following attributions:

a) Evaluate the compliance of programs relating to the Federal Register of Electors, Electoral Organization, Electoral Training and Civic Education;

b) Propose to the relevant district council the number and location of the boxes to be installed in each of the sections included in its District in accordance with Article 256 of this Law;

c) Train the citizens who will have to integrate the box directives into the terms of this Book;

d) Present the district council for approval, the proposals of those who will serve as election assistants on election day, and

e) The others who trust them with this Law.

Section Second

From the Executive Vocals of District Boards

Article 74.

1. They are the privileges of the executive members of the district boards, in their respective fields of competence, the following:

a) Chair the executive district board and during the election process the district council;

b) Coordinate the vocalias to your charge and distribute the issues of your competence among them;

c) Submit to the approval of the district council the matters of their competence;

d) Meet the Federal Register of Electors programs;

e) Exorder the certifications requested by political parties;

f) Providing the vocalias and, where appropriate, the municipal offices with the necessary elements for the fulfillment of their tasks;

g) Run the election training and civic education programs;

h) Provide what is required for the integration lists of box tables and their location to be published in the terms of this Act;

i) Report to the Executive Vocal of the corresponding Executive Local Board on the development of their activities, and

j) Others to point to this Law.

2. To assist in the work on the Electoral Register in each electoral district, a District Surveillance Commission will be integrated.

Article 75.

1. The Institute may have municipal offices. In the arrangements for the establishment of offices, the Executive General Board shall determine its structure, functions and territorial scope of competence.

Third Section

From District Councils

Article 76.

1. The district councils will operate during the federal election process and will be integrated with a President-designate of the General Council under the terms of Article 44, paragraph 1, paragraph 1. f), who, at all times, will serve as Vocal Executive District; six Electoral Advisers, and representatives of the national political parties. The members of the Electoral Organization, the Federal Register of Electors and the Electoral Training and Civic Education of the district board will attend their sessions in a voice but without a vote.

2. The vocal secretary of the board, will be secretary of the district council and will have a voice but no vote.

3. The six Electoral Advisers shall be appointed by the relevant local council in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 1 (c) of Article 68 of this Law. For each election adviser there will be an alternate. If there is a definitive absence or, if necessary, the owner of two inassists in a consecutive way without justified cause, the alternate will be called to attend the next session to render the protest. The designations may be challenged in the terms provided for in the law of the matter, when they do not meet any of the requirements set out in the following article.

4. The representatives of the national political parties will have a voice, but will not vote; they will be determined in accordance with the rule set forth in paragraph 9 of article 36 of this Law.

Item 77.

1. The district councils ' Electoral Advisers must meet the same requirements as set out in Article 66 of this Law for local councilors.

2. Electoral Councilors will be appointed to two ordinary electoral processes and may be re-elected to one more.

3. For the performance of their duties they will have the right to enjoy the necessary facilities in their usual jobs or jobs.

4. Electoral Counselors will receive the assistance diet that will be determined for each electoral process. They shall be subject to the administrative responsibilities laid down in the Eighth Book of this Law and may be sanctioned by the General Council for the violation in which they incur the guiding principles of the electoral function. which establishes the Constitution.

Article 78.

1. The district councils will start their sessions no later than the 30th of November of the year before the ordinary election.

2. From your installation and until the completion of the process, the district councils will session at least once a month.

3. For district councils to be validly biased, the presence of the majority of their members is necessary, among which the president must be, who will be replaced in their absences. momentary, by the electoral counselor whom he himself designates.

4. In case of absence of the secretary to the session, his duties will be covered by a member of the system corresponding to the Institute of the National Electoral Professional Service, designated by the own district council for that session.

5. In the event that the majority referred to in paragraph 3 of this article does not meet, the session will take place within twenty-four hours with the counselors and representatives attending, between which the President or the Secretary must be.

6. They will take their resolutions by a majority of votes.

Item 79.

1. The district councils have, in the scope of their competence, the following attributions:

a) Monitoring the observance of this Law and the agreements and resolutions of the electoral authorities;

b) Designate, in the event of the secretary's absence, from among the members of the National Electoral Professional Service, the person who will serve as such in the session;

c) Determine the number and location of the boxes according to the procedure outlined in Articles 256 and 258 of this Law;

d) Insacral the polling officers in accordance with the procedure provided for in Article 254 of this Law and monitor that the box office tables are install in the terms of this Act;

e) Register the candidate formulas for the relative majority principle;

f) Register the appointments of the representatives that the political parties credit for the election day;

g) Credit the Mexican citizens, or the organization to which they belong, who have submitted their application to the president of the council itself district to participate as observers during the electoral process, in accordance with paragraph 1 (c) of Article 217 of this Law;

h) Exorder, where appropriate, the identification of party representatives within a maximum of forty-eight hours from their registration, and in all case, ten days before the election day;

i) Making the district computes and the declaration of validity of the deputies ' elections by the principle of relative majority and the district count of the choice of Members of proportional representation;

j) Make the district computes of the choice of senators by the principles of relative majority and proportional representation;

k) Make the district count of the vote for President of the United Mexican States;

l) Monitor the activities of executive district boards during the election process, and

m) The others that trust them with this Law.

Section Fourth

From the Powers of the Presidents of the District Councils

Item 80.

1. Corresponds to district council presidents:

a) Convocation and conduct General Council sessions;

b) Receive applications for registration of applications from deputies for the principle of relative majority;

c) Within six days of the computer session, account to the Executive Secretary of the Institute, of the corresponding computes, of the development of the elections and of the means of impeachment interposed;

d) Deliver the necessary documentation and useful documents to the presidents of the box tables, as well as support them, for the due fulfillment of their functions;

e) Exorder the Majority and Validity Constancy of the election to the ticket of candidates who have obtained the majority of votes according to the computation and statement of validity of the district council;

f) Make known through notices placed outside of your offices, the results of the district computations;

g) Turnar the original and certified copies of the district computes file relating to the elections of deputies, senators and president of the United States of Mexico in the terms set forth in Chapter 3 of Title IV of the Fifth Book;

h) Custodian of the documentation of the elections of deputies by relative majority and proportional representation, of senators by relative majority and proportional representation and President of the United Mexican States, until the corresponding electoral process is concluded;

i) Receive and turnar the means of impeachment that stand against the General Council's own acts or resolutions in the terms foreseen in the law of the matter;

j) Monitoring the compliance of resolutions issued by the district council itself and other competent electoral authorities;

k) Receive the accreditation requests presented by the Mexican citizens, or the groups they belong to, to participate as observers during the election process, and

l) The others who trust you this Act.

2. Presidents will be assisted in their duties by the secretaries of district councils.

3. The president of the district council will convene sessions when it is deemed necessary or requested by the majority of the representatives of the national political parties. The calls shall be made in writing.

CHAPTER V

Of The Casilla Directives

Article 81.

1. The polling station tables by constitutional mandate are the electoral bodies formed by citizens, empowered to receive the vote and to carry out the counting and counting in each of the electoral sections in which the 300 electoral districts and the electoral districts of the entities of the Republic are divided.

2. The polling stations as the electoral authority are responsible, during election day, to respect and enforce the free issuance and effectiveness of the vote, to guarantee the secrecy of the elections. vote and ensure the authenticity of the counting and counting.

3. In each election section, a box will be installed to receive the vote on election day, with the exception of paragraphs 4, 5 and 6 of article 253 of this Law.

Article 82.

1. The box office tables will be integrated with a president, a secretary, two tellers, and three general alternates. In the electoral processes in which one or more popular consultations are held, an additional scrutiniser shall be appointed who shall be responsible for carrying out the scrutiny and counting of the vote in those consultations.

2. In processes in which concurrent federal and local elections are held in an entity, the General Council of the Institute shall install a single-box board for both types of choice. For these purposes, the board of directors shall be integrated, in addition to the provisions of the preceding paragraph, with an additional secretary and an additional scrutiniser, who at the local level shall be responsible for the activities referred to in paragraph 2 of the Article previous.

3. The executive district boards will permanently conduct civic education and election training courses, targeting citizens resident in their districts.

4. The executive district boards will integrate the box directives according to the procedure outlined in Article 254 of this Law.

5. In the event that the Institute exclusively exercises the functions of the electoral training, as well as the location of the polling stations and the appointment of the officials of the board of directors In the local electoral processes, the executive district boards of the Institute shall perform them in accordance with the guidelines that the General Council may issue.

Article 83.

1. To be a table board member is required:

a) Being a Mexican citizen by birth who does not acquire another nationality and be a resident in the electoral section who understands the box;

b) Being enrolled in the Federal Register of Electors;

c) Contar with credential to vote;

d) Being in exercise of your political rights;

e) Having an honest way of living;

f) Haber participated in the electoral training course taught by the corresponding executive district board;

g) Not to be a trusted public server with top command, or to have a party address of any hierarchy, and

h) Know how to read and write and not be more than 70 years old on election day.

First Section

Of Your Privileges

Article 84.

1. They are attributions of the members of the cell directives:

a) Install and close the box in the terms of this Act;

b) Receive the vote;

c) Counting and counting voting;

d) Stay in the box from installation to closing, and

e) Others who trust them with this Law and relative provisions.

Article 85.

1. They are the privileges of the presidents of the cell directives:

) As an electoral authority, preside over the work of the board of directors and ensure compliance with the provisions contained in this Law, throughout the development of the election day;

b) Receive from the district councils the documentation, tools and elements necessary for the operation of the box, and keep them under their responsibility up to the installation of the same;

c) Identify constituents in the case provided for in paragraph 3 of article 278 of this Act;

d) Keep the order in and around the box, with the help of the public force if necessary;

e) Suspending, temporarily or definitely, voting in the event of an alteration of the order or when circumstances or conditions exist that prevent free issuance of the vote, the secrecy of the vote or which are against the personal security of the electors, the representatives of the parties or the members of the board of directors;

f) Remove from the box any person who incurs a serious alteration of the order, prevents the free broadcast of the vote, violates the secret of the vote, acts that affect the authenticity of the scrutiny and computation, intimates or exerts violence on the electors, the representatives of the parties or the members of the board of directors;

g) Practice, with the help of the secretary and the tellers and the representatives of the political parties present, the counting and counting;

h) Concluded the work of the box, timely turnar the district council with the respective documentation and files under the terms of Article 299 of this Act, and

i) Set the results of the computation of each election in a visible place to the outside of the box.

Article 86.

1. They are the attributes of the secretaries of the cell directives:

a) Raise during election day the minutes that this Law mandates and distribute them in the terms that it establishes;

b) Contar, immediately before the start of the vote and before the representatives of political parties present, the electoral ballots received and record the number of pages of the same in the installation minutes;

c) Check that the name of the voter is on the corresponding nominal list;

d) Receive the protest writings presented by the representatives of the political parties;

e) Inuse leftover ballots in accordance with paragraph 1 (a) of Article 290 of this Law, and

f) The others who trust them with this Law.

Item 87.

1. They are the attributions of the check boxes in the box directives:

a) Count the amount of ballots deposited in each ballot box, and the number of voters who voted according to the marks settled on the nominal list of voters, making sure that both figures are matched and, if not, record the fact;

b) Count the number of votes cast in favor of each candidate, formula, or regional list;

c) Auxiliary the president or secretary in the activities they entrust to them, and

d) The others who trust them with this Law.

CHAPTER VI

Common Provisions

Item 88.

1. The members of the General Council, local and district councils, and citizens who are part of the polling stations, will be required to protest and keep the Political Constitution of the United Mexican States and the laws that emanate from it, comply with the norms contained in this Law, and perform loyally and patriotically the function that has been entrusted to them.

Article 89.

1. National political parties must accredit their representatives to local and district councils no later than thirty days after the date of the installation session. of the council concerned.

2. Due to this deadline, parties that have not accredited their representatives will not be part of the respective council during the electoral process.

3. Political parties will be able to replace their representatives on the Institute's boards at all times.

Article 90.

1. When the representative who owns a party, and in his case the alternate, does not attend the sessions of the General Council of the Institute before which they are accredited, the political party shall not attend the sessions of the General Council will no longer be part of it during the electoral process in question. The first fault shall be required of the representative to attend the meeting and the political party shall be given notice to be responsible for assisting his representative.

2. The district councils will inform the local councils of each absence in writing, so that they will inform the General Council of the Institute in order to find out the representatives of the political parties.

3. The corresponding Council resolution will be notified to the respective political party.

Article 91.

1. The organs of the Institute shall issue, at the request of the representatives of the national political parties, certified copies of the minutes of the sessions they hold.

2. The secretary of the body concerned shall collect the receipt of certified copies issued in accordance with this Article.

Article 92.

1. The Institute's advice sessions will be public.

2. The concurrent must save the due order in the enclosure where the sessions are held.

3. To ensure order, presidents can take the following steps:

a) Exhortation to save the order;

b) Conmine to leave the local, and

c) Request the assistance of the public force to restore order and expel those who have altered it.

Article 93.

1. On the boards of the councils, only members and representatives of political parties will take part in the deliberations.

Article 94.

1. Federal authorities, federal and municipal authorities are required to provide to the National Electoral Institute bodies, at the request of the respective presidents, the reports, certifications and assistance of the public force necessary for the performance of their functions and resolutions.

Article 95.

1. Election officials and representatives of the national political parties duly accredited to the Institute's organs will enjoy the postal and telegraphic franchises and the discounts on the fares of the transports awarded to the official agencies, as agreed by the Executive Secretary of the Institute.

Article 96.

1. Local and district councils, within twenty-four hours of their installation, shall send a copy of the respective minutes to the Executive Secretary of the Institute to account for the Council General.

2. The district councils will also send a copy of the minutes to the president of the local council of the corresponding federal entity.

3. In the same way, they will proceed with subsequent sessions.

4. At the request of the representatives of the political parties before the General, Local and District Councils, certified copies of the minutes of their respective sessions shall be issued no later than the five days of approval of those. The secretaries of the councils will be responsible for the non-compliance.

Article 97.

1. During federal election processes, all days and hours are business.

2. Local and county councils will determine their work schedules, taking into account what is set out in the previous paragraph. Of the schedules to be established, they shall inform the Executive Secretary of the Institute to account for the General Council of the Institute and, where appropriate, the president of the respective local council, and the national political parties which have accredited representatives to the same.

TITLE SECOND

From Local Public Bodies

CHAPTER I

From Integration

Article 98.

1. Local Public Bodies are endowed with legal personality and own heritage. They will enjoy autonomy in their functioning and independence in their decisions, in the terms provided for in the Constitution, this Law, the constitutions and local laws. They will be professional in their performance. They shall be governed by the principles of certainty, impartiality, independence, legality, maximum publicity and objectivity.

2. Local Public Bodies are authority in the electoral field, in the terms established by the Constitution, this Law and the corresponding local laws.

3. Local law will establish public servants who will be vested with public faith for acts or acts of an electoral nature, as well as their form of delegation, which will have to exercise this function. timely and shall have, inter alia, the following attributions:

a) At the request of the political parties, to attest to the conduct of acts and events in the electoral field that could influence or affect the equity in the local electoral contests;

b) Request the collaboration of the public notaries for the aid of the electoral function during the development of the electoral day in the processes local, and

c) Other that are set in the laws of the federative entities.

Article 99.

1. Local Public Bodies will have an upper management body made up of a President and six Electoral Advisers, with the right to vote; the Executive Secretary and representatives of the political parties with national or state registration, who will attend the sessions only with the right to speak.

2. The heritage of Local Public Bodies is integrated with movable and immovable property that is intended for the fulfilment of its object and the items that are referred to them annually in the budget for the purposes of each federative entity, for the organization of the local electoral processes and for the financing of the political parties.

CHAPTER II

Of Eligibility Requirements

Article 100.

1. The President and Electoral Advisers of Local Public Bodies shall be appointed by the General Council of the Institute for a period of seven years in accordance with the procedure. provided by this Law.

2. The requirements for being a local election counselor are as follows:

a) Being a Mexican citizen by birth, who does not acquire another nationality, as well as being in full enjoyment of his civil and political rights;

b) Be enrolled in the Federal Register of Electors and have a credential to vote in force;

c) Having more than 30 years of age a day of designation;

d) Poseer a day of designation, with minimum age of five years, bachelor's degree professional degree;

e) Gozar of good reputation and not having been convicted of any crime, except that it was of an unintentional or imprudent character;

f) Being originating in the relevant federal entity or having an effective residence of at least five years prior to its designation, except for case of absence by public, educational or research service for a period of less than six months;

g) Not having been registered as a candidate or having held any popular election in the four years prior to the appointment;

h) Do not perform or have held a national, state, or municipal leadership position in any political party in the four years prior to the designation;

i) Not being disabled to hold public office at any federal or local public institution;

j) Not having performed during the four years leading up to the appointment as secretary or cabinet secretary or extended to the cabinet. government of the Federation or as federal entities, nor deputy secretary or major official in the public administration of any level of government. Not to be Head of Government of the Federal District, nor Governor, or Secretary of Government or its equivalent at the local level. Not to be Municipal President, Seguo or Regidor or holder of dependency on town halls, and

k) Not being a member of the National Electoral Professional Service during the last electoral process in the entity.

3. If a local election counselor vacancy occurs, the General Council shall make the corresponding designation in accordance with the provisions of this Law.

4. Concluded his order, they will not be able to assume a public office in the organs emanating from the elections on which in whose organization and development they have participated, nor to be nominated for a position of popular choice or to assume a position of party leadership, during the two years after the end of its assignment.

CHAPTER III

From the Councillors ' Choice Process

Item 101.

1. For the election of the President and the Electoral Councilors of Local Public Bodies, the following shall be observed:

a) The General Council of the Institute shall issue a public call for each corresponding federal entity, in which they shall expressly consider charges and periods to be designated, time limits for the designation process, bodies to whom the data subjects should be entered, requirements, documentation and the procedure to be followed;

b) The Commission of Links with Local Public Bodies will be responsible for the development, monitoring and conduct of the designation process;

c) The registration and delivery of documents for the designation process shall be made in each federal entity or before the General Council Secretariat. For the dissemination of the process and receipt of documentation from applicants, the Commission shall be assisted by the Institute's de-concentrated bodies in the thirty-two federative entities;

d) The Commission may be able to provide additional information for the development of the process of designation of the integration proposals for each of the Local councils of Local Public Bodies. In all cases, the persons contained in the proposals must comply with the requirements of the Constitution and this Law;

e) The Commission will present to the General Council of the Institute a list of up to five names per vacancy in the federal entity;

f) When in the same selection process more than one vacancy is intended to be filled, the Commission shall submit to the General Council of the Institute a single list with the names of all candidates to fill all vacancies;

g) The lists containing the proposals shall be communicated to the General Council of the Institute at an advance not less than seventy-two hours prior to the appropriate session;

h) The General Council of the Institute shall appoint by a majority of eight votes to the President and the Electoral Advisers of the Local Public Bodies, specifying the period for which they are designated, and

i) The General Council of the Institute shall publish in the Official Journal of the Federation and the equivalent in the federal entity, as well as communicate to the local authorities such designation.

2. In case of the process of election, the General Council of the Institute does not integrate the total number of vacancies, a new process must be restarted with respect to unfilled vacancies.

3. When a vacancy of the President or Chief Electoral Officer occurs in any federal entity, the General Council of the Institute shall carry out the same procedure as provided for in the present case. Article to cover the respective vacancy.

4. If the vacancy is verified during the first four years of the Electoral Counselor's order, a replacement will be chosen to conclude the period. If the fault occurs within the last three years, a counselor will be chosen for a new period.

CHAPTER IV

From the Excitement of Councillors

Article 102.

1. The Electoral Councilors of the Local Public Bodies will be subject to the public servants ' liability regime provided for in Title IV of the Constitution.

2. Electoral Counselors of Local Public Bodies may be removed by the General Council for incurring any of the following serious causes:

a) Conduct conduct that attacks the independence and impartiality of the electoral function, or any action that generates or implies subordination from third parties;

b) Having notorious negligence, ineptitude or carelessness in the performance of the duties or duties to be performed;

c) Know about some issue or participate in some act for which they are being prevented;

d) Make appointments, promotions, or ratifications in violation of corresponding general provisions;

e) Issue public opinion that involves prejudging a matter of your knowledge and not having excused it;

f) Stop unjustifiably performing the functions or duties you have in your office, and

g) Violating in a serious or repeated manner the rules, guidelines, criteria and formats issued by the Institute in terms of Base V, Section B), point (a), Article 41 (5) of the Constitution. For the purposes of this paragraph, it is considered a serious violation, which damages the guiding principles of the choice in question.

Article 103.

1. The Executive Secretary of the Institute, through the Technical Unit of the Electoral Contentious, when he has knowledge of facts that actualize some of the causes of origin of the removal and Consider that there are evidence elements, the local electoral counselor concerned shall be notified.

2. The notification must express the place, day and time when the hearing will be verified; the acts or omissions that are attributed to it, the possible consequences and the right to appear assisted by a human rights defender. The notification referred to in this paragraph shall be carried out on a personal basis. Between the date of the summons and the date of the hearing, a period of no less than five or more than 15 days shall be provided.

3. The hearing shall be concluded, the Electoral Adviser shall be granted a period of ten days to provide the evidence which it considers relevant and which is related to the facts of the hearing. attribute.

4. Drowned out the tests that were accepted, the Executive Secretary, within the next twenty days shall submit the opinion with draft resolution to the General Council of the Institute.

5. The removal shall require eight votes from the General Council of the Institute, which shall notify the relevant resolution and execute the removal, without prejudice to any other sanction to which it may have taken place in accordance with the provisions applicable legal.

CHAPTER V

From the Powers of Local Public Bodies

Article 104.

1. It is for Local Public Bodies to perform functions on the following subjects:

a) Apply the general provisions, rules, guidelines, criteria and formats that, in exercise of the powers conferred upon you by the Constitution and this Law, establish the Institute;

b) Ensuring rights and access to the prerogatives of political parties and candidates;

c) Ensuring the timely ministration of public funding to which national and local political parties have rights and, where appropriate, the Independent candidates, in the entity;

d) Develop and execute the civic education programs in the appropriate entity;

e) Orienting citizens in the entity for the exercise of their rights and compliance with their political-electoral obligations;

f) Carry out the activities necessary for the preparation of the election day;

g) Print the documents and produce the electoral materials, in terms of the guidelines that the Institute has to effect;

h) Scrutiny and total computation of the elections to be carried out on the appropriate federal entity, based on the results reported in the minutes of district and municipal computations;

i) Exorder majority constances and declare the validity of the election to candidates who had obtained the majority of votes as well as the constancy of allocation to the proportional representation formulas of the local legislatures, in accordance with the calculation and validity declaration made by the body itself;

j) Make the computation of the election of the incumbent of the Executive Branch in the entity concerned;

k) Implement and operate the Preliminary Election Results Program of the elections to be held in the entity, in accordance with the rules, guidelines, criteria and formats to be issued by the Institute for the effect;

l) Verify compliance with the general criteria issued by the Institute in the field of polls or opinion polls on electoral preferences the natural or moral persons who intend to carry out such studies in the entity concerned shall be required to carry out such studies;

m) Develop the activities that are required to ensure the right of citizens to perform election observation tasks on the entity that they are treat, in accordance with the guidelines and criteria issued by the Institute;

n) Order the realization of quick counts based on the check and box count minutes in order to know the trends of the results on the day of the election day, in accordance with the guidelines issued by the Institute;

n) Organize, develop, and perform the counting of votes and declare the results of the mechanisms of citizen participation that are foreseen in the legislation of the federative entity concerned;

o) Monitor the activities performed by local and municipal district organs in the relevant entity during the electoral process;

p) Exercise the function of electoral officialdom with respect to acts or acts exclusively of an electoral nature;

q) Report to the Technical Unit of Link with Local Public Bodies, on the exercise of the functions that the Institute has delegated to it, as provided for in this Law and other provisions issued by the General Council, and

r) Others to determine this Act, and those not reserved for the Institute, to be established in the relevant local legislation.

THIRD TITLE

From Local Judicial Authorities

CHAPTER I

Of General Provisions

Article 105.

1. The local judicial authorities are the judicial bodies specialized in electoral matters for each federal entity, which will enjoy technical and management autonomy in their operation and independence in their decisions. They shall perform their duties under the principles of certainty, impartiality, objectivity, legality and probity.

2. These courts will not be attached to the judicial powers of the federal entities.

CHAPTER II

From Integration

Article 106.

1. The jurisdictional authorities in the federal entities will be composed of three or five magistrates, who will act in a collegiate manner and remain in charge for seven years, conformity with the provisions of the Constitution of each State or the Statute of Government of the Federal District.

2. Electoral magistrates will be elected in a staggered manner by two-thirds of the present members of the Senate.

3. Electoral magistrates will be responsible for resolving the means of impeachment brought against all local electoral acts and resolutions, in terms of local laws.

Article 107.

1. During the period of their assignment, the electoral magistrates may not have any other employment, office or commission except those in which they act on behalf of the electoral authority. local court, and of those who are involved in teaching, scientific, cultural, research or charitable associations, not remunerated.

2. Concluded their order, they will not be able to assume a public office in the organs emanating from the elections on which they have spoken, nor to be nominated for a position of popular choice or to assume a party leadership, for a period equivalent to a quarter of the time it has exercised its function.

CHAPTER III

From the Magistrates ' Choice Process

Article 108.

1. For the election of the electoral magistrates to be integrated by the local courts, the following shall be observed:

a) The Senate will issue, on the proposal of its Political Coordination Board, the public call that will contain the deadlines and the description of the respective procedure, and

b) The Rules of Procedure of the Senate of the Republic shall define the procedure for the issuance and the deahlogue of the respective convocation.

2. The presiding magistrate shall be appointed by majority vote of the magistrates of the relevant court.

Article 109.

1. In the event of a temporary vacancy of any of the magistrates who make up the local courts, the latter shall be covered in accordance with the procedure laid down by them. local electoral laws.

2. Dealing with a definitive magistrate vacancy, this will be communicated to the Chamber of Senators for the replacement procedure to be provided. Temporary vacancies exceeding three months shall be considered as final vacancies.

3. Local laws will establish the procedure for appointing the presiding magistrate, as well as the rules for covering temporary vacancies to be submitted. The presidency shall be rotating.

CHAPTER IV

Of The Privileges

Item 110.

1. All sessions of local jurisdictional authorities will be public.

Item 111.

1. Local laws shall regulate the system of judicial means of impeachment for which disputes arising on the basis of local electoral processes must be resolved, as well as those arising from the acts and resolutions issued by the local electoral authorities.

2. These jurisdictional procedures are intended to guarantee the principles of certainty and definition of the different stages of electoral processes, as well as the legality of acts and resolutions of the authorities in the field.

CHAPTER V

Of Impediments And Excuses

Article 112.

1. In no case will local electoral magistrates be able to abstain from voting unless they have legal impediment.

Article 113.

1. They are impediments to knowing about issues, regardless of the content in local laws, any of the following:

a) Having a straight line parentage without degree limitation, in the collateral by consanguinity up to the fourth grade and in the collateral by affinity to the second, with any of the stakeholders, their representatives, employers or advocates;

b) Having intimate friendship or manifest enmity with one of the persons referred to in the preceding paragraph;

c) Having personal interest in the matter, or having your spouse or relatives, in the degrees that you express in paragraph (a) of this article;

d) Haber filed with or denounces the public servant, his or her spouse or relatives, in the degrees expressed in subparagraph (a), against any of the interested;

e) Having the public servant, his or her spouse or relatives in the grades that express subparagraph (a) pending, a judgment against any of the interested parties or not more than one year after the date of termination of which they have followed to the date on which they take cognizance of the case;

f) Having been processed by the public servant, his or her spouse or relatives, in the degrees expressed in the same subparagraph (a), by virtue of a complaint or complaint filed to the authorities, by any of the interested parties, their representatives, employers or advocates;

g) Be pending resolution of a matter that you have promoted as a particular, similar to that which is submitted to you for your knowledge or to have your spouse or their relatives in the grades referred to in point (a)

h) Having personal interest in matters where any of the stakeholders are a judge, arbitrator or arbitor;

i) Attend, during the handling of the matter, to agree that I will give you or pay any of the interested, to have a lot of familiarity or to live in family with one of them;

j) Accept present or services from any of the stakeholders;

k) Make promises that imply bias in favor or against any of the stakeholders, their representatives, patrons or advocates, or threaten any mode to some of them;

l) Being a creditor, debtor, partner, landlord or tenant, dependent or principal of any of the stakeholders;

m) Being or having been a guardian or curator of any of the stakeholders or administrator of your assets by any title;

n) Being an heir, a legator, a donor or a guarantor of any of the stakeholders, if the public server has accepted the legacy or legacy or has made any manifestation in this regard;

n) Being a spouse or child of the public servant, creditor, debtor, or guarantor of any of the stakeholders;

o) Haber been a judge or magistrate on the same subject, in another instance;

p) Haber served as agent of the Public Ministry, jury, expert, witness, proxy, patron or defender in the matter in question, or have managed or recommended the case for or against any of the interested parties, and

q) Any other analogous to the above.

Article 114.

1. The excuses and recusations that are presented by legal impediment shall be qualified and immediately resolved by the full judicial authority.

CHAPTER VI

Requirements to be Magistrate of Local Courts

Item 115.

1. To be Electoral Magistrate the following requirements are required:

a) Being a Mexican citizen by birth, in full exercise of your political and civil rights;

b) Having at least thirty-five years completed on the day of designation;

c) Poseer on the day of designation, at least ten years old, professional degree of licentiate in law issued by authority or institution legally empowered to do so;

d) Go for good reputation and not have been convicted of a crime that warrants more than one year in prison; but if it is a robbery, fraud, forgery, abuse of trust and another that seriously hurts good fame in the public concept, will disable for office, whatever it may have been;

e) Haber resided in the country and in the federal entity concerned, for a year prior to the day of designation;

f) Not having been of the federal entity concerned, governor, secretary, attorney, senator, federal or local deputy, during the previous four years on the day of his appointment;

g) Contar with credential to vote with photography;

h) Credit knowledge in election law;

i) Do not perform or have held the office of president of the National Executive Committee or equivalent of a political party;

j) Not having been registered as a candidate, with the exception of independent candidates, in charge of a popular election in the last four years immediate prior to designation, and

k) Do not perform or have held a national, state, district or municipal address in any political party in the previous six years to the designation.

CHAPTER VII

From Remuneration

Article 116.

1. Local congresses shall set the remuneration of electoral magistrates in the annual budget, in accordance with Article 127 of the Constitution, which may not be reduced during the time to take your order.

CHAPTER VIII

From the Emotion of the Magistrates

Article 117.

1. Regardless of what is mandated by local constitutions and laws, the following are the causes of responsibility of the electoral magistrates of the federal entities:

a) Conduct conduct that attacks the independence of the judicial-electoral function, or any action that generates or implies subordination to third parties;

b) Having notorious negligence, ineptitude or carelessness in the performance of the duties or duties to be performed;

c) Know about some issue or participate in some act for which they are being prevented;

d) Make appointments, promotions, or ratifications in violation of corresponding provisions;

e) Issue public opinion that involves prejudging a matter of your knowledge;

f) Stop unjustifiably performing the functions or duties you have in your office;

g) Use in your own or third party benefit the confidential documentation and information in the terms of this Law and other legislation of the material;

h) Seustraer, destroy, hide, or misuse the documentation and information that for the purpose of his or her care or custody, on the occasion of the exercise of their privileges, and

i) Other than determine the Local Constitutions or applicable laws.

2. State electoral magistrates shall enjoy all the judicial guarantees provided for in Article 17 of the Constitution in order to guarantee their independence and autonomy, the minimum content of which is integrated by permanence, stability in the exercise of the position by the time of its duration and economic security.

Article 118.

1. Electoral magistrates may only be deprived of their positions in terms of Title IV of the Constitution and the laws of responsibilities of the applicable public servants.

TITLE FOURTH

Of Coordination between Election Authorities

ONLY CHAPTER

Article 119.

1. The coordination of activities between the Institute and the Local Public Bodies will be carried out by the Commission of Links with the Local Public Bodies and the President of each Local Public Body, through the Unit The technique of linking with local Public Bodies, in the terms provided for in this Law.

2. For the performance of the electoral functions directly incumbent upon the Institute in the local electoral processes, in accordance with the provisions laid down in the Constitution and in this Law, and in accordance with the criteria, guidelines, agreements and norms issued by the General Council of the Institute, the Executive Secretariat of the Institute will present to the General Council, the draft Comprehensive Plan to contain the coordination mechanisms for each local electoral process.

3. At the express request of a Local Public Body, the Institute will assume the integral organization of the corresponding electoral process, based on the agreement that will be concluded, (e) the circumstances of time, mode and place justifying the application.

TITLE FIFTH

From the Special Powers of the National Electoral Institute

CHAPTER I

From the Faculty of Attraction

Article 120.

1. The assumption and attraction will be resolved in terms of this Chapter.

2. It is understood by assumption that the Institute will assume directly the realization of all the activities of the electoral function that correspond to the Local Public Bodies, in terms of Section C (a) of the Base V of Article 41 of the Constitution.

3. It is understood by attraction the attribution of the Institute to attract to its knowledge any matter of the competence of the Local Public Bodies, when its transcendence so determines or to establish a criterion of interpretation, in terms Article 41 (c) of Article 41 (c) of the Constitution.

4. Where the General Council of the Institute directly exercises the powers referred to in Article 41, Base V (a) of Section B of the Constitution, they shall be exercised and developed in accordance with the rules, procedures and procedures. bodies provided for in this Law for the Institute.

Item 121.

1. The cases of election assumption will be resolved through special procedures to be established by the Executive Secretariat of the Institute.

2. The assumption of the competence of a local choice will only be obtained when the respective procedure is credited to the respective procedure that any of the following assumptions are updated:

a) That there are various social factors affecting public peace or putting society at serious risk in the federal entity to be said by the petitioner affect the electoral constitutional principles of impartiality, certainty, legality, objectivity and fairness in the electoral contest and therefore prevent the peaceful organization of the election by the Local Public Body. competent, and

b) That there are no suitable political conditions, for interference or verifiable meddling by some of the public authorities in the federal entity that affect unduly the organisation of the electoral process by the Local Public Body, since all stages of the electoral process by this body cannot be carried out, with impartiality.

3. The procedures for taking over will be initiated on a reasoned and reasoned request to the Institute, at least four of its members, or of the majority of the Council of the Local Public Body. The request for full ownership may be filed before the start of the electoral process.

4. The initial document must contain:

a) Actor name and address;

b) Accreditation of applicants ' quality through relevant documentation;

c) A narration of the facts that motivate your request for assumption, in which you must point out what are the conditions that prevent the election from being organized by the Local Public Body and which electoral principles it considers violated;

d) Tests that credit your storytelling and appeal, and

e) Date and signature.

5. Once the request has been received, the Executive Secretary will register it and make it public on the Institute's website. Within two days, the actor may be prevented from preventing the actor, in the event that his initial writing lacks any element of those mentioned in the preceding paragraph, or that there is a lack of clarity in the document for him to be subsane in a term of forty-eight hours.

6. The Executive Secretariat, within four working days of the receipt, or the prevention of the prevention, shall issue an agreement to open the procedure in which it is determine his or her admission or rejection of his or her by notoriously improper and shall place the Local Public Body, so that he may appear in the proceedings and may, where appropriate, present the evidence or pleadings which he considers to be appropriate, without prejudice to the foregoing to order the investigations and to obtain the evidence that it considers relevant.

7. The Executive Secretary will be able to discard the takeover request for improper when:

a) You have been promoted by someone who lacks the legitimization to do so;

b) Result frivolous, that is, facts or arguments are inconsequential, superficial or light;

c) A prior assumption procedure on the same local election process has already been resolved;

d) No evidence would have been provided that would indicate the status of the actor, and

e) The petition would have been filed outside the time provided for in this Act.

8. The assumption request is overstepped when the situation that gave it origin has disappeared.

9. This procedure will be supported as tests:

a) Public testimony before the electoral office;

b) Public and private documents;

c) Technical tests, and

d) Legal and human Presuntional.

10. The General Council will resolve the draft resolution submitted by the Executive Secretariat, before it initiates the corresponding local process, assessing the elements that have been reported affect some or several of the electoral constitutional principles that gave reason to the request for the assumption.

11. At the stage of investigation and proof of evidence of the procedure, the opinions of all political parties will be taken into account in addition to the evidence in the proceedings. participate in the process, the powers of the State and other political actors that can influence the process.

12. In the investigation, the Executive Secretariat may be able to provide information and support from the competent authorities and public opinion to be taken into account at the time of the investigation. resolution.

13. The resolution of the assumption of the local election shall be approved, if appropriate, at least by a majority of eight votes of the Electoral Councilors with the right to vote and may be appealed to the Chamber Superior of the Electoral Tribunal.

14. Once the local electoral process is initiated, the procedure for taking the election cannot be instituted.

Article 122.

1. The rules on notifications, terms, assessment of the evidence and the right of hearing in this procedure, will be those that are generally established for the expected electoral procedures. in this Law and shall be applied in an additional manner in that it does not contravene the present order, the provisions provided for in the General Law of the Media System of Impeachment.

Article 123.

1. The Local Public Bodies may, with the approval of the majority of votes of their general council, request the Institute to take part in any activity proper to the electoral function that corresponds to them. The Institute shall decide on the partial assumption by a majority of at least eight votes.

2. The application referred to in the preceding paragraph may be submitted at any time during the electoral process concerned and, where appropriate, shall have effect only during the electoral process.

Article 124.

1. In the case of the faculty of attraction referred to in Article 41 (C) (c) of Article 41 of the Constitution, the request may be made only for at least four of the Electoral Advisers of the Institute or the majority of the General Council of the Local Public Body. The General Council shall exercise the power of appeal provided that there is approval of a majority of at least eight votes.

2. The request shall contain the elements referred to in paragraph 4 of Article 121 and may be submitted at any time.

3. It is considered that an issue is transcendent when the intrinsic nature of the subject allows this magazine to be a superlative interest reflected in the gravity of the subject, that is, in the possible impact or alteration of the development of the electoral process or of the principles of the local electoral function.

4. For the attraction of an issue in order to establish a criterion of interpretation, the Institute shall assess its exceptional or novel character, as well as the scope of the resolution it can produce both for society in general, and for the local electoral function, for the establishment of a legal criterion for future cases or the systematic complexity of them.

5. The resolutions corresponding to this function will be issued by the General Council with support in the work of its committees and with support from the General Council of the Local Public Body. These decisions may be challenged before the Electoral Tribunal.

CHAPTER II

From the Faculty of Delegation

Article 125.

1. The delegation of functions of the Institute in the Local Public Bodies referred to in paragraph C (b) of Article 41 of the Constitution shall be exceptional. The Executive Secretariat shall submit to the General Council the resolution agreements to be found and to motivate the use of this power.

2. For the exercise of this faculty, the agreement of the General Council shall assess the positive evaluation of the professional, technical, human and material capacities of the Electoral Local Public Body, in order to efficiently comply with the function.

3. The delegation will be held before the start of the corresponding local electoral process and will require the vote of at least eight Electoral Advisers. The electoral process in question will be completed, the effects of the delegation will cease. The Institute may resume the function that has been delegated before the end of the respective electoral process, provided that it is approved by the same majority of eight votes.

4. The delegation of faculties will be performed specifically in each case for a particular Local Public Body. Local Public Bodies shall exercise the delegated powers subject to the provisions of this Law, the General Law of Political Parties, the guidelines, general agreements, technical standards and other provisions of the Council. General.

FOURTH BOOK

Of the Special Procedures in the Running Addresses

TITLE FIRST

From the Federal Election Registry Procedures

Preliminary Provisions

Article 126.

1. The Institute shall provide, through the competent executive management and its vocalias on local and district executive boards, the services inherent in the Federal Register of Electors.

2. The Federal Register of Electors is of a permanent nature and of public interest. It is intended to comply with the provisions of Article 41 of the Constitution on the Electoral Register.

3. The documents, data and reports that citizens provide to the Federal Register of Electors, in compliance with the obligations imposed on them by the Constitution and this Law, will be strictly confidential and shall not be able to communicate or make themselves known, except in the case of trials, appeals or proceedings in which the Institute is a party, in order to comply with the obligations laid down in this Law, in the field of electoral matters and in the General Law Population as regards the National Register of Citizens or for a term of office of a judge competent.

4. The members of the General, Local and District Councils, as well as the oversight committees, will have access to the information that the Electoral Register makes, exclusively for the the performance of their duties and may not be given or intended for purpose or purpose other than that of the revision of the Electoral Register and the nominal lists.

Article 127.

1. The Federal Register of Electors will be in charge of keeping the Electoral Register up to date.

Article 128.

1. In the Electoral Register it will consist of the basic information of Mexican men and women, over the age of 18 years who have filed the application referred to in paragraph 1 of Article 135 of this Law, grouped in two sections, that of citizens resident in Mexico and that of citizens residing abroad.

Article 129.

1. The Electoral Register of the Federal Register of Electors will be formed, using the following actions:

a) Application of the total or partial census technique;

b) Citizens ' direct and personal enrollment, and

c) The incorporation of the data provided by the competent authorities regarding deaths or ratings, disablement and rehabilitation of political rights of citizens.

Item 130.

1. Citizens are required to register with the Federal Register of Electors and inform the Federal Register of their change of address within thirty days of the occurrence.

2. Also, citizens will participate in the formation and updating of the Electoral Register in the terms of the corresponding regulatory standards.

Article 131.

1. The Institute must include citizens in the sections of the Federal Register of Electors and issue them the credential to vote.

2. The credential to vote is the indispensable document for citizens to exercise their voting rights.

CHAPTER I

Of Electoral Godfather Training

Article 132.

1. The census technique is the procedure that the Institute will use for the formation of the Electoral Register. This technique is done through house-to-house interviews, in order to obtain the basic information of Mexicans over the age of 18, consisting of:

a) paternal last name, maternal surname, and full name;

b) Place and date of birth;

c) Age and sex;

d) Current address and residence time;

e) Occupation, and

f) Where applicable, the number and date of the naturalization certificate.

2. The basic information will contain the federative entity, the municipality, the locality, the uninominal electoral district and the electoral section corresponding to the address, as well as the date on which performed the visit and the name and signature of the interviewer. In all cases, the greatest number of elements shall be established to locate the address geographically.

3. Concluded the application of the total census technique, the Executive Directorate of the Federal Register of Electors will verify that there are no duplications, in order to ensure that each voter appears registered only once.

4. Formed the Electoral Register from the basic information collected, the terms of the following Chapter will be given.

Article 133.

1. The Institute will be responsible for forming and managing the voter rolls and the list of voters.

2. The Institute will issue the guidelines setting the deadlines and terms for the use of voter rolls and voter lists in local electoral processes.

3. It is the obligation of the Institute and the Local Public Bodies to provide the necessary facilities for Mexican citizens residing abroad, to carry out the necessary procedures. be part of the Electoral Register and the list of voters, for the corresponding elections, from abroad.

4. The Institute, through the respective commission, of the Executive Directorate of the Federal Register of Electors and the national watchdog, will verify the registration of Mexican citizens. foreign residents in the Electoral Register to form the list of voters at both federal and local levels.

5. The monitoring bodies of the Electoral Register will be largely integrated by representatives of the national political parties.

CHAPTER II

From the Electoral Register Update

Article 134.

1. Based on the Electoral Register, the Executive Directorate of the Federal Register of Electors will issue, where appropriate, the credentials to vote.

Article 135.

1. For incorporation into the Electoral Register, an individual application will be required in which the citizen's signature, fingerprints, and photographs are recorded in the terms of Article 140 of this Law. When it comes to Mexican citizens residing abroad, the Institute and Local Public Bodies will provide the facilities for the signature reception and fingerprints to be made from abroad.

2. To request the credential to vote, the citizen must be identified, with his birth certificate, in addition to the documents determined by the National Audit Commission of the Federal Register of Electors. The Executive Directorate of the Federal Register of Electors shall keep a digitised copy of the documents submitted.

Article 136.

1. Citizens will have an obligation to go to the offices or modules that the Institute determines, in order to request and obtain their credential to vote with photography.

2. To request the credential to vote, the citizen must be identified, preferably, with an identity document issued by authority, or through the means and procedures determined by the National Surveillance Commission of the Federal Register of Electors. The Executive Directorate of the Federal Register of Electors shall keep a digitised copy of the documents submitted.

3. In all cases, when you request a registration, the data subject must submit his signature and fingerprints in the respective format.

4. When receiving your credential to vote the citizen must be identified, preferably, with an identity document issued by authority, or to the satisfaction of the electoral officer who performs the in accordance with the procedures agreed by the National Supervisory Commission. The Executive Directorate of the Federal Register of Electors shall keep a digitised copy of the certificate of delivery of the credential.

5. In the case of citizens who, within the corresponding period, do not attend to receive their credential to vote, the Institute, by means of the most expeditious means available, will formulate them up to three notices to be collected. If the non-compliance persists, the provisions of Article 155 of this Law will be in place.

6. The Executive Directorate of the Federal Register of Electors, in accordance with the procedure to be agreed upon by the General Council, shall take the measures for the control, safeguard and, where appropriate, destruction, of the credential formats that would not have been used.

7. The offices of the Federal Register of Electors will verify that the names of citizens who have not come to obtain their credential to vote, do not appear in the nominal lists of constituents.

8. The citizens resident abroad, will comply with the provisions of this article, through the means determined by the Executive Directorate of the Federal Register of Electors with the approval of the National Audit Commission of the Federal Register of Electors.

Article 137.

1. Once the procedure referred to in the previous article has been carried out, the nominal lists of voters of the Electoral Register will be formed with the names of those who are has given your credential to vote.

2. The listings will be formulated by districts and by election sections. In the case of Mexican citizens residing abroad, the listing will be made by country of residence and by reference federal entity, if the credential to vote with photography was issued or renewed from abroad, or by the Electoral district appearing on your credential to vote with photography, if issued on national territory.

3. The above lists shall be made available to the political parties for review and, where appropriate, to make the observations they deem relevant.

4. The Executive Directorate of the Federal Register of Electors will provide what is necessary for nominal lists to be brought to the attention of the citizenry in each district.

Article 138.

1. In order to update the Electoral Register, the Institute, through the Executive Directorate of the Federal Register of Electors will perform annually, starting from the 1st day. September and until the next 15 December, an intense campaign to convoke and guide the citizenry to comply with the obligations referred to in the following two paragraphs.

2. During the update period, they must come to the offices of the Executive Directorate of the Federal Register of Electors, in the places it determines, to be incorporated into the Register. Election all those citizens:

a) That would not have been incorporated during the application of the total census technique, and

b) Who would have achieved citizenship after the application of the total census technique.

3. During the update period, citizens incorporated in the Electoral Register must also be present to the offices:

a) You would not have notified your address change;

b) Misplaced your credential to vote, and

c) Suspended in your political rights would have been rehabilitated.

4. Citizens when voluntarily going to discharge or give notice of change of address, or when required by the staff of the Institute during the application of the census technique, will have the an obligation to indicate the address in which they have been registered before and, where appropriate, to sign and fingerprint the documents for the respective update.

5. The national political parties and the media will be able to assist the Institute in the tasks of citizen orientation.

Article 139.

1. Citizens may apply for their registration in the Electoral Register, in periods other than those of the update referred to in the previous article, from the day following the election, until on November 30, the previous year of the ordinary federal election.

2. Mexicans who, in the year of the election, are 18 years of age between 1 December and the day of the elections, must apply for registration no later than 30 November prior to the choice.

Article 140.

1. The application to join the Electoral Register will be made in individual ways in which the following data will be settled:

a) paternal last name, maternal surname, and full name;

b) Place and date of birth. In the case of Mexican citizens residing abroad, they must accredit the federal entity corresponding to their place of birth. Those who were born abroad and have never lived in national territory, must prove the federal birth entity of the Mexican progenitor. When both parents are Mexican, they will point out their choice, in short;

c) Age and sex;

d) Current address and residence time;

e) Occupation;

f) Where applicable, the number and date of the naturalization certificate, and

g) Signature and, where applicable, fingerprints and photograph of the applicant.

2. The staff in charge of the enrollment will settle in the form referred to in the preceding paragraph the following data:

a) Federative entity, municipality, and locality where enrollment is performed;

b) Federal electoral district and election section corresponding to the address, and

c) The date of the enrollment request.

3. A citizen who applies for registration will be given a voucher of his or her application, with the number of the application, which will return to the moment of receiving or collecting his/her credential to vote.

Article 141.

1. Mexican citizens residing in the national territory, who are physically unable to register with the offices of the Executive Directorate of the Federal Register of Voters corresponding to your home address will have to request your registration in writing, accompanying the documentation that accredits your incapacity. Where appropriate, the Executive Directorate shall provide the appropriate measures for the delivery of the credential to vote for the physically prevented voter.

Article 142.

1. Within thirty days of your change of address, the citizens registered in the Electoral Register must give the corresponding notice to the office of the Institute closest to your new address.

2. In cases where a citizen requests his or her discharge for a change of address, he/she must display and deliver the credential to vote corresponding to his/her previous address, or provide the data of the same in if you have lost it, to cancel the registration, to give it high in the list corresponding to your current address and to issue your new credential to vote. The credentials replaced by the previous procedure will be immediately destroyed.

Article 143.

1. They may request the issuing of a credential to vote with a photograph or the rectification to the office of the Institute responsible for the registration, or in the case of citizens resident abroad, by the means determined by the Directorate Executive of the Federal Register of Electors, with the approval of the National Audit Commission of the Federal Register of Electors to be done from abroad, those citizens who:

a) Having met the relevant requirements and formalities, you would not have obtained your credential to vote in due time;

b) Having obtained your voting card in a timely manner, do not appear on the list of voters in the section corresponding to your home address, or

c) Consider being unduly excluded from the nominal list of constituents in the section corresponding to your home address.

2. In the cases referred to in the preceding paragraph, the application for issue or rectification shall be submitted at any time during the two years prior to that of the electoral process.

3. In the year of the election the citizens who are in the assumption of paragraph 1 (a) of this article, may promote the corresponding administrative instance to obtain their A credential to vote until the last day of January. In the cases provided for in points (b) and (c) of the above paragraph, citizens may submit a request for rectification by 14 March at the latest.

4. In the offices of the Federal Register of Electors, the necessary formats for the presentation of the respective application will be available to the citizens.

5. The office to which the credential issue has been requested or the rectification will resolve the origin or the origin of the certificate within twenty calendar days.

6. The resolution that declares the administrative instance improper to obtain the credential or rectification or the lack of response in time, will be impeachable before the Electoral Tribunal. To this end, interested citizens will have at their disposal in the offices of the Federal Register of Electors the necessary formats for the interposition of the respective means of impeachment.

7. The resolution to the administrative instance to obtain the credential or rectification will be personally notified to the citizen if he appears before the office responsible for the registration or, where appropriate, by telegram or registered mail.

Article 144.

1. The Executive Directorate of the Federal Register of Electors may use the partial census technique in districts or sections, or parts thereof, in cases where the General Board so decides. Executive, in order to keep the Electoral Register up to date.

2. The partial census technique shall be intended to collect the basic information of citizens not included in the Electoral Register or, if necessary, verify the data contained therein, by means of visits house.

Article 145.

1. Surveillance commissions may request the Executive Directorate of the Federal Register of Electors or local and district executive boards, as appropriate, to submit to the Executive General Board the agreement for the partial census technique to be applied in a section or constituency.

Article 146.

1. The credentials to vote with photographs that are issued in accordance with this Chapter shall be made available to those interested in the offices or modules determined by the Institute until March 1 of the year of the election. In the case of those issued from abroad, they will be delivered to the same site where they were processed.

CHAPTER III

From the Nominal Lists of Electors and their Review

Article 147.

1. The nominal lists of voters are the relationships developed by the Executive Directorate of the Federal Register of Electors that contain the name of the persons included in the Electoral Register, grouped by district and section, to whom their credential has been issued and delivered to vote.

2. The electoral section is the territorial fraction of the uninominal constituencies for the registration of citizens in the Electoral Register and in the nominal lists of voters.

3. Each section will have at least 100 voters and at most 3,000.

4. The fractionation in electoral sections will be subject to the review of the division of the national territory in electoral districts, in the terms of Article 53 of the Constitution.

Article 148.

1. At each district meeting, the Institute shall make available to citizens the means for electronic consultation of their registration in the Electoral Register and in the corresponding nominal lists, in accordance with procedures to be determined by the Executive Directorate of the Federal Register of Electors.

2. Political parties will permanently access the Electoral Register database and the nominal lists, exclusively for review, and will not be able to use such information for purposes. different.

Article 149.

1. The pertinent observations that citizens make to the nominal lists of voters will be communicated by the district boards to the Executive Directorate of the Federal Register of Electors for the driving effects.

2. The Institute will establish the means for Mexicans residing abroad to make observations on the nominal list of which they are a part, from abroad.

Item 150.

1. The political parties, in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 2 of Article 148 of this Law, may make their observations on the subject to the Executive Directorate of the Federal Register of Electors. citizens registered or wrongly excluded from the nominal lists, within the period of 20 calendar days from 25 February of each of the two years preceding that of the holding of the elections.

2. The Executive Directorate will examine the observations of the political parties by making, where appropriate, the modifications that are in accordance with the law.

3. From the above, you will report to the National Surveillance Commission and the General Council of the Institute no later than April 15.

4. Political parties may challenge before the Electoral Tribunal the report referred to in the preceding paragraph. In the case of the dispute, it must be established that the observations referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article have been asserted in time and form, indicating specific and individual facts and cases, which must be included in the comments originally made. If these requirements are not met, regardless of the other requirements of the Law of the Matter, it will be discarded for notoriously improper. The means of impeachment shall be brought before the General Council within three days of the publication of the report to the political parties.

Article 151.

1. On February 15 of the year the ordinary electoral process takes place, the Executive Directorate of the Federal Register of Electors will deliver in magnetic media, to each of the political parties. the nominal lists of voters divided into two sections, sorted alphabetically and by sections corresponding to each of the constituencies. The first section will contain the names of citizens who have obtained their credentials to vote on December 15, and the second section will contain the names of citizens registered in the Electoral Register who have not obtained their credentials. to vote on that date.

2. Political parties may submit observations to such lists, pointing out concrete and individualized facts and cases, up to and including March 14.

3. Of the observations made by the political parties, the amendments to be made shall be made and the General Council and the National Surveillance Commission shall be informed of the changes not later than 15 years. April.

4. Political parties may challenge before the Electoral Tribunal the report referred to in the preceding paragraph. The challenge shall be subject to the provisions of paragraph 4 of the previous article of this law.

5. If the report is not challenged or, if applicable, once the Electoral Tribunal has resolved the challenges, the General Council of the Institute will be in session to declare that the Electoral Register and the nominal lists of voters are valid and definitive.

Article 152.

1. The political parties will have the Institute with computer terminals that will allow them to have access to the information contained in the Electoral Register and in the nominal lists of voters. Similarly and in accordance with the technical possibilities, the political parties shall have a guarantee of permanent access to the contents of the database, base of images, source documents and movements of the register, exclusively for their review and verification.

2. Similarly, the Executive Directorate of the Federal Register of Electors will install state centers for the consultation of the electoral rolls for use by representatives of political parties. In addition to the local surveillance commissions, it will also establish consultation mechanisms in the district offices of the Registry itself, to which any citizen will have access to verify whether he is registered with the Electoral Register and included duly on the nominal list of eligible voters.

Article 153.

1. The Executive Directorate of the Federal Register of Electors, after the completion of the procedures referred to in the preceding articles, shall draw up and print the nominal lists of voters The final date for the vote shall be the names of the citizens who obtained their credentials to vote until the last day of February inclusive, ordered alphabetically by district and by electoral section for delivery, at least thirty days before the election day, to the local councils for distribution to the District councils and through these to the tables of box in the terms outlined in this Law.

2. The political parties will be given one of the nominal list of voters with a photograph no later than one month before the election day.

Article 154.

1. In order to keep the electoral roll up to date, the Executive Directorate of the Federal Register of Electors will collect from the federal and state government bodies the information needed to record any changes that affect it.

2. Public servants of the Civil Registry shall report to the Institute of the Citizens ' Deaths within 10 days of the date of issue of the respective Act.

3. Judges dictating resolutions that decree the suspension or loss of political rights or the declaration of absence or presumption of death of a citizen as well as the rehabilitation of political rights of the citizens concerned, shall be notified to the Institute within 10 days of the date of issue of the respective resolution.

4. The Foreign Secretary must give notice to the Institute within ten days of the date on which:

a) Issue or cancel naturalization letters;

b) Issue nationality certificates, and

c) Receive waivers to nationality.

5. The authorities referred to in the preceding paragraphs shall forward the respective information on the days indicated, in accordance with the procedures and forms which they are responsible for. provided by the Institute.

6. The President of the General Council may conclude cooperation agreements to ensure that the information referred to in this Article is provided in a timely manner.

Article 155.

1. Processing requests made by citizens resident on national territory, who do not comply with the obligation to go to the office or module of the Institute corresponding to their home address obtain their credentials to vote, no later than the last day of February of the second year following that in which they have been filed, shall be cancelled.

2. In the case referred to in the preceding paragraph, the Executive Directorate of the Federal Register of Electors shall establish relations with the names of citizens whose applications have been cancelled, ordering them by electoral section and alphabetically, so that they will be handed over to the representatives of the political parties accredited to the district, local and national committees of Surveillance, in what is more take the day 30 March of each year, for their knowledge and observations.

3. Such relationships will be displayed between 1o. and on 31 May, in the offices of the Institute, in order to have the effect of notification to the citizens concerned, and these have the possibility to apply again for their registration on the electoral roll during the period for the the intense campaign referred to in paragraph 1 of Article 138 of this Law or, where appropriate, to bring the means of impeachment provided for in paragraph 6 of Article 143 of this Law.

4. The formats of the credentials of citizens whose application has been cancelled in the terms of the preceding paragraphs, will be destroyed in the respective committees of surveillance in the terms to be determined by the Regulation.

5. In any case, the citizen whose application for registration in the electoral register would have been cancelled by default in obtaining his credential to vote in the terms of the paragraphs You may apply again to your registration in the terms and time limits provided for in Articles 135, 138 and 139 of this Law.

6. The format of the credentials of the citizens who requested their registration to the electoral register or made any request for updates during the two years prior to the election, and they have not been collected by their owners within the legally established time limit, they will be protected under the provisions of paragraph 6 of article 136 of this Law.

7. Also, the Executive Directorate of the Federal Register of Electors will give the citizens who have advised their change of address from the electoral register by application on the record of their registration. signature, fingerprints and, if applicable, photograph. In this case, the discharge will operate exclusively as regards the registration of the previous address.

8. In cases where citizens have been suspended in the exercise of their political rights by judicial resolution, they will be excluded from the Electoral Register and the nominal list of voters. during the period of the suspension. The Executive Directorate of the Federal Register of Electors will reinstate the electoral register to citizens who are rehabilitated in their political rights once it is notified by the competent authorities, or when the citizen has with the corresponding documentation that has ceased the cause of the suspension or has been rehabilitated in your political rights.

9. The citizens who have died will be discharged from the Electoral Register, provided that they are accredited with the documentation of the competent authorities or, failing that, by means of the procedures to be determined by the National Surveillance Commission.

10. The documentation regarding the movements made in the Electoral Register will be held in the custody and responsibility of the Executive Directorate of the Federal Register of Electors and their vocalias, by a period of ten years. After this period has elapsed, the National Surveillance Commission shall determine the procedure for the destruction of such documents.

11. The documentation referred to in the preceding paragraph shall be kept in digital form by the Executive Directorate of the Federal Register of Electors and their vocalias.

CHAPTER IV

From the Credential to Vote

Article 156.

1. The voting credential must contain at least the following voter data:

a) Federative entity, municipality, and locality corresponding to the address. In the case of citizens residing abroad, the country in which they reside and the federal entity of their place of birth. Those who were born abroad and have never lived in national territory, must prove the federal birth entity of the Mexican progenitor. When both parents are Mexican, they will point out their choice, in short;

b) Election section where the citizen should vote. In the case of citizens resident abroad it will not be necessary to include this requirement;

c) paternal last name, maternal surname, and full name;

d) Address;

e) Sex;

f) Age and year of registration;

g) Signature, fingerprint, and voter photography;

h) Log key, and

i) Single Key of the Population Register.

2. You will also have:

a) Spaces needed to mark year and choice in question;

b) Printed signature of the Executive Secretary of the Institute;

c) Year of issue;

d) Year in which it expires, and

e) In the case where the resident citizen is issued abroad, the legend "To Vote from Abroad".

3. No later than the last day of January of the year in which the elections are held, citizens whose credentials to vote would have been lost, stolen or suffered serious deterioration should apply for their replacement to the office of the Federal Register of Electors corresponding to your address.

4. In relation to your address, citizens may choose to request that they appear visible in the format of their credential to vote or in a hidden manner, in accordance with the mechanisms determined by the General Council.

5. The voting credential will be valid for 10 years, counted from the year of issue, at which time the citizen must request a new credential.

CHAPTER V

From Surveillance Commissions

Article 157.

1. Surveillance commissions will be integrated by:

a) The Executive Director of the Federal Register of Electors or, where appropriate, the corresponding vowels of local or district executive boards, who In the case of temporary absence, the latter may be replaced by the executive members of the joint committees. The chairman of the National Surveillance Commission shall be replaced, in his temporary absence, by the secretary of the National Surveillance Commission.

b) A representative owner and an alternate for each of the national political parties, and

c) A secretary designated by the respective president, among the members of the Electoral Professional Service with functions in the registry area.

2. The National Surveillance Commission will also have the participation of a representative of the National Institute of Statistics and Geography.

3. The political parties shall give their representatives in due time before the respective monitoring committees, which may be replaced at all times.

Article 158.

1. Surveillance commissions have the following attributions:

a) Watch that the registration of the Citizens in the Electoral Register and the nominal lists of voters, as well as their updating, are carried out in the terms set forth in this Act;

b) Watch that credentials to vote are delivered to citizens in a timely manner;

c) Receive from the political parties the observations they make to the nominal lists of voters;

d) Coassist in the annual Electoral Padron update campaign;

e) Knowing and opining on the location of citizen care modules, and

f) The others who trust you this Law.

2. The National Surveillance Commission will be aware of and may issue opinions on the work of the Executive Directorate of the Federal Register of Electors in the field of demarcation. territorial.

3. The National Surveillance Commission will hold at least once a month; local and district, at least once every three months, except during the electoral process, in which they will at least once a month.

4. For each session, the minutes to be signed by the attendees will be lifted. The non-conformities which, if any, will be entered in the minutes itself, from which a copy will be given to the assistants.

5. The General Council, acting on a proposal from the Executive General Board, shall adopt the Rules of Procedure and the Functioning of the Supervisory Committees referred to in this Article.

TITLE SECOND

From the Prerogatives of Political Parties

CHAPTER I

From Access to Radio and Television

Item 159.

1. Political parties are entitled to the permanent use of social media.

2. The political parties, pre-candidates and candidates for positions of popular choice, will access radio and television through the time the Constitution grants the first, in the form and terms set out in this Chapter.

3. Independent candidates shall have the right of access to prerogatives for electoral campaigns in the terms established by this Law.

4. Political parties, pre-candidates and candidates for popular election positions, at no time will be able to hire or acquire, by themselves or by third parties, times in any radio mode and television. Nor will they be able to hire the leaders and members of a political party, or any citizen, for their personal promotion for electoral purposes. Violation of this rule will be sanctioned in the terms laid out in the Eighth Book of this Law.

5. No natural or moral person, either on his own or on behalf of third parties, may engage in radio and television propaganda aimed at influencing the electoral preferences of citizens, or or against political parties or candidates for positions of popular choice. The transmission in national territory of this type of propaganda contracted abroad is prohibited. The violations of this paragraph shall be sanctioned in the terms laid down in this Law.

Article 160.

1. The Institute is the sole authority for the administration of time corresponding to the State in radio and television intended for the purposes of the Institute and other electoral authorities, as well as the exercise of the prerogatives and rights that the Constitution and this Law give to the political parties and independent candidates in this field.

2. The Institute will guarantee political parties the use of their constitutional prerogatives in radio and television; it will establish guidelines for the allocation of messages and programs they have the right to disseminate, both during and outside the periods of the electoral process, to address complaints and complaints about violations of the applicable rules and to determine, where appropriate, the penalties.

3. After consultation with the organizations grouping the radio and television concessionaires and the communication professionals, the General Council shall approve, by 20 August of the year preceding the year of the election, the guidelines The Commission has also called on the Member States to take the necessary measures to ensure that the free movement of information and the free movement of ideas are not affected by the freedom of expression and freedom of expression. political parties and independent candidates.

Article 161.

1. The Institute and the electoral authorities of the federative entities, for the dissemination of their respective social communication messages, will access the radio and television through the time of the that the former has in those media.

Article 162.

1. The Institute shall exercise its powers in radio and television through the following bodies:

a) The General Council;

b) The Executive General Meeting;

c) The Executive Direction of Political Prerogatives and Parties;

d) The Radio and Television Committee;

e) The Complaints and Complaints Commission, and

f) Executive vowels and executive boards in the deconcentrated, local and district organs, which will have auxiliary functions in this field.

Article 163.

1. The General Council, on a reasoned and substantiated proposal from the Complaints and Complaints Commission, may order the immediate suspension of any political or electoral propaganda on radio or television is in violation of this Law; the foregoing, without prejudice to other penalties to be applied to offenders.

2. The Executive General Board shall submit to the approval of the General Council the radio and television regulations. They will be supplanted by this Law, in whatever they do not oppose, the federal laws of matter.

Article 164.

1. Local Public Bodies shall ask the Institute for the radio and television time they require for the purposes of their purposes. The Institute will resolve the pipeline.

2. Dealing with the Electoral Tribunal, during the pre-campaign and federal campaign periods, the provisions of the preceding paragraph will apply to you. Outside those periods, the Court shall deal with access to radio and television in accordance with its own regulations.

Article 165.

1. Within the federal electoral processes, from the beginning of the pre-campaigns and until the day of the election day, the Institute will have at its disposal forty-eight minutes daily in each radio station and television channel.

2. The transmission of messages on each radio station and television channel shall be distributed within the schedule of six to 24 hours of each day. In cases where a station or channel transmits fewer hours than the time indicated above, three minutes shall be used for each hour of transmission.

Article 166.

1. The time referred to in paragraph 1 of the previous article will be distributed in two and up to three minutes for each hour of transmission on each radio station and television channel. (i) hours between six and 12 hours and between 18 and 24 hours shall be used for three minutes for each hour; in the hours after the twelve and up to the eighteen hours, two minutes shall be used for each hour; hourly.

Article 167.

1. During federal election campaigns and campaigns, time on radio and television, converted to number of messages, assignable to political parties, will be distributed among them according to the following criteria: thirty percent of the total in equal form and the remaining seventy percent in proportion to the percentage of votes, obtained by each political party in the election for immediate federal deputies.

2. Dealing with coalitions, the above paragraph applies as follows:

a) The total coalition will be granted the prerogative of access to time on radio and television set in this Law, in the thirty percent that to distribute equally, as if it were a single party. Of the seventy percent proportional to the votes, each of the coalition parties will participate in the terms and conditions established by the previous paragraph two. The coalition agreement will establish the distribution of time in each of these means for coalition candidates, and

b) Dealing with partial or flexible coalitions, each coalition party will access its respective prerogative on radio and television exercising their rights. separately. The coalition agreement will establish the distribution of time in each of these means for coalition candidates and for each party.

3. The General Council shall issue the regulation on access to radio and television by coalitions and parties forming part of them.

4. Dealing with pre-campaigns and campaigns in local elections, the basis for the distribution of seventy percent of the time allocated to political parties will be the percentage of votes obtained by each of them in the election for immediate local deputies, in the federal entity concerned.

5. New-record political parties, both national and local, as the case may be, will participate only in the 30 percent distribution of the time referred to in paragraph 1 of this article.

6. For the determination of the number of messages to be distributed among the political parties, the units of measurement are: thirty seconds, one and two minutes, without fractions; the regulation will determine the driver.

7. The time corresponding to each match shall be used exclusively for the dissemination of messages whose duration shall be as set out in this Chapter. The guidelines will be elaborated considering the total messages and their distribution among the political parties.

Article 168.

1. From the day on which, in accordance with this Law and the resolution issued by the General Council, the Federal Prebells begin and until the end of the Federal Precampaigns, the Institute shall make available of the national political parties, together, thirty minutes daily on each radio station and television channel.

2. For the purposes of the preceding paragraph, the pre-campaign of a party concludes, at the latest, a day before it holds its internal election or takes place the national electoral assembly, or equivalent, or the session of the management body which resolves in this respect, in accordance with the statutes of each party.

3. The pre-campaign messages of the political parties will be transmitted according to the guidelines approved by the Institute's Radio and Television Committee.

4. Each party will freely decide the allocation, by type of pre-campaign, of the messages that correspond to it, including its use for local precampaigns in the federal entities with electoral process. concurrent with the federal. The parties shall inform the Institute in good time of their decisions in this respect, in order for the Institute to provide the necessary information.

5. The remaining time, discounted as referred to in paragraph 1 of this article, will be made available to the Institute for its own purposes or those of other electoral authorities. In any event, radio and television dealers shall refrain from marketing the time not allocated by the Institute.

Article 169.

1. For the total time available as referred to in paragraph 1 of Article 165 of this Law, during federal election campaigns, the Institute shall allocate to political parties together forty-one minutes daily at each radio station and Television channel.

2. The remaining seven minutes will be used for the purposes of the Institute and other electoral authorities.

Item 170.

1. The time referred to in paragraph 1 of the previous article shall be distributed among the political parties, as the case may be, in accordance with Article 167 of this Law.

2. The campaign messages of the political parties will be transmitted in accordance with the guidelines approved by the Institute's Radio and Television Committee.

3. In federal entities with a local election whose business day is coincident with the federal, the Institute shall make the necessary adjustments to the provisions of the preceding paragraph, considering the time available after the time that is allocated for the local campaigns in those entities.

Article 171.

1. Each party will freely decide on the allocation by the type of federal campaign of the electoral propaganda messages to which it is entitled, except as follows: in the electoral process in which the Executive branch of the Union and the two Chambers of Congress, each party shall allocate at least thirty percent of the messages to the campaign of one of the powers, considering those of senators and deputies as one.

Article 172.

1. Each political party will determine, for each federative entity, the distribution of the messages to which it is entitled between the federal campaigns of deputies and senators.

Article 173.

1. In federative entities with local electoral processes with comicial days matching with the federal, the total time set in paragraph 1 of article 169 of this Law, the Institute, through the Local Public Bodies, will allocate for local campaigns of political parties and independent candidates fifteen minutes daily in each radio station and television channel of coverage in the institution federative in question.

2. The time referred to in paragraph 1 above shall be used for the dissemination of messages according to the pattern approved by the Radio Committee, on a proposal from the Local Public Body. and Television of the Institute.

3. For the distribution between the political parties of the time set in paragraph 1 of this article, converted to number of messages, the local electoral authorities shall apply, in the conduct, the rules set out in Article 167 of this Law.

4. For the purposes of this chapter, coverage of television channels and radio stations is understood to mean any geographical area where the signal of such means is heard or heard.

5. The Radio and Television Committee, will ask the Federal Telecommunications Institute for the coverage map of all radio stations and television channels, as well as their effective reach. The Institute shall draw up the catalogue of such stations and channels and shall also incorporate the information relating to the total population covered by the corresponding coverage in each institution.

6. Based on that catalog, the General Council will make public knowledge of radio stations and television channels that will participate in local and federal election coverage. refers to Article 175 of this Law.

Article 174.

1. Each party will decide on the allocation, between campaigns comprising each local electoral process, of the radio and television propaganda messages to which it is entitled.

Article 175.

1. For electoral purposes in the federal entities whose day is a month or a year different from the one that corresponds to the federal electoral processes, the Institute will administer the which correspond to the State in radio and television in the stations and channels of coverage in the entity concerned. The 40 and eight minutes of the Institute shall be used from the beginning of the local campaign until the end of the respective election day.

Article 176.

1. For the allocation of the time referred to in the previous article by the political parties during the period of local pre-campaigns, the Institute shall make available to the administrative electoral authority, in the entity concerned, Thirty minutes per day on each radio station and television channel.

2. The authorities identified above will assign among the political parties, the time referred to in the preceding paragraph, applying the rules set out in Article 167 of the this Act, in accordance with procedures to be determined by applicable local law.

3. The pre-campaign messages of the political parties will be transmitted according to the pattern approved by the Public Body's proposal Local competent, the Radio and Television Committee.

Article 177.

1. On the occasion of the local electoral campaigns in the federal entities referred to in Article 175 above, the Institute will assign as the prerogative for political parties, through the Local Public Bodies, forty-one minutes per day on each radio station and television channel of coverage in the entity concerned; in the event of inadequacy, the electoral authority may cover the same time available as corresponds to the State. The remaining time shall be made available to the Institute for its own purposes or those of other electoral authorities. In any event, radio and television dealers shall refrain from marketing the time not allocated by the Institute.

2. They are applicable in the local federative entities and electoral processes referred to in the preceding paragraph, the rules laid down in paragraphs 2 and 3 of Article 173, Article 174 and the other contained in this Act that are applicable.

Article 178.

1. The parties with current local registration, prior to the choice in question, will participate in the distribution of the allocated times for the local campaigns of the corresponding federal entity, according to the percentage of votes they have obtained in the previous local election for local deputies, or in the most recent one in which they have participated.

2. The national political parties which, in the entity concerned, would not have obtained in the election for immediate local deputies the minimum percentage of votes to be entitled to prerogatives or parties with local registration obtained for the choice in question, shall be entitled to the radio and television prerogative for local campaigns only on the part to be distributed in an equal manner.

Article 179.

1. In the federal entities referred to in Article 175 of this Law the Institute shall assign, for the purposes of the own purposes of the Local Public Bodies, time on radio and television according to the availability with which it is counted.

2. The time on radio and television that the Institute assigns to Local Public Bodies shall be determined by the General Council in accordance with the request made by the Institute.

3. The unassigned time referred to in Article 175 of this Law shall be made available to the Institute in each of the corresponding federal entities, until the conclusion of the respective local election campaigns. In any event, radio and television dealers shall refrain from marketing the time not allocated by the Institute.

Item 180.

1. In no case shall the Institute authorize political parties time or messages on radio and television in contravention of the rules laid down in this chapter.

2. The production costs of the radio and television messages of the political parties will be borne with their own resources.

Article 181.

1. Out of the periods of pre-campaign and federal election campaign, as referred to in Article 41 (A) (g) (g) of the Constitution, national political parties shall have the right to be used for the purposes of the message transmission with a duration of 30 seconds each, on all radio stations and television channels. The total messages will be distributed equally among the national political parties.

2. The programmes and messages referred to above shall be transmitted in the hours of six to 24 hours.

3. The Institute's Radio and Television Committee shall approve, in a half-yearly manner, the respective guidelines.

4. In special situations and at the request of a party, where justified, the Institute may agree that messages which in one month correspond to the same party shall be transmitted in advance to that provided for in the original schedule. The regulation will set out the terms and conditions under which these rules will apply.

Article 182.

1. The Institute, and through its conduit, Local Public Bodies and other electoral authorities, will make use of the time on radio and television that corresponds to them, according to the rules it approves. the General Council, and the following:

a) The Institute will determine, on a quarterly basis, considering the calendars of local electoral processes, the allocation of time on radio and television for its own purposes and for other electoral authorities. In no case will the prerogatives for political parties be included as part of the above;

b) For the purposes of this Article, the Institute shall have twenty-thirty-second messages;

c) The transmission time will be between six and twenty-four hours;

d) The times the Institute has during the election campaigns in the hours of the highest audience in radio and television, will be destined preferably to convey the messages of political parties;

e) The Institute, through the competent administrative authority, will develop the guidelines for the transmission of its own messages. Local Public Bodies and other electoral authorities shall propose to the Institute the guidelines corresponding to the times assigned to them in accordance with the provisions of this Chapter;

f) The electoral authorities of the federative entities will give to the Institute the materials with the messages that, for the dissemination of their activities during the local electoral processes, they correspond to them in radio and television.

Article 183.

1. According to Article 41 of the Constitution, when the Institute considers the total time in radio and television available to be insufficient for its own purposes or those of other election authorities, determine how conducive to cover the missing time.

2. The time on radio and television that determine the respective guidelines is not cumulative; neither can the time be transferred between radio stations or television channels, nor between federative entities. The allocation of time between the electoral campaigns shall be strictly in accordance with the provisions of this chapter, which, in accordance with this chapter, shall lay down the rules of procedure in this chapter, and as determined by the Radio and Television Committee of the Institute.

3. The guidelines to be determined by the Committee will set, for each message, the station or channel, as well as the day and time they are to be transmitted.

4. Radio and television dealerships may not alter the guidelines or require additional technical requirements to those approved by the Committee; violation of this provision will be sanctioned in the terms set forth in this Act.

5. In extraordinary elections the General Council will determine the territorial coverage and the time that will be allocated to political parties on radio and television based on the established criteria. in this chapter.

6. The radio signals transmitted in the restricted television services, including those derived from the multiprogramming, must incorporate, without any alteration, the messages of the political parties and the electoral authorities referred to in this Chapter, in accordance with the regulatory provisions on telecommunications.

7. Transmissions in the restricted television services referred to in the preceding paragraph shall, during the periods of the campaign, be deleted both federal and local, the propaganda messages government.

8. The restricted television operators distributing radio-broadcast signals derived from the multi-programming shall include, without any alteration, the messages of the political parties and the electoral authorities referred to in the this chapter in each programming channel that they disseminate, in accordance with the regulatory provisions on telecommunications.

9. In each multi-programming channel authorised to the concessionaires providing broadcasting services, the state time shall be complied with in the terms of this law and the telecommunications provisions.

Article 184.

1. To ensure that the political parties and independent candidates are given proper participation in the matter, the Institute's Radio and Television Committee is constituted, according to the following:

a) The Committee shall be responsible for knowing and approving the transmission guidelines for programmes and messages of political parties, formulated by the Competent Executive Directorate, as well as other matters which in the matter directly concern the parties themselves. The General Council may draw on its competence the matters in this matter which, for its importance, so require, and

b) The Committee shall meet in an ordinary manner once a month, and in an extraordinary manner when it is convened by the electoral adviser who is in office, or at the request of the to the latter, at least two political parties.

2. The Committee integrates with:

a) A representative owner and his alternate, appointed by each national political party;

b) The electoral advisors who in turn, make up the Commission of Prerogatives and Political Parties to which it refers Law;

c) The executive director of Political Prerogatives and Parties, who will act as his technical secretary; in his absences will be supplied by whom you designate, and

d) They will be called and will be able to come to the Committee, only with voice, the representatives of the Legislative Branch before the Council General, or who they designate.

3. The Committee shall be chaired by the electoral adviser who exercises the same function in the Commission as referred to in the (b) of the preceding paragraph.

4. The decisions of the Committee will preferably be taken by consensus of its members. In the event of a vote only the three electoral members shall exercise the right to vote.

5. The agreements adopted by the Committee may only be challenged by the representatives of the political parties before the General Council.

6. The Institute shall have the budgetary, technical, human and material resources required for the direct exercise of its powers and powers in the field of radio and television.

7. The Institute shall provide, directly, the means necessary to verify compliance with the transmission guidelines it approves, as well as the applicable rules. With respect to the electoral propaganda that is broadcast, monitoring must be carried out in both broadcast and restricted television.

Article 185.

1. The General Council will order the monitoring of broadcasts on pre-campaigns and electoral campaigns in radio and television programs that spread news. The results shall be made public, at least every 15 days, through the periods for the social communication of the Institute and in other information media to be determined by the Council itself.

Article 186.

1. The Regulation shall set the time limits for the delivery, replacement or making available, as the case may be, to dealers, transmission orders and materials during the ordinary periods. In no case shall the time limit be greater than 5 working days.

2. The Regulation shall set the time limits for the delivery, replacement or making available, as appropriate, to dealers, transmission orders and materials, from the start of the pre-campaign and to the day of the election day. In no case shall the time limit be greater than 3 working days.

3. The Institute shall reduce the time limits when it is technically feasible, in order to ensure efficiency in the operation of the Institute itself, as well as in the service delivery or replacement of the broadcast and the materials of election propaganda for broadcasting in the time of radio and television.

4. The Institute will have the necessary to ensure the reception of the materials delivered to it by the parties and electoral authorities, the twenty-four hours of the day of the year.

5. The delivery of the materials of the parties and electoral authorities for broadcast in the state of radio and television, with its corresponding order of transmission and notification to each the concessionaire shall be carried out in an electronic, personal or satellite manner, on the terms and under the modalities to be determined by the relevant Regulation.

CHAPTER II

From the Postal and Telegraphic Franchises

Article 187.

1. The national political parties will enjoy the postal and telegraphic franchises, within the national territory, that are necessary for the development of their activities, in the provided for in the General Law of Political Parties.

Article 188.

1. Postal franchises will be subject to the following rules:

a) The General Council shall determine in the annual budget of the Institute itself the item to cover the cost of the postal franchise of the national political parties; in non-electoral years the total amount will be equivalent to two percent of the public financing for ordinary activities; in electoral years it will be equivalent to four percent;

b) The postal franchise will be allocated equally to the national political parties;

c) The Institute will report to the Mexican Postal Service of the budget that corresponds annually by concept of this prerogative to each political party and will cover, on a quarterly basis, the cost of the services provided to each of them up to the appropriate limit. In no case shall the Institute directly minister to the parties the resources allocated for this purpose. If, at the end of the fiscal year corresponding to the remainder of this term, they are reintegrated into the Federation's Treasury as budgetary economies;

d) You will only be able to use the postal franchise in the steering committees of each national party. The representatives of the parties to the General Council shall inform the Institute in due time of the annual allocation among those committees of the prerogative to which they are responsible;

e) The political parties will accredit to the Executive Directorate of Prerogatives and Political Parties and to the local and district executive boards, two representatives authorized by each of its committees to bill the sending of their regular correspondence, their propaganda and their periodicals. The Executive Directorate itself shall communicate to the Mexican Postal Service the names of the authorised representatives and shall make the necessary steps to be granted to them;

f) National committees may refer to the entire Republic, in addition to their correspondence, propaganda and periodicals; state committees, district and municipal authorities may refer them to their national committee and within their respective territorial demarcations;

g) The Mexican Postal Service will inform the Institute about the offices in which political parties will make the deposits of their correspondence, guaranteeing which are equipped with the necessary elements for handling. Representatives authorised and registered by each committee with the Executive Directorate or the vocalias shall invoice the submissions and sign the respective documentation;

h) In the correspondence of each national political party, their condition of sender shall be clearly mentioned;

i) The Institute shall conclude the necessary agreements and agreements with the Mexican Postal Service for the purposes set out in this Article; inform, in the terms and deadlines agreed upon, of the use made by each national political party of its prerogative, as well as any irregularities in its use, and

j) Parties shall inform the Executive Directorate of the replacement of their authorised representatives in due time, in order to notify the Executive Directorate of the Mexican Postal Service.

Article 189.

1. The telegraphic franchises shall be granted exclusively for use within the national territory and shall be subject to the following rules:

a) They will only be able to make use of the telegraphic franchises the national committees of each national political party;

b) National committees will be able to use franchises for their communications to the entire Republic;

c) The franchises will be used by two representatives authorized by each of the national committees. The names and signatures of the authorised representatives shall be registered with the Executive Directorate of Prerogatives And Political Parties in order to communicate them to the relevant public body;

d) The telegraphic path will only be used in award cases, and the texts of the telegrams will conform to the provisions of the subject, and

e) The telegraphic franchise will not take effect for propaganda purposes, matters of personal interest, nor for messages whose recipients are in the same city or urban turning area.

2. The Institute shall have the necessary in its annual budget to cover the cost of the attention of the present provisions to the competent public body.

CHAPTER III

From the Fiscalization of Political Parties

Article 190.

1. The audit of political parties shall be carried out on the terms and in accordance with the procedures provided for in this Law and in accordance with the obligations laid down in the General Law of Political Parties.

2. The audit of the finances of the political parties and the candidates ' campaigns will be carried out by the General Council through its audit committee.

3. In the fulfilment of its powers, the General Council will not be limited by the banking, fiduciary and fiscal secrets, and to do so will have the technical unit of oversight, which will be the a conduit to overcome the limitation referred to, even if the Institute delegates this function.

Article 191.

1. The following are the powers of the General Council of the Institute:

a) Issue specific guidelines for the audit, accounting, and registration of political parties ' operations;

b) Depending on the technical and financial capacity of the Institute, develop, implement and manage an online accounting system of the parties (i) political, as well as establishing electronic mechanisms for the fulfilment of the obligations of the latter in the field of taxation;

c) Resolve the consolidated draft opinion as well as the resolution of each of the reports that are required to present the parties politicians;

d) Watch that the origin and application of political party resources observe the legal provisions;

e) Designate Electoral Councilors to be part of the Fiscalization Commission;

f) Designate the holder of the Control Technical Unit;

g) In the event of non-compliance with audit and accounting obligations, impose the penalties that come in accordance with the applicable regulations, and

h) Receive and require for follow-up purposes the procurement notices, prior to the delivery of goods or services that they hold during the campaigns or the electoral processes, in which information should be included to establish the applicable general guidelines.

2. In the event that the Institute delegates to the Local Public Bodies the function of the ordinary audit of the local political parties, it must verify the technical and operational capacity of the local political parties to carry out this function, in accordance with the provisions of the General Law of Political Parties.

CHAPTER IV

From the Fiscalization Commission

Article 192.

1. The General Council of the Institute shall exercise the powers of supervision, monitoring and technical control and, in general, all preparatory acts through the Committee on Taxation, which shall be composed of five members. election and will have the following powers:

a) Review the projects of regulations on audit that the Technical Unit of Fiscalization develops and submit them to the approval of the Council General, as well as general agreements and technical standards required to regulate the accounting records of political parties;

b) Review and submit to the approval of the General Council the draft resolutions relating to the procedures and complaints regarding the audit, in the terms of the regulation issued by the General Council itself;

c) Delimiting the scope of review of reports that are required to present political parties;

d) Review the functions and actions performed by the Technical Unit of Taxation, in order to ensure the legality and certainty of the processes of audit;

e) Monitor on a permanent basis and continue regular, campaign and campaign audits; as well as official procedures, complaints, and verifications made by the Technical Control Unit;

f) Order the practice of auditing the finances of political parties directly or through third parties specialized in the field;

g) Order verification visits to political parties in order to corroborate compliance with their obligations and the veracity of their reports;

h) Modify, approve or reject consolidated draft opinions and resolutions issued in relation to reports that political parties are required to submit, to be considered by the General Council within the time limits laid down by this Law;

i) Elaborate, on the proposal of the Technical Unit of Taxation, the general guidelines that will govern in all the procedures of audit in the field national and local;

j) Resolve the queries made by the political parties;

k) Approve requests for information to government, financial, banking, and tax authorities in respect of investigations conducted by the Technical Unit of Taxation;

l) Receive, through the Technical Secretariat, the reports to be submitted by the political parties for the audit of their income and expenditures;

m) Approve the requests that are intended to be made to the competent authorities and public and private institutions, in order to overcome the secrecy fiduciary, banking and tax;

n) Approve the agreements to be signed by the Institute with the Mexican State authorities, necessary to accredit the legal origin of the resources used by political parties;

n) With the support of the Technical Control Unit, conduct the liquidation of political parties that lose their registration and report to the Council General the parameters, actions and results of the work performed for this purpose, and

o) Integrate information regarding the caps applicable to pre-campaign and campaign expenses determined by the Local Public Bodies, which will be in the local elections, for the General Council's knowledge.

2. For the performance of its tasks, the Commission of Taxation will have a Technical Unit of Taxation in the field.

3. The powers of the Fiscalization Commission shall be exercised in accordance with the full technical independence of its Technical Unit for Taxation.

4. In the exercise of its task, the Electoral Advisers of this Commission will not be able to intervene in the works of the Technical Unit of Fiscalization in an independent way, guaranteeing at all times the fulfillment of the principles Decision-making in the field of audit.

5. The provisions on the taxation of political parties shall be applicable, as appropriate, to national political groupings.

Article 193.

1. The document ordering the verification visit provided for in point (g) of the previous Article shall contain at least the following requirements:

a) Point out the issuing authority;

b) Point and date of issue;

c) Fundar and motivate verification visit;

d) Ostend the signature of the competent official and, where appropriate, the name or names of the persons to whom it is addressed;

e) The place where the visit should be performed, and

f) The name of the person or persons to make the visit.

Article 194.

1. For the operation of the Fiscalization Commission, the following rules will be available:

a) The Commission's Members of the Election will last for three years;

b) The Presidency of the Commission shall be rotating and shall be designated annually among the members of the Commission;

c) Determinations that are issued by the Fiscalization Commission shall be the result of the majority vote of its members, and

d) The head of the Technical Unit of Fiscalization will serve as the Technical Secretary of this and will agree with his president on the issues that will be listed in the order of the day.

Article 195.

1. Local Public Bodies exercising oversight powers by delegation of the Institute shall be subject to the guidelines, general agreements, technical standards and other provisions issued by the General Council.

2. In the exercise of these functions, the Local Public Bodies shall coordinate with the Technical Unit of Fiscalization of the Commission of Taxation.

3. In these cases, the Fiscalization Technical Unit of the Fiscalization Commission will be the conduit to overcome the limitations of the banking, fiduciary and fiscal secrets.

CHAPTER V

From the Fiscalization Technical Unit of the Fiscalization Commission

Article 196.

1. The Technical Unit of the Fiscalization of the Institute's Fiscalization Commission is the body that is responsible for the reception and comprehensive review of the reports presented by the political parties regarding the origin, amount, destination and application. of the resources they receive for any type of financing, as well as to investigate the related complaints and procedures regarding the accountability of the political parties.

2. In the exercise of its powers, the Technical Unit of Taxation shall have as a hierarchical level that of an executive management of the Institute.

3. The head of the Technical Office of the Fiscalization Commission shall be the Technical Secretary of the Commission, and may be replaced by the public servant at the lower immediate level.

Article 197.

1. The holder of the Technical Unit of Taxation shall be appointed by the General Council, in accordance with the provisions of Article 191 (1) (e), to meet the same requirements as the General Law for the directors Institute executives. It should also check for a minimum level of management experience of five years in the field of audit.

Item 198.

1. The staff of the Fiscalization Commission and the Technical Unit of the Fiscalization of the Commission are obliged to reserve on the course of the reviews and audits in which they have participation or on which they have information. The Comptroller General of the Institute will know of the violations of this rule and in his case will impose the penalties that correspond according to this Law.

Item 199.

1. The Technical Control Unit shall have the following powers:

a) Auditing with full technical independence the supporting documentation, as well as the accounting presented by the political parties and, where appropriate, candidates independent in each of the reports they are required to submit;

b) Elaborate and submit to the Commission for Taxation the draft regulations on audit and accounting, and the agreements that are required for the performance of their functions;

c) To monitor that the party's resources are lawful and apply exclusively to the compliance of the parties objectives of the political parties;

d) Receive and review quarterly, annual, pre-campaign and campaign reports, from political parties and their candidates;

e) Requiring supplemental information regarding the various sections of revenue and expenditure reports or documentation proof of any other aspect linked to them;

f) Propose to the Commission of Taxation the practice, directly or through third parties, of audits to the finances of the political parties;

g) Submit to the Committee on Taxation the reports of results, consolidated opinions and draft resolutions on the audits and checks carried out on political parties. The reports shall specify, where appropriate, the irregularities in which the political parties have engaged in the administration of their resources, the failure to comply with the obligation to report on their application and shall propose the penalties which proceed in accordance with applicable normativity;

h) Verify the operations of political parties with suppliers;

i) Together with the Fiscalization Commission, be responsible for the settlement procedures of political parties that lose their registration;

j) In the campaign stage, if the political party so chooses, pay through one of the checkbooks that I know For each type of campaign, the obligations that the political parties will have to contract, either of the totality of expenses or only for what it does to the propaganda on public roads;

k) Submit to the Commission of Taxation the draft resolution regarding complaints and procedures in the field of audit;

l) Fiscalizing and monitoring the revenue and expenditure of citizens ' organizations seeking registration as a party political, from the moment they notify the Institute of such purpose, in the terms laid down in this Law and other applicable provisions;

m) Providing political parties with the necessary guidance, advice and training for compliance with the obligations entered in compliance with the technical criteria issued by the Fiscalisation Commission;

n) Propose to the Fisicalization Commission the homogeneous accounting guidelines that guarantee advertising and access by electronic means, in collaboration with the areas of the Institute that are required for the development of the respective system;

n) Propose to the Commission of Taxation the guidelines that guarantee the maximum publicity of the records and movements accounting, prior notices of recruitment and validation requirements for contracts issued by the electoral authority, and

o) Propose to the Fiscalization Commission the penalties to be imposed according to the seriousness of the faults committed.

Article 200.

1. The authorities and public and private institutions are obliged to respond to the Technical Unit of Taxation, requests for information protected by banking, fiduciary and fiscal secrecy, within a maximum period of five days thereafter. of the request.

2. Similarly, the Technical Unit of Taxation may require individuals, natural and moral persons, to provide them with the information and documentation necessary for the fulfillment of their privileges, who must attend to the requirement within the time limits set out in the preceding paragraph.

THIRD TITLE

From the Bases for the National Electoral Professional Service Organization

CHAPTER I

Predisposition

Item 201.

1. Based on Article 41 of the Constitution and to ensure the professional performance of the activities of the Institute and Local Public Bodies, through the Executive Directorate competent shall be regulated, the organisation and functioning of the National Professional Electoral Service.

2. The objectivity and impartiality that in the terms of the Constitution guide the state function of organizing the elections will be the principles for the formation of the service members.

3. The organization of the service shall be governed by the rules established by this Law and by those of the Statute approved by the General Council.

4. The Executive General Board shall draw up the draft Statute, which shall be submitted to the General Council by the Executive Secretary, for approval.

5. The Statute will develop, concretize and regulate the normative bases contained in this Title.

CHAPTER II

From The National Electoral Professional Service

Article 202.

1. The National Electoral Professional Service is integrated by the public servants of the executive and technical bodies of the Institute and Local Public Bodies. It will have two systems one for the Institute and another for Local Public Bodies.

2. For the proper functioning of the Institute, the Institute shall regulate the organisation and operation and apply the different mechanisms of this Service in accordance with the provisions of the Article 41 (D) of the Constitution.

3. The bodies of the executive function will provide the staff to cover the positions with management, command, and supervision privileges.

4. The bodies of the technical function will provide the staff to cover the posts and perform the specialized activities.

5. Bodies will be structured by their own levels or ranges, differentiated from the positions and positions of the organic structure of the Institute and the Local Public Bodies. The levels or ranks will allow the promotion of the members of the members of the bodies. In the latter, the career of the permanent members of the service will be developed, so that they can collaborate in the Institute or the local public body, as appropriate to the system in question, as a whole and not exclusively in a position or position.

6. The entrance to the bodies and systems will proceed when the applicant accredits the personal, academic and professional experience requirements that for each job or position he/she points out the Statute. The public tender, the temporary incorporation examination and the courses and practices will be the way of entry, as stated in the statutory rules. The course of courses and practices is reserved for the incorporation of the staff of the Institute who perform in administrative positions.

7. The permanence of the public servants at the Institute and in the Local Public Bodies will be subject to the accreditation of the examinations of the training programmes and electoral professional development, as well as the outcome of the annual assessment carried out in terms of the establishment of the Staff Regulations.

8. The bodies of the executive function will provide their ranks or levels to the officials who will cover the charges set by this Law for Executive Boards and Boards in the following terms:

a) In the Executive General Meeting, the charges immediately below the Executive Director's as well as the places in other areas to be determined by the Staff Regulations;

b) On local and district executive boards, the positions of the executive vocalias and vocalias, as well as the other places laid down in the Staff

;

c) In Local Public Bodies the places expressly determined by the Staff Regulations, and

d) Other charges to be determined in the Statute.

9. The members of the National Electoral Professional Service will be subject to the administrative responsibilities of the public servants provided for in Title IV of the Constitution, as set out in the Eighth Book of this Law.

CHAPTER III

From the National Electoral Professional Service Statute

Article 203.

1. The Statute must set the rules for:

a) Define the levels or ranges of each body and the positions or positions they give access to;

b) Forming the general catalogue of posts and posts of the Institute and Local Public Bodies, as well as their requirements;

c) The recruitment and selection of those interested in entering a Service Square, which will be primarily through the public contest;

d) Grant the entitlement at a level or range, as the case may be;

e) Professional training and training and methods for performance evaluation;

f) Rise, move, and rotation systems to positions, positions, and positions schedules, as well as for the application of administrative sanctions or removals. Promotions will be awarded on the basis of merit and performance;

g) Recruitment of professional service providers for specific programmes and implementation of possible activities, and

h) Other necessary for the organization and proper functioning of the Institute.

2. The Statute must also contain the following rules:

a) Workday Duration;

b) Days of rest;

c) Holiday periods, as well as the amount and mode of the holiday premium;

d) Permissions and licenses;

e) Contractual system of election servers;

f) Help for death expenses;

g) Disciplinary measures, and

h) Removal Causals.

3. The Executive Secretary of the Institute may conclude agreements with academic and higher education institutions to provide training, training and updating courses. for applicants and members of the National Electoral Professional Service, and in general the staff of the Institute and Local Public Bodies.

CHAPTER IV

Of Complementary Provisions

Article 204.

1. In the Staff Regulations, in addition to the rules for the organization of the National Electoral Professional Service, the regulations concerning administrative and employee employees Auxiliaries of the Institute and Local Public Bodies.

2. The Staff Regulations shall lay down the rules for their composition, promotions, movements, procedures for the determination of sanctions, ordinary means of defence and other conditions of job.

Article 205.

1. By the nature of the state function entrusted by the Institute, all its staff will enforce respect for the Constitution, laws and loyalty to the Institution, by above any particular interest.

2. The Institute may determine the change in the membership or schedule of its staff, when the needs of the service are required, in the form and terms established by this Law and the Staff Regulations.

3. Staff belonging to the Service attached to the local public bodies may be readkrit and be rotated in their duties in accordance with the institutional requirements, For this purpose, the Staff Regulations shall define the relevant procedure and shall consider the opinion of the relevant public body.

4. The members of the National Electoral Professional Service, on the basis of the labor load that the election year represents, being every day and business hours, will be entitled to receive compensation for the extraordinary tasks they perform, in accordance with the approved budget.

Article 206.

1. All staff of the Institute shall be deemed to be trusted and shall be subject to the regime established in section XIV of Article 123 (B) of the Constitution.

2. The staff of the Institute will be incorporated into the regime of the Institute of Social Security and Services of State Workers.

3. The differences or conflicts between the Institute and its servers shall be resolved by the Electoral Tribunal in accordance with the procedure laid down in the law of the matter.

4. Working relationships between local public bodies and their employees shall be governed by local laws, in accordance with the provisions of Article 123 of the Treaty. Constitution.

FIFTH BOOK

From Election Processes

TITLE FIRST

From the General Rules for Federal and Local Electoral Processes

CHAPTER I

Of Preliminary Provisions

Article 207.

1. The electoral process is the set of acts ordered by the Constitution and this Law, carried out by the electoral authorities, the political parties, as well as the citizens, which has as its object the periodic renewal of the members of the Legislative and Executive Powers, both federal and federal entities, the members of the municipalities in the states of the Republic and the Chief Delegate in the Federal District.

Article 208.

1. For the purposes of this Act, the ordinary electoral process comprises the following stages:

a) Preparing the choice;

b) Election Day;

c) Elections results and declarations, and

d) Opinion and statements of validity of the election.

2. The stage of the election day begins at 8 a.m. on the first Sunday of June and concludes with the closing of the box.

CHAPTER II

From Electoral Propaganda

Article 209.

1. For the duration of the federal and local electoral campaigns, and until the conclusion of the conference, the dissemination in the social media of the all government propaganda, both from the federal and state authorities, and from the municipalities, governing bodies of the Federal District, their delegations, and any other public body. The only exceptions to the above will be the information campaigns of the electoral authorities, those relating to education and health services, or those necessary for civil protection in cases of emergency.

2. All printed election propaganda must be recyclable, manufactured with biodegradable materials that do not contain toxic or harmful substances for health or the environment. Political parties and independent candidates must present a plan to recycle the propaganda they will use during their campaign.

3. For the purposes of this Law, it will be understood by utilitarian promotional articles those that contain images, signs, emblems and expressions that aim to spread the image and proposals of the political party, coalition or candidate that distributes.

4. Utilitarian promotional articles can only be made with textile material.

5. The delivery of any kind of material containing political or electoral propaganda of parties, coalitions or candidates, in which any direct, indirect, mediato or immediate benefit, in kind or cash, is offered or delivered, through any system that involves the delivery of a good or service, whether or not it is strictly prohibited to the parties, candidates, their campaign teams or any person. Such conduct shall be sanctioned in accordance with this Law and shall be presumed to indicate pressure to the voter to obtain his or her vote.

6. The political party, registered candidate or supporter who violates the provisions of this article, shall be sanctioned in the terms provided for in this Law.

Article 210.

1. The distribution or placement of the electoral propaganda must respect the legal times to be established for each case, its withdrawal or end of distribution must be carried out three days before the election day.

2. In the case of propaganda posted on public roads, it must be withdrawn during the seven days after the end of the election day.

3. The omission in the withdrawal or end of distribution of the propaganda will be sanctioned in accordance with this Law.

Article 211.

1. For the purposes of this Chapter, pre-campaign propaganda shall be understood as the set of writings, publications, images, recordings, projections and expressions that during the period of pre-campaign spread the pre-candidates for the purpose of publicizing their proposals and obtaining the candidacy for a position of popular choice.

2. During precampaigns only textile utility items can be used.

3. The precampaign propaganda must express, by graphic and auditory means, the precandidate quality of who is promoted.

Article 212.

1. Political parties, pre-candidates and supporters are obliged to withdraw their pre-campaign election propaganda for recycling at least three days before the start of the registration deadline. of candidates of the choice in question. If not withdrawn, the Institute or the Local Public Bodies will take the necessary measures for their withdrawal from the ministry of public financing that corresponds to the party, in addition to the imposition of the sanction that set this Act.

CHAPTER III

From the Opinion Surveys and Surveys

Article 213.

1. The General Council will issue the rules, guidelines and criteria that natural or moral persons will have to adopt to conduct surveys or opinion polls in the framework of electoral processes. Federal and local. Local Public Bodies shall perform the functions in this field in accordance with the above rules, guidelines and criteria.

2. During the three days prior to the election and until the closing time of the boxes, it is strictly forbidden to publish, disseminate or make known by any means of communication, the results of the opinion polls or polls, which are aimed at making the electoral preferences known.

3. The natural or moral persons who disseminate opinion polls or surveys shall submit to the Institute or the Local Public Body a report on the resources applied to them in the terms available to the relevant electoral authority.

4. The methodology, costs, responsible persons and results of the surveys or surveys will be disseminated on their website, by the Local Public Bodies in the field of their competence.

Chapter IV

From Electoral Distraction

Article 214.

1. The demarcation of federal and local constituencies will be conducted by the Institute based on the last general population census and the general criteria determined by the General Council.

2. The General Board of the Institute shall instruct the Executive General Board to conduct the conducting studies and approve the general criteria. The distribution shall, where appropriate, be approved before the start of the electoral process in which it is to be applied.

3. Under the provisions of Article 53 of the Constitution, once the territorial demarcation of the 300 uninominal constituencies, based on the last general population census, is established, the The General Council shall, where appropriate, approve the distribution of electoral districts among the federal entities, ensuring that the representation of a state is at least two majority deputies.

4. For the election of the 200 deputies elected by the principle of proportional representation, the General Council will approve, if necessary, prior to the start of the electoral process, the formation of the five plurinominal constituencies in the country.

CHAPTER V

From Electoral Training

Article 215.

1. The General Council will be responsible for approving the training programs for polling station officials.

2. The Institute, and in its assistance Local Public Bodies, will be responsible for carrying out the training of the officials who will integrate the polling station tables according to the referred programs.

CHAPTER VI

From Document Printing and Materials Production

Article 216.

1. This law and local electoral laws will determine the characteristics of the documentation and electoral materials, and must establish that:

(a) Electoral documents and materials shall be produced using raw materials to be recycled once it is destroyed;

b) In the case of ballot papers, they should be developed using the security mechanisms approved by the Institute;

c) Destruction shall be carried out using methods that protect the environment, as approved by the respective General or Local Council, and

d) The safeguarding and care of electoral ballots are considered a matter of national security.

CHAPTER VII

From Election Observation

Article 217.

1. Citizens who wish to exercise their right as election observers must be subject to the following bases:

a) They will be able to participate only when they have obtained their accreditation in due time before the electoral authority;

b) Citizens who intend to act as observers shall indicate in the application document the personal identification data by attaching photocopy of their (a) the right to vote, and the express expression that they will be conducted in accordance with the principles of impartiality, objectivity, certainty and legality and without any links to any political party or organization;

c) The application for registration to participate as election observers may be submitted in a personal form or through the organization to which they belong, before the president of the local or district council corresponding to his domicile, starting from the beginning of the electoral process and until April 30 of the year of the election. The chairmen of the local and district councils, as the case may be, will account for the requests to the councils themselves, for approval, in the next session they hold. The resolution to be issued shall be notified to the applicants. The General Council and Local Public Bodies shall ensure this right and resolve any approach that may arise from the citizens or the organisations concerned;

d) Only the accreditation to which he or she meets, in addition to which the electoral authority points out, will be granted:

I. Being a Mexican citizen in full enjoyment of your civil and political rights;

II. Not being, nor having been a member of national, state, or municipal leadership or political party in the three years prior to the election;

III. Not being, nor having been a candidate for popular choice in the three years before the election, and

IV. Attend training, preparation or information courses provided by the Institute and Local Public Bodies or the organizations themselves to which observers belong These courses may be supervised by the competent authorities of the Institute, which may supervise such courses. The lack of non-imputable supervision to the respective organization will not be cause for the accreditation to be denied;

e) Observers will abstain from:

I.       Replace or hinder the electoral authorities in the exercise of their functions, and interfere with the development of their functions;

II.      Make proselytism of any kind or manifest in favor of a party or a candidate;

III.     Externar any expression of offense, defamation or slander against the institutions, electoral authorities, political parties or candidates, and

IV.    Declare the triumph of political party or any candidate;

f) The observation may be carried out in any territorial area of the Mexican Republic;

g) Accredited citizens as election observers will be able to apply for information to the local board and local public bodies This is the only way to improve the quality of your activities. Such information shall be provided as long as it is not reserved or confidential in the terms laid down by law and that there are material and technical possibilities for its delivery;

h) In the contents of the training provided by the Institute to the officials of the polling stations, the explanation for the the presence of election observers, as well as the rights and obligations inherent in their performance;

i) Election observers will be able to present themselves on election day with their accreditations and identifications in one or more polling stations, as well as in the premises of the relevant Councils, and may observe the following acts:

I.       Installing the box;

II.      Development of the vote;

III.     Counting and counting voting in the box;

IV.    Fixing the results of the vote on the outside of the box;

V.     Closing the box;

VI.    Read aloud from the results at the district council, and

VII.   Receipt of incident and protest writing;

j) Observers may submit, to the electoral authority, report of their activities in the terms and times to be determined by the Council for that purpose General. In no case shall the observers ' reports, judgments, opinions or conclusions have legal effects on the electoral process and its results.

2. The organizations to which the electoral observers belong, no later than thirty days after the election day, must declare the origin, amount and application of the financing that obtain for the development of their activities directly related to the electoral observation they undertake, by means of a report submitted to the General Council.

CHAPTER VIII

Of Debates

Article 218.

1. The General Council will organise two mandatory debates among all candidates for the Presidency of the Republic and promote, through local and district councils, the debate between candidates for senators and federal deputies.

2. For the conduct of the mandatory debates, the General Council will define the rules, dates and venues, respecting the principle of fairness among the candidates.

3. The mandatory debates of the candidates for the office of President of the United Mexican States, will be broadcast by the radio and television stations of the concessionaires of public use. Commercial dealers shall transmit such discussions on at least one of their radio signals when they have a coverage of 50% or more of the national territory. The radio and television signals which the Institute generates for this purpose may be used, live and free of charge, by other radio and television dealers, as well as by other telecommunications dealers. The Institute shall make the necessary arrangements to facilitate the transmission of discussions in as many stations and channels as possible.

4. In terms of the laws of the federal entities, the general councils of the Local Public Bodies, will organize debates among all the candidates for Governor or Head of Government of the Federal District; and promote the Debates between candidates for local deputies, municipal presidents, delegation heads, and other popular elections, for which the radio signals that the local public bodies generate for this purpose may be used, live and free of charge, by other radio operators and television, as well as other telecommunications licensees.

5. In the case of the preceding paragraph, the debates of the candidates for Governor and Head of Government of the Federal District, must be transmitted by the radio and television stations of the local concessionaires of public use, in the This is the case. The Institute shall promote the transmission of discussions by other broadcast licensees with coverage in the relevant and telecommunications federative entity.

6. The national and local media will be able to freely organize debates between candidates, as long as they comply with the following:

a) Communicate to the Institute or local institutes, as appropriate;

b) Participate at least two candidates of the same choice, and

c) Equity conditions are set in the format.

7. The transmission of the debates by the media will be free and will be carried out in full and without altering the contents. The non-attendance of one or more of the candidates invited to these debates will not be cause for the non-performance of the same.

CHAPTER IX

From The Preliminary Election Results Program

Article 219.

1. The Preliminary Electoral Results Program is the electoral information mechanism responsible for providing preliminary and non-final results, strictly informative to through the capture, digitalization and publication of the data established in the Scrutiny And Counting Acts of the boxes that are received in the Centers of Ascope and Transmission of Data authorized by the Institute or by the Public Bodies Local.

2. The Institute will issue the rules, guidelines and criteria for preliminary results, to which the Local Public Bodies will be subject in the elections of their competence.

3. Your objective will be to inform you in a timely manner under the principles of security, transparency, reliability, credibility and integrity of the results and information in all its phases to the Council General, Local Public Bodies, political parties, coalitions, candidates, media and the citizenry.

CHAPTER X

Quick Count

Article 220.

1. The Institute and Local Public Bodies will determine the feasibility of the rapid counts.

2. Similarly, the physical or moral people who perform these counts will put their consideration, methodologies and financing for their elaboration and terms to make the results known. in accordance with the criteria to be determined for each case.

CHAPTER XI

Financial Intelligence Coordination

Article 221.

1. The Institute shall establish coordination agreements with the Secretariat of Finance and Public Credit, through the administrative unit responsible for financial intelligence, to prevent, detect and punish the use of public resources. to carry out the bodies or agencies of the Federation, of the federative entities or of the municipalities during any electoral process.

2. For such purposes, the Secretariat of Finance and Public Credit shall inform the Institute of financial transactions involving cash provisions and that in accordance with laws and general provisions as regards Prevention and detection of crimes of operations with resources of illicit origin and financing of terrorism, are considered relevant or unusual.

Article 222.

1. The natural or moral persons who disseminate opinion polls or surveys shall submit to the Institute or the Local Public Body a report on the resources applied to them. implementation of the terms available to the relevant electoral authority.

2. The information requirements of the Institute shall consist of the indication of acts or operations of cash provisions that are considered to be relevant or unusual and must contain at least the name of the alleged organ or dependency responsible for the erogation and the date.

3. The Institute may, on the basis of the information provided by the Secretariat of Finance and Public Credit, require specific information, for which it must point out the requires.

Article 223.

1. The Secretariat of Finance and Public Credit, through the competent administrative unit in the field of financial intelligence, may require the agencies or agencies to the Federation, the federative entities or the municipalities the information, documents, opinions and elements of evidence in general necessary for the exercise of their powers, as well as coordination with other supervisory authorities in the field of prevention and detection of the crime of operations with resources of Illicit provenance and financing of terrorism. Agencies, agencies and authorities must collaborate promptly and effectively.

TITLE SECOND

From the Federal Election Preparatory Acts

CHAPTER I

Of Preliminary Provisions

Article 224.

1. The provisions of this Title shall only apply to federal electoral processes.

2. The electoral process governs the set of acts ordered by the Constitution and this Law, carried out by the electoral authorities, the national political parties and the citizens, which aims at the periodic renewal of the members of the Legislative and Executive Powers of the Union.

3. Prior to the start of the electoral process, the General Council will determine the territorial scope of each of the five plurinominal constituencies, as well as, where appropriate, the territorial demarcation referred to in Article 53 of the Constitution.

Article 225.

1. The ordinary electoral process begins in September of the year prior to the election and concludes with the opinion and declaration of validity of the election of the President of the States United Mexicans. In any event, the conclusion will be once the Electoral Tribunal has resolved the last of the means of impeachment that have been filed or when it is known that none were presented.

2. For the purposes of this Act, the ordinary electoral process comprises the following stages:

a) Preparation of the election;

b) Election Day;

c) Elections results and declarations, and

d) Opinion and declarations of validity of the election and of President-elect.

3. The stage of preparation of the election is initiated with the first session held by the General Council during the first week of September of the previous year in which the elections are to be held Ordinary federal and concludes at the start of the election day.

4. The stage of the election day begins at 8 a.m. on the first Sunday of June and concludes with the closing of the box.

5. The stage of the results and the declarations of validity of the elections is initiated by the referral of the documents and electoral files to the district councils and concludes with the computes and statements made by the Institute's councils, or resolutions which, if any, will ultimately be issued by the Electoral Tribunal.

6. The stage of opinion and declarations of validity of the election and of the President-elect of the United Mexican States, begins by resolving the last of the means of impeachment that would have been brought against this election or when it is established that none has been submitted and concludes by approving the High Chamber of the Electoral Tribunal, the opinion containing the final calculation and the declarations of validity of the election and President-elect.

7. In accordance with the principle of definition governing the electoral processes, the conclusion of any of its stages or any of the acts or activities of the organs election, the Executive Secretary or the executive voice of the local or district board of the Institute, as appropriate, may disseminate its realization and conclusion by the means it deems relevant.

CHAPTER II

From Candidate Selection Processes to People's Choice Charges and Election Precampaigns

Article 226.

1. The internal processes for selecting candidates for popular election positions are the set of activities by political parties and candidates for such positions, according to the provisions of this Law, in the Statutes, Regulations, Agreements and other general provisions adopted by the governing bodies of each political party.

2. At least thirty days before the formal commencement of the processes referred to in the preceding paragraph, each party shall determine, in accordance with its Statute, the procedure applicable to the selection of their candidates for positions of popular choice, depending on the choice in question. The determination shall be communicated to the General Council within seventy-two hours following its approval, indicating the date of initiation of the internal process; the method or methods to be used; the date for the issue of the (a) the time limits for each stage of the internal process; the management bodies responsible for their conduct and supervision; the date of the holding of the national, state, district or, where appropriate, the national electoral assembly; completion of the internal business day, according to the following:

a) During the federal electoral processes in which the head of the Federal Executive Branch and the two Chambers of the Congress of the Union are renewed, the pre-campaigns will start in the third week of November of the year prior to the election. May not last for more than 60 days;

b) During the federal electoral processes in which only the Chamber of Deputies is renewed, the pre-campaigns will begin in the first week of January year of the election. May not last more than 40 days, and

c) Dealing with precampaigns, they will start the day after the precandidates ' internal registration is approved. The pre-campaigns of all parties shall be held within the same time limits.

3. Precandidates for candidates for positions of popular choice who participate in the internal selection processes called by each party will not be able to carry out proselytizing or dissemination activities. propaganda, by no means, before the start date of the precampaigns; the violation of this provision will be sanctioned with the refusal of registration as a precandidate.

4. Political parties will make use of the time on radio and television that according to this Law corresponds to the dissemination of their processes of internal selection of candidates for election in accordance with the rules and guidelines determined by the Institute. Duly registered pre-candidates may access radio and television exclusively through the appropriate time in those media to the political party for which they intend to be nominated.

5. Precandidates are prohibited from candidates for positions of popular choice, at all times, the hiring or acquisition of propaganda or any other form of personal promotion in radio and television. The violation of this rule shall be punishable by the refusal of registration as a pre-candidate or, where appropriate, with the cancellation of such registration. If the violation of this rule is checked at a later date than the candidate's bid for the party concerned, the Institute will deny the offender's legal registration.

Article 227.

1. The set of acts by political parties, their militants and candidates for candidates for duly registered popular election posts is understood as a pre-election campaign. each match.

2. meetings, assemblies, marches, and in general, those in which the candidates for a candidacy are addressed to the affiliates, supporters or to the party, are understood by electoral campaign events. General electorate, with the aim of obtaining their support to be nominated as a candidate for a popular election position.

3. It is understood by pre-campaign propaganda the set of writings, publications, images, recordings, projections and expressions that during the period established by this Law and the one that I pointed out The candidates for candidates are disseminated to candidates for positions of popular choice for the purpose of making their proposals known. The precampaign propaganda must point out in an express way, by graphic and auditory means, the quality of the precandidate of who is promoted.

4. Precandidate is the citizen who intends to be nominated by a political party as a candidate in charge of the popular election, in accordance with this Law and the Statutes of a political party, in the process of internal selection of candidates for popular election positions.

5. No citizen will be able to participate simultaneously in internal selection processes of candidates for positions of popular choice by different political parties, except that among them mediate agreement for participate in coalition. During the pre-campaigns the granting of utilitarian promotional articles is prohibited.

Article 228.

1. Political parties, in accordance with their Statutes, shall establish the internal body responsible for the organisation of the selection processes of their candidates and, where appropriate, of the pre-campaigns.

2. Precandidates may challenge, before the competent internal body, regulations and calls; the integration of the bodies responsible for conducting internal processes, agreements and (a) decisions to be taken, and in general, the acts carried out by the executive bodies, or their members, when the violation of the rules governing the selection of candidates for positions of popular choice is removed from them. Each party shall issue an internal rules of procedure in which the procedures and time limits for the resolution of such disputes shall be adopted.

3. The means of internal impeachment that will be brought to bear on the results of the internal selection process of candidates for positions of popular choice will have to be resolved definitively to not later than 14 days after the date of the conduct of the consultation by direct vote, or by the assembly in which the decision on applications has been taken.

4. The means of impeachment presented by the pre-candidates duly registered against the results of internal elections, or of the assembly in which decisions have been taken on applications shall be submitted to the competent internal body at the latest within four days of the issue of the result or the conclusion of the assembly.

5. Only pre-candidates duly registered by the party concerned may contest the outcome of the selection process of candidates in which they have participated.

6. It is the direct competence of each political party, through the body established by its Statutes, or by the corresponding regulation or convocation, to deny or cancel registration to the precandidates. who are engaged in conduct contrary to this Law or to the rules governing the internal process, as well as to confirm or modify their results, or to declare the nullity of the entire internal selection process, applying in any case the legal principles and the rules laid down in their Statute or in the respective Regulations and Calls . The decisions taken by the competent bodies of each party may be challenged by the candidates or candidates before the Electoral Tribunal, once the internal procedures of party justice have been exhausted.

Article 229.

1. At the latest in the month of October of the year prior to the election, the General Council shall determine the pre-campaign expenditure ceilings by pre-candidate and type of election for which it intends to be nominated. The ceiling will be equal to twenty percent of the set for the previous immediate campaigns, depending on the choice.

2. The General Council, on a proposal from the Political Parties ' Resource Fiscalization Unit, will determine the requirements that each pre-candidate should cover when submitting their income report and pre-campaign costs. In any event, the respective report shall be delivered to the internal body of the competent party at the latest within seven days of the internal day or the holding of the respective assembly.

3. If a pre-candidate fails to deliver its pre-campaign income and expenditure report within the prescribed time limit and has obtained the majority of votes in the internal consultation or in the respective assembly, it shall not be registered. legally as a candidate. The candidates who have not obtained the nomination for the nomination will not submit the report before they will be punished in the terms of the provisions of the Eighth Book of this Law.

4. Precandidates who exceed the pre-campaign expense ceiling set by the General Council will be penalized with the cancellation of their registration or, if applicable, with the loss of the candidacy that have been obtained. In the last scenario, the parties retain the right to make the substitutions that they have.

Article 230.

1. The concepts referred to in paragraph 2 (a), (b), (c) and (d) of paragraph 2 of this Law shall be included within the pre-campaign expenditure ceilings.

Article 231.

1. The pre-campaigns and the pre-candidates who participate in them will be applicable, as appropriate, to the rules provided for in this Law in respect of campaign events and electoral propaganda.

2. The General Council shall issue the other regulations and agreements that are necessary for the proper regulation of the internal processes of selection of candidates for positions of popular choice and the precampaigns, in accordance with the provisions of this Law.

CHAPTER III

From The Candidate Log Procedure

Article 232.

1. It is up to the national political parties to apply for registration of candidates for positions of popular choice, without prejudice to independent candidacies in the terms of this Law.

2. The candidacies of deputies and senators to be elected by the principle of relative majority and by the principle of proportional representation, as well as those of senators by the principle of relative majority and by the principle of proportional representation, register by means of candidates composed each by an owner and an alternate of the same gender, and shall be considered, formulas and candidates, separately, except for the purposes of the vote.

3. The political parties will promote and guarantee parity between the genders, in the nomination of candidates for the posts of popular choice for the integration of the Congress of the Union, the Congresses of the States and the Legislative Assembly of the Federal District.

4. The Institute and Local Public Bodies, in the field of their competencies, will have the power to reject the registration of the number of candidates of a gender that exceeds parity, (a) a deadline for the replacement of the same. If they are not replaced, these records will not be accepted.

5. In the event that different candidates are registered for the same office of popular choice by the same political party, the Secretary of the General Council, once this situation has been detected, will require the political party to report to the General Council, in a term of forty-eight hours, which candidate or formula prevails. Failure to do so shall mean that the political party opts for the last of the records presented, leaving the other party without effect.

Article 233.

1. Of all the applications for registration, both candidates for deputies and senators who present the political parties or the coalitions before the Institute, must be integrated by safeguarding the parity between the genders mandated in the the Constitution and in this Law.

Article 234.

1. The proportional representation lists will be integrated by formula of candidates composed each by an owner and an alternate of the same gender, and the formulas of different gender will be alternated to ensure the parity principle until each list is exhausted.

Article 235.

1. The closing of the nomination register, if a political party or coalition does not comply with Articles 233 and 234, the General Council will require you in the first instance to the period of forty-eight hours, counted from the notification, shall rectify the application for registration of applications and shall warn him that, if not, he shall make a public warning to him.

2. After the deadline referred to in the previous paragraph, the political party or coalition that does not perform the substitution of candidates, will be a creditor to a public admonition and the General Council will require, in a new account, that within 24 hours, counted from the notification, make the correction. In the event of recurrence, the refusal of registration of the corresponding entries shall be punished.

Article 236.

1. For the registration of candidates for all positions of popular choice, the candidate political party must present and obtain the registration of the electoral platform that its candidates will hold long of the political campaigns.

2. The electoral platform must be presented for registration with the General Council, within the first fifteen days of January of the year of the election. Record shall be issued on record.

Item 237.

1. The deadlines and competent bodies for the registration of applications in the year of the election are as follows:

a) In the year of the election in which the head of the Federal Executive Branch and the two Chambers of the Union Congress are renewed, the candidates will be registered. from 15 to 22 February, by the following bodies:

I.       The candidates for the most relative deputies, for the district councils;

II.      The candidates for deputies elected by the principle of proportional representation, by the General Council;

III.     The candidates for senators elected by the principle of relative majority, by the corresponding local councils;

IV.    The candidates for senators elected by the principle of proportional representation, by the General Council, and

V.     The candidates for President of the United Mexican States, by the General Council, organ which, in addition, may register the candidacies referred to in fractions I and III.

b) In the year of the election in which only the Chamber of Deputies is renewed, candidates for both principles will be registered between March 22-29, by the organs identified in fractions I and II of the preceding paragraph.

2. The General Council may make adjustments to the time limits laid down in this Article in order to ensure the time limits for registration and that the duration of the electoral campaigns is in accordance with the provisions of this Article. Article 251 of this Law.

3. The Institute shall give wide dissemination to the opening of the registration of applications and to the time limits referred to in this Chapter.

4. In the event that the political parties decide to register with the General Council of the Institute, in an extra way, to some or all of the candidates to the Chamber of Deputies or the Senate for the principle of relative majority, they must do more take three days before the deadlines referred to in this article are due.

Article 238.

1. The application for registration of applications must indicate the political party or coalition that postulates them and the following candidates ' data:

a) paternal last name, maternal surname, and full name;

b) Place and date of birth;

c) Address and residence time on the same;

d) Occupation;

e) Credential key to vote;

f) Charge for which you are running, and

g) Candidates for the Union Congress and the Congresses of the Federative Entities seeking to reelect in their posts must accompany a letter specifying the periods for which they have been elected in that office and the manifestation of being in compliance with the limits established by the Constitution for reelection.

2. The application must be accompanied by the declaration of acceptance of the application, copy of the birth certificate and the reverse and reverse of the credential to vote.

3. Similarly, the postulant political party must state in writing that the candidates whose registration is requested were selected in accordance with the statutory rules of the party itself. policy.

4. The request of each political party for the registration of complete lists of candidates for the principle of proportional representation for the five constituencies In addition to the documents referred to in the preceding paragraphs, it must be accompanied, in addition to the documents referred to in the preceding paragraphs, from the record of at least 200 nominations for Members of the majority, which may be credited with the registered by the party itself and those corresponding to the partial or flexible coalition to the which, if any, belongs.

5. The request of each political party for the registration of the national list of candidates for senators by the principle of proportional representation for the national plurinominal constituency, must be accompanied, in addition to the documents referred to in the preceding paragraphs, from the record of recording of at least 21 lists with the two formulas per federative entity of the candidacies to senators by the principle of relative majority, which may be credited with those registered by the party itself and those which correspond to the partial or flexible coalition to which, where appropriate, it belongs.

6. The request to register the proportional representation lists referred to in the previous two paragraphs must specify which of the members of each list are opting by reelecting them in their positions and the number of times they have held the same position in a row.

7. For the registration of coalition candidates, it must be established that the provisions of the General Law of Parties and the provisions of this Law are complied with, according to the choice of treat.

Article 239.

1. A request for a nomination registration by the appropriate president or secretary of the council will be verified within three days after all the requirements have been met. mentioned in the previous article.

2. If the verification is made to warn that the compliance of one or more requirements has been omitted, the corresponding political party will be notified immediately, so that within the forty-five The following eight hours subsane the or the omitted requirements or replace the candidacy, as long as this can be done within the deadlines stated in article 237 of this Law.

3. For political parties to exceed the number of concurrent candidacies referred to in Article 11, paragraphs 2 and 3, of this Law, the Secretary of the General Council, once detected (a) shall require the political party to inform the electoral authority, within a period of forty-eight hours, of the applications or formulas to be excluded from its lists; otherwise, the Institute shall abolish the the respective lists the necessary formulas to adjust the limit of nominations allowed by law, starting with the simultaneous records located in the last places of each of the lists, one after another, in their order, to adjust the number referred to above.

4. Any application or documentation submitted outside the time limits referred to in Article 237 of this Law shall be rejected out of hand and, if applicable, no candidacy or candidature shall be registered. do not satisfy the requirements.

5. Within three days of the time the deadlines referred to in Article 239 expire, the General, Local and District Councils shall hold a session whose sole purpose shall be to register the Applications that come from.

6. Local and district councils shall immediately communicate to the General Council the agreement concerning the registration of applications they have made during the session referred to in the paragraph previous.

7. Similarly, the General Council shall immediately communicate to the local and district councils the determinations it has made on the registration of the candidate lists by the beginning of the proportional representation.

8. At the end of the session referred to in paragraph 5 of this article, the Executive Secretary of the Institute or the executive, local or district vowels, as appropriate, shall take the measures necessary to make public the conclusion of the registration of candidates, making known the names of the candidate or registered formulas and of those who did not meet the requirements.

Article 240.

1. The General Council will request the publication in the Official Journal of the Federation of the names of candidates and the parties or coalitions that run them in a timely manner.

2. In the same way they will publish and disseminate the cancellations of records or substitutions of candidates.

Article 241.

1. For the replacement of candidates, political parties and coalitions will request it in writing to the General Council, observing the following provisions:

) Within the time limit set for the registration of candidates, they will be able to replace them freely, with the rules and the principle of parity between the genera as set out in paragraph 3 of Article 232 of this Law;

b) Due to the time limit referred to in the foregoing paragraph, they may only replace them with causes of death, disablement, incapacity or resignation. In the latter case, they may not replace them when the waiver occurs within thirty days prior to the election. For the correction or replacement, where applicable, of the electoral ballots, the provisions of Article 267 of this Law shall be made, and

c) In cases where the waiver of the candidate is notified to the General Council, it shall be made of the knowledge of the political party that registered it for where appropriate, where appropriate, to replace them.

CHAPTER IV

From Election Campaigns

Article 242.

1. The electoral campaign, for the purposes of this Title, is the set of activities carried out by national political parties, coalitions and registered candidates for obtaining of the vote.

2. Public meetings, assemblies, marches, and in general, those in which candidates or spokespersons of political parties are directed to the electorate to promote their applications.

3. It is understood by electoral propaganda the set of writings, publications, images, recordings, projections and expressions that during the electoral campaign produce and disseminate political parties, registered candidates and their supporters, with the aim of presenting registered applications to the public.

4. Both electoral propaganda and campaign activities referred to in this article should encourage the exposure, development and discussion to the electorate of the programs and actions. established by the political parties in their basic documents and, in particular, on the electoral platform which for the election in question would have registered.

5. For the purposes of the eighth paragraph of Article 134 of the Constitution, the annual report of the work or management of the public servants, as well as the messages to be given to them be known in the social media, they will not be considered as propaganda, provided that the dissemination is limited to once a year in stations and channels with regional coverage corresponding to the geographical area of responsibility of the public server and does not exceed seven days before and five after the date on the report is given up. In no case shall the dissemination of such reports be for electoral purposes, nor shall it be carried out within the electoral campaign period.

Article 243.

1. The expenses of political parties, coalitions and their candidates, in electoral propaganda and campaign activities, will not be able to exceed the ceilings for each election agreed by the General Council.

2. For the purposes of this article, the following concepts are included within the spending caps:

a) Propaganda expenses:

I. Understand those made in shards, blankets, flyers, banners, sound equipment, political events held in rented places, utilitarian propaganda and other similar ones;

b) Campaign operating expenses:

I. Understand the salaries and salaries of the eventual staff, eventual lease of movable and immovable property, transportation of material and personnel, viatics and other similar expenses;

c) Propaganda expenses in newspapers, magazines and other print media:

I. Understand those made in any of those media, such as paid inserts, advertisements, and their like, intended to get the vote. In any case, both the party and the contracting candidate, as well as the printed media, must clearly identify what it is about propaganda or paid insertion, and

d) Production expenses for radio and television messages:

I. Understand those made for the payment of professional services; use of technical equipment, locations, or recording and production studies, as well as the others inherent in the same objective.

3. The expenses incurred by the parties for their ordinary operation and for the support of their management bodies and their organizations shall not be considered within the campaign ceilings.

4. The General Council, in determining campaign expense caps, will apply the following rules:

a) For the election of President of the United Mexican States, no later than the last day of October of the year before the election, it shall proceed in the following terms:

I. The maximum campaign spending cap will be equivalent to twenty percent of the public campaign finance set for all parties in the year of the presidential election, and

b) For the election of deputies and senators, no later than the last day of December of the year of the election, the following terms shall be given:

I. The maximum campaign expenditure ceiling for the election of deputies by the principle of relative majority will be the amount that will result from dividing the campaign spending ceiling set for the Presidential election among three hundred. For the year in which only the Chamber of Deputies is renewed, the amount to which this fraction refers will be updated with the rate of growth of the daily minimum wage in the Federal District, and

II. For each formula in the choice of senators by the principle of relative majority, the maximum ceiling for campaign expenses will be the amount that results from multiplying the sum of the expenditure ceiling of campaign for the election of Members by the number of districts comprising the institution concerned. In no case shall the number of districts to be considered be greater than twenty.

Article 244.

1. Public meetings held by political parties and registered candidates shall be governed by the provisions of Article 9o. of the Constitution and shall have no more limit than respect for the rights of third parties, in particular those of other parties and candidates, as well as the provisions which for the exercise of the guarantee of assembly and the preservation of public order the competent administrative authority.

2. In those cases where the authorities grant the political parties or candidates free of charge for the use of closed local public property, the following will be available:

(a) Federal, state and municipal authorities must give equal treatment to all political parties in the use of public premises. participate in the election, and

b) Political parties should request the use of the premises in good time, pointing out the nature of the act to be carried out, the number of citizens which are estimated to be present, the hours necessary for the preparation and performance of the event, the requirements for lighting and sound, and the name of the citizen authorised by the political party or the candidate in question responsibility for the good use of the site and its facilities.

3. The President of the General Council may ask the competent authorities for the personal security means for the candidates who require them, as well as for the candidates for the Presidency of the The United States of Mexico, from the moment when it agrees with the internal mechanisms of its party, has such a character. The measures taken by the competent authority shall be informed to the President.

Article 245.

1. The political parties or candidates who decide within the electoral campaign to hold marches or meetings involving a temporary interruption of the road must make the authority known competent their itinerary, in order to provide what is necessary to modify the vehicular circulation and guarantee the free development of the march or meeting.

Article 246.

1. The printed propaganda that the candidates use during the electoral campaign must contain, in any case, an accurate identification of the political party or coalition that has registered the candidate.

2. The propaganda that in the course of a campaign spread by graphic media the political parties, the coalitions and the candidates, will have no more limit, in the terms of article 7o. of the Constitution, respect for the private life of candidates, authorities, third parties and democratic institutions and values.

Article 247.

1. The propaganda and messages that in the course of the pre-campaigns and electoral campaigns spread the political parties will be in accordance with the provisions of the first paragraph of article 6o. of the Constitution.

2. In political or electoral propaganda conducted by political parties, coalitions and candidates, they must refrain from expressions that slander people. The General Council is empowered to order, once satisfied the procedures laid down in this Law, the immediate suspension of radio or television messages contrary to this rule, as well as the withdrawal of any other propaganda.

3. Political parties, pre-candidates and candidates may exercise the right of reply as set out in the first paragraph of Article 6o. of the Constitution with regard to the information presented by the media, when they consider that the same has distorted facts or situations concerning their activities. This right shall be exercised without prejudice to those corresponding to the responsibilities or moral damage caused in terms of the law governing the subject matter of the printing works and the applicable civil and criminal provisions.

4. The right referred to in the preceding paragraph shall be exercised in the form and terms determined by the law of the matter.

Article 248.

1. The propaganda that political parties, coalitions and candidates perform on the public road through recordings and, in general, by any other means, will be subject to the This Article shall also apply to the laws and administrative provisions issued in respect of the protection of the environment and the prevention of noise pollution.

Article 249.

1. In the offices, buildings and premises occupied by the administration and the public authorities, no electoral propaganda of any kind can be established or distributed, except in the case of the local referred to in paragraph 2 of Article 244 of this Law and exclusively for the duration of the act of the campaign concerned.

Item 250.

1. In the placement of election propaganda, the parties and candidates will observe the following rules:

a) Cannot hang on elements of the urban equipment, nor hinder in any way the visibility of the signals that allow people transition and orientation within the population centres. The competent electoral authorities shall order the withdrawal of the electoral propaganda contrary to this rule;

b) It may be hung or fixed in privately owned properties, provided that it mediates the owner's written permission;

c) May be hung or fixed on the racks and bulkheads of common use to be determined by the Institute's local and district executive boards, after agreement with the appropriate authorities;

d) Cannot be fixed or painted on elements of urban, road or rail equipment, or in geographical accidents whatever their regime legal, and

e) It cannot be hung, fixed, or painted on monuments or public buildings.

2. The common frames and bulkheads shall be distributed in a fair manner in accordance with the relevant political parties, in accordance with the procedure agreed upon in the Session of the respective council, which I held in December of the year prior to the election.

3. Local and district councils, within the scope of their competence, shall enforce these provisions and shall adopt the measures to be taken in order to assure parties and candidates of the full exercise of their rights and ensure compliance with their obligations in the matter.

4. The complaints motivated by the printed propaganda of the political parties and candidates will be presented to the vocal secretary of the District Board that corresponds to the territorial scope in which it is presented. the fact that motivates the complaint. The said vowel shall order the verification of the facts, integrate the file and submit to the approval of the district council the draft resolution. Against the resolution of the district council, the review facility that will resolve the relevant local council should proceed.

Item 251.

1. The election campaigns for President of the United Mexican States, senators and deputies, in the year that corresponds, will last for ninety days.

2. The electoral campaigns for Members, in the year in which only the respective Chamber is renewed, will last for sixty days.

3. The electoral campaigns of the political parties shall be initiated from the day following the day of the registration of the candidates for the respective election, and must be concluded three days before The election day.

4. On the day of the election day and during the previous three days, the celebration and the dissemination of public meetings or public campaign, propaganda or electoral proselytism will not be permitted.

5. Who requests or orders the publication of any poll or opinion poll on electoral matters, to be carried out from the beginning of the electoral process to the official closing of the polling stations on the day of the election, he must submit a copy of the full study to the Executive Secretary of the Institute, if the survey or survey is disseminated by any means. In any event, the dissemination of the results of any opinion poll or survey shall be subject to the provisions of the following paragraph.

6. During the three days prior to the election and until the time of the official closure of the boxes located in the zones of the most western time zones of the national territory, it is prohibited to publish or disseminate, by any means, the results of opinion polls or opinion polls aimed at publicizing the electoral preferences of the citizens, subject to those who do so, to the penalties applicable to those who they incur in any of the types provided for and sanctioned in the General Law on Election Crimes.

7. The physical or moral persons who intend to carry out sampling surveys to publicize the electoral preferences of the citizens or the voting trends, shall adopt the General criteria of a scientific nature, for which the General Council may issue, after consultation with the professionals of the branch or the organisations in which they are grouped.

Article 252.

1. Any infringement of the provisions contained in this Chapter shall be sanctioned in the terms of this Law.

CHAPTER V

Of the Procedures for Integration and Location of Mese Casilla Directives

Article 253.

1. In federal elections or in the local elections concurrent with the federal, the integration, location and designation of members of the polling station tables to be installed for the reception of the vote, will be carried out on the basis of the provisions of this Law. In the case of local elections with the Federal Republic, a single box must be integrated in accordance with the provisions of this Chapter and the agreements issued by the General Council of the Institute.

2. Under the terms of this Law, the sections in which the uninominal districts are divided will have at most 3,000 electors.

3. In every election section for every 750 electors or fraction a box will be installed to receive the vote of the citizens resident in it; of being two or more will be placed in contiguous form and the nominal list of constituents shall be divided in alphabetical order.

4. When the population growth of the sections requires it, the following will be done:

a) In case the number of citizens enrolled in the nominal list of voters corresponding to a section is higher to 3,000 voters, as many boxes will be installed in a single site or local as it turns out to alphabetically divide the number of citizens enrolled in the list between 750, and

b) There is no local that allows the installation in the same place of the necessary boxes, they will be located in places Adjacent to the concentration and distribution of the constituents in the section.

5. When the geographical or socio-cultural conditions of a section make it difficult for all constituents resident in it to access the same site, the installation may be agreed upon. of several extraordinary boxes in places that offer easy access to the voters. For this purpose, if technically possible, the nominal list must be drawn up containing only the names of the citizens who live in the geographical area where these boxes are installed.

6. In the sections that the corresponding District Board agrees, the special boxes referred to in Article 258 of this Law shall be installed.

7. Each box will ensure the installation of screens where voters can decide the meaning of their suffrage. The design and location of these bulkheads in the boxes will be done in such a way as to fully guarantee the secrecy of the vote. On the outside the screens and for any type of choice must contain with visibility the legend "The vote is free and secret".

Article 254.

1. The procedure for integrating the cell-based tables will be as follows:

a) The General Council, in the month of December of the year prior to the election, will draw one month from the calendar which, together with the follow in their order, they will be taken as a basis for the insaculation of the citizens that will integrate the tables of box, this procedure will be carried out with the cut of the nominal list to December 15 prior to that of the election;

(b) According to the result obtained in the drawing referred to in the preceding paragraph, from 1 to 7 February of the year in which they are due elections, the executive district boards will proceed to be run, the nominal lists of voters integrated with the citizens who obtained their credentials to vote on December 15 of the year prior to the election, to 13% of citizens of each electoral section, without in any case the number of citizens They will be less than fifty; for this, the boards will be able to rely on the centers of computation of the Institute. In the latter case, they may be present in the procedure for insaculation, the members of the local council and those of the local monitoring commission of the Federal Register of Electors of the institution concerned, according to the programming is previously determined;

c) The citizens who are selected will be called upon to attend a training course to be held from February 9 to March 31. year of the election;

d) The boards will make an unbiased and objective assessment to select, on equal opportunities, based on the data that citizens provide during the training courses, which are suitable in terms of this Law, preferring those of higher education and will inform the members of the district councils about this procedure, in writing and in plenary session;

e) The General Council, in February of the year of the election will draw the 26 letters comprising the alphabet, in order to obtain the letter from which, based on in the parental name, the citizens will be selected to integrate the cell-based tables;

f) According to the results obtained in the drawing referred to in the previous paragraph, the district boards shall be between 9 February and 4 April following a relationship of those citizens who, having attended the appropriate training, have no impediment to the position, in the terms of this Law. From this relationship, the district councils will inspire the citizens to integrate the polling station tables, no later than April 6;

g) At the latest on April 8, district boards will integrate the box boards with the selected citizens, in accordance with the procedure. described in the previous paragraph, and will determine according to their schooling the functions that each one will perform in the box. With the integration of the boards of directors, the district boards, no later than 10 April of the year in which the election is held, shall order the publication of the lists of its members for all the electoral sections in each district. they shall communicate to the respective district councils, and

h) The district councils will personally notify the members of the polling stations of their respective appointment and take the protest. required by Law.

2. The representatives of the political parties in the district councils will be able to monitor the development of the procedure provided for in this article.

3. In case of substitutions, the district boards shall report the same to the representatives of the political parties in a detailed and timely manner. The period for making such substitutions will be from April 9 and until one day before the election day. The procedure for the substitutions shall be applied to the requirements laid down for this purpose in the regulations issued by the Institute.

Article 255.

1. The boxes must be located in places that meet the following requirements:

a) Easy and free access for constituents;

b) Ensure the installation of cancellations or modular elements that ensure secrecy in the issue of voting;

c) Not to be homes inhabited by trusted, federal, state, or municipal public servants;

d) Not to be inhabited or owned by leaders of political parties or candidates registered in the election in question;

e) Not to be factory, temple or local establishments intended for worship, or local political parties, and

f) Not being local occupied by canteens, vice centers, or the like.

2. For the location of the boxes, the premises occupied by schools and public offices

be preferred, in the case of meeting the requirements set out in points (a) and (b) of the previous paragraph.

3. For the location of the box directives, district councils should note that in a perimeter of fifty meters to the proposed site there are no party organ offices. candidates.

politicians, political groupings or campaign houses.

Article 256.

1. The procedure for determining the location of the boxes will be as follows:

a) Between January 15 and February 15 of the year of the election the executive district boards will tour the sections of the corresponding districts with the purpose of locating sites which comply with the requirements laid down and do not incur the prohibitions laid down in the previous Article;

b) Between 16 and 26 February, the executive district boards will present the district councils with a list proposing the places where they will be locate the boxes;

c) Received the lists, the councils will examine the proposed sites meet the requirements set by the previous article and, if applicable, make the changes required;

d) The district councils, in session to be held no later than the second week of April, will approve the list containing the location of the boxes;

e) The president of the district council will order the publication of the approved list of locations, no later than April 15 of the year of the election, and

f) Where appropriate, the district council president shall order a second publication of the list, with the corresponding adjustments, between the 15th and 25th of May of the year of the choice.

Article 257.

1. The publication of the lists of members of the tables and locations of the boxes shall be fixed in the most crowded public buildings and places in the district and in the electronic means available to them. Institute.

2. The secretary of the district council will deliver a printed copy and another on the magnetic medium of the list to each of the representatives of the political parties, stating the delivery.

Article 258.

1. The district councils, on a proposal from the executive district boards, will determine the installation of special boxes for the receipt of the vote of the voters who are temporarily out of the section corresponding to your address.

2. For the integration of the table and location of the special boxes, the rules set forth in this Chapter apply.

3. to ten special boxes can be installed in each constituency. The number and location will be determined by the district council in attention to the number of municipalities within its territorial scope, its population density, and its geographical and demographic characteristics. The integration of the tables of the special boxes will be made preferably with citizens who will live in the electoral section where they will be installed, in case of not having the sufficient number of citizens will be able to be designated from others election sections.

CHAPTER VI

From The Representatives Registry

Article 259.

1. The political parties, once registered their candidates, formulas and lists, and up to thirteen days before the day of the election, shall have the right to appoint two owners and an alternate, to each of the board of directors of the box, and general owner representatives, taking into consideration the following:

a) In federal election each political party or Independent Candidate, as the case may be, may accredit a representative owner and an alternate, and

b) In local election each political party, coalition, or Independent Candidate, as the case may be, may be accredited by a representative owner and an alternate.

2. The political parties will be able to accredit in each of the uninominal constituencies a general representative for every ten polling stations located in urban areas and one for every five rural polling stations.

3. Representatives of the political parties and Independent Candidates before the polling stations of general and general, may sign their appointments until before they are accredited in the box; likewise, they must carry in visible place throughout the day of the election day, a flag of up to 2.5 centimeters, with the emblem of the political party to which they belong or to which they represent and with the visible legend of "representative".

4. Representatives of the political parties and Independent Candidates shall receive a legible copy of the minutes referred to in Article 261 (1) (b) of this Law. If there is no representative at the polling stations, the copies shall be delivered to the representative of the general representative who so requests.

5. The delivery of the readable copies referred to in the preceding paragraph will be made in the order of age of the record per political party.

Article 260.

1. The performance of the general representatives of the Parties and Independent Candidates shall be subject to the following rules:

a) They will exercise their position exclusively at the polling station tables installed in the constituency for which they were accredited;

b) They must act individually, and in no case can more than one general representative of the same political party be present at the same time;

c) They will be able to act on behalf of the political party, and to be the case for the independent candidacy that accredit them, indistinctly for the elections to be held in the date of the election day;

d) They will not replace the representatives of the political parties and the Independent Candidates in their duties with the polling station tables, however, they will be able to contribute in their duties and in the exercise of the rights of the latter before the polling stations themselves;

e) In no case will they exercise or assume the functions of the members of the box-board tables;

f) They will not hinder the normal development of voting in the boxes in which they are presented;

g) At all times, you can submit written incidents that are raised during the election day, but you will only be able to file protest letters at the end of the day. of the counting and counting when the representative of his political party to the table of the box is not present, and

h) They will be able to check the presence of their political party representatives on the polling box tables and receive them reports regarding their performance.

Item 261.

1. The representatives of the political parties and Independent Candidates duly accredited to the polling station tables will have the following rights:

a) Participate in the installation of the box and contribute to the good development of its activities until its closure. They will have the right to observe and monitor the development of the election;

b) Receive readable copy of the installation minutes, voting closure, and final count of canvassing in the box;

c) Submit writings related to incidents that occurred during voting;

d) Present at the end of the scrutiny and the written computation of protest;

e) To accompany the president of the polling board, to the appropriate district council, to deliver the documentation and the electoral file, and

f) Others to set this Act.

2. The representatives will monitor compliance with the provisions of this Law and must sign all the minutes that are lifted, and can do so in protest with mention of the cause that motivates it.

Article 262.

1. The registration of the appointments of the representatives to the box and general representatives shall be made to the relevant district council, and shall be subject to the following rules:

a) From the day following the publication of the box lists and up to thirteen days before Election Day, Political Parties and Independent Candidates they must register in their own documentation and with the relevant district council, their general and box representatives. The documentation concerned shall meet the requirements laid down by the General Council;

b) The district councils will return to the political parties the original of the respective appointments, duly sealed and signed by the president and the secretary of the , preserving a copy, and

c) Political parties and Independent Candidates may substitute their representatives for up to ten days prior to the date of the election, returning with the new appointment, the original of the previous one.

Article 263.

1. The return referred to in paragraph (b) of the previous article will be subject to the following rules:

a) It shall be done by writing signed by the leader or representative of the political party making the appointment;

b) The trade must be accompanied by a list, in numerical order of boxes, of the names of the representatives, owners and alternates, indicating the credential key to vote for each of them;

c) Registration requests that do not have any or some of the representative's data to the box tables will be returned to the party Applicant Independent politician or Candidate; for the following three days to remedy the omissions, and

d) Due to the term referred to in the previous paragraph without correcting the omissions, the appointment will not be recorded.

Article 264.

1. The appointments of the representatives to the box tables must contain the following data:

a) Denomination of the political party or full name of the Independent Candidate;

b) Representative name;

c) Indication of its owner or alternate character;

d) The number of the constituency, section, and box in which they will act;

e) Credential key to vote;

f) Place and date of issue, and

g) Signature of the representative or leader making the appointment.

2. To guarantee the representatives to the table of the voting table the exercise of the rights granted to them by this Law, the text of the articles will be printed on the back of the nomination. correspond.

3. In case the district council president does not resolve within 48 hours of the application or denies registration, the political party or the Independent Candidate concerned may ask the president of the relevant local council to register the representatives in an extra way.

4. To ensure that the representatives of the political party and the Independent Candidates have their due accreditation before the polling table, the president of the district council will give the chairman of each bureau, a list of representatives who have the right to act in the box in question.

Article 265.

1. The appointments of the general representatives must contain the same data as the appointments of the representatives to the tables in the box, with the exception of the number of box.

2. Of these appointments, a list will be formed that must be delivered to the presidents of the cell directives.

3. To guarantee the general representatives the exercise of the rights granted to them by this Law, the text of the corresponding articles will be printed on the back of the appointment.

CHAPTER VII

From Documentation and Electoral Material

Article 266.

1. For the issuance of the vote, the General Council, taking into account the measures of certainty that it considers relevant, will approve the model of ballot that will be used for the election.

2. The ballots for the election of President of the United Mexican States, senators and deputies, will contain:

a) Entity, district, plurinominal constituency number, municipality or delegation;

b) Charge for which candidate or candidates are nominated;

c) Color emblem of each of the national political parties participating in the choice of their own, or coalition, in the choice;

d) The ballots will be attached to a sheet with a folio, which will be detached. The information contained in this heel shall be that of the federative entity, electoral district and appropriate choice. The portfolio number will be progressive;

e) paternal last name, maternal surname, and full name of the candidate or candidates;

f) In the case of deputies with relative majority and proportional representation, a single space for each political party to understand the candidate formula and the regional list;

g) In the case of the choice of senators by relative majority and proportional representation, a single space to understand the list of the two formulas of owners and alternates nominated by each political party and the national list;

h) In the case of the election of President of the United Mexican States, one space for each party and candidate;

i) The printed signatures of the President of the General Council and the Executive Secretary of the Institute;

j) Space for unregistered candidates or formulas, and

k) Space for Independent Candidates.

3. The ballots for the election of deputies will be printed on the regional lists of candidates, owners and alternates, who run the political parties.

4. The ballots for the election of senators will be printed on the national list of the candidate and alternate candidates, who run the political parties.

5. The color emblems of the political parties will appear on the ballot in the order that corresponds to the date of their registration. In the event that the registration of two or more political parties has been granted on the same date, the emblems of the political parties will appear on the ballot in the descending order that corresponds to them according to the percentage of the vote obtained in the the last election of federal deputies.

6. In the event of coalitions, the emblems of the coalition parties and the names of the candidates will appear with the same size and in a space of the same dimensions as those who For the parties involved in themselves, they are used in the ballot. In no case may joint emblems of the parties be shown in the same box, nor may they use different emblems for the coalition.

Item 267.

1. There will be no modification to the ballots in case of cancellation of the registration or replacement of one or more candidates, if they are already printed. In any case, the votes will count for political parties and candidates who are legally registered with the corresponding General, Local or District Councils.

Article 268.

1. The ballots must be held by the district council fifteen days before the election.

2. For control, the following measures are taken:

a) The district boards of the Institute will have to designate with the opportunity due, the place that will occupy the electoral cellar for the protection of the documentation election of the elections;

b) Authorized staff of the Institute will deliver the pre-established day, hour and place ballots to the district council president, who will be accompanied of the other members of the Board;

c) The secretary of the district council shall draw up detailed minutes of the delivery and receipt of the ballots, making the data relating to the number of ballots, the characteristics of the packaging containing them, and the names and charges of the officials present;

d) Next, the present members of the district council will accompany the president to deposit the received documentation at the site. allocated within its premises, ensuring its integrity by means of dishware sealed and signed by the concurrent ones. These details shall be entered in the respective minutes;

e) The same day or at the latest, the district council president, the secretary, and the election counselors proceed to count the ballots in order to specify the amount received, by recording the number of the foles, to seal them to the back and to group them by reason of the number of electors corresponding to each of the boxes to be installed, including those of the boxes special according to the number agreed by the General Council for them. The secretary will record the data for this distribution, and

f) These operations will be performed with the presence of the representatives of the political parties who decide to attend.

3. The parties ' representatives under their strictest responsibility, if they wish, will be able to sign the ballots, with a record setting out the number of ballots they were given to sign, the number of the signed and, where applicable, the number of missing ballots after the signature procedure has been carried out. In the latter case, the competent authority shall be notified immediately.

4. The lack of signature of the representatives on the ballots will not prevent their timely distribution.

Article 269.

1. The presidents of the district councils will deliver to each table president in the box, within five days prior to the previous election and against the detailed receipt. corresponding:

a) The nominal list of voters with a photograph of each section, as appropriate, in the terms of Articles 147 and 153 of this Act;

b) The relationship of party representatives and Independent Candidates registered for the box on the board Electoral district;

c) The relationship of the general representatives accredited by each political party in the district in which the box is located in question;

d) The ballots for each election, equal to that of the voters appearing on the nominal list of voters with photograph for each box in the section;

e) The polls to receive the vote, one for each election in question;

f) The indelible liquid;

g) Documentation, approved forms, desktop tools, and other required elements;

h) The instructions that indicate the attributes and responsibilities of the officials in the box, and

i) Cancellations or modular elements that ensure that the voter can cast their vote in secret.

2. The presidents of the tables in the special boxes will be given the documentation and materials referred to in the preceding paragraph, with the exception of the nominal list of voters with photographs, instead of which they will receive the necessary IT to verify that the voters who come to vote are registered on the nominal list of voters who corresponds to the registered office in their credential to vote. The number of ballots they receive will not exceed 1,500.

3. The selected indelible liquid must be fully effective. The packaging containing it must have elements identifying the product.

4. The delivery and receipt of the material referred to in paragraphs 1 and 2 above shall be made with the participation of the members of the district councils who decide to attend.

Article 270.

1. The ballot boxes in which the voters cast ballots, once they have been cast, must be constructed of a transparent, collapsible or armable material.

2. The urns shall carry on the outside and in place visible, printed or attached in the same color of the ballot as appropriate, the denomination of the choice in question.

Article 271.

1. The President and the Secretary of each box shall take care of the material conditions of the premises where the premises must be installed to facilitate voting, guarantee the freedom and secrecy of the vote, and to secure order in the election. At the premises of the box and outside there should be no party propaganda; if they have, they will be removed.

Article 272.

1. The district councils will give publicity to the list of places where the boxes are to be installed and an instructional for the voters.

THIRD TITLE

From Election Day

CHAPTER I

Of Casillas Installation and Opening

Article 273.

1. During election day, the election day record shall be lifted, which shall contain the data common to all elections and the minutes relating to the counting and counting of each of the elections. elections.

2. On the first Sunday of June of the year of the regular election, at 7:30 a.m., the citizens president, secretary and canvassers of the tables of the boxes appointed as owners must be submitted to start with the preparations for the installation of the box in the presence of representatives of political parties and Independent Candidates who are present.

3. At the request of a political party, the electoral ballots may be initialled or sealed by one of the party representatives or candidates in the box designated by draw, who may be to do so by parties in order not to hinder the development of the vote. In the event that the representative who has been empowered in the drawing-up shall refuse to sign or seal the ballots, the representative who has requested it at the outset shall have that right. The lack of a rubric or stamp on the ballots will not be a reason to cancel the votes received. A continuous act shall start the lifting of the minutes of the election day, filling and signing the section corresponding to the installation of the box.

4. The minutes of the election day shall consist of the following paragraphs:

a) The installation, and

b) The voting closure.

5. In the section for the installation, it will be noted:

a) The place, date, and time when the installation event starts;

b) The full name and autograph signature of people who act as cell officials;

c) The number of ballots received for each election in the appropriate box, including in the minutes the numbers of pages;

d) That the urns were assembled or opened in the presence of the officials and representatives present to check that they were empty and that they were placed in a table or appropriate place in the eyes of the constituents and representatives of the political parties and Independent Candidates;

e) A relationship of the incidents raised, if any, and

f) Where appropriate, the cause by which the cell was changed from location.

6. No votes can be received before 8:00 hours.

7. The members of the table in the box will not be allowed to retire until it is closed.

Article 274.

1. If the box is not installed, at 8:15 hours according to the previous item, the following will be done:

a) If the president is, he will designate the officials necessary for his integration, going through, first and foremost, the order for occupy the positions of the officials absent with the owners present and enabling the alternates present for the missing persons, and in the absence of the appointed officials, from among the voters who are in the box;

b) If the president is not, but the secretary is, he will assume the functions of the president of the box and will proceed to integrate it in the terms indicated in the preceding paragraph;

c) If neither the president nor the secretary were, but he was one of the tellers, he will assume the functions of president and will proceed to integrate the box as referred to in point (a);

d) If only the alternates are, one of them will assume the duties of president, the other of the secretary and the first tellers, proceeding the first to install the box by appointing the necessary officials from among the constituents present, by verifying that they are registered on the list of voters in the relevant section and have the credentials to vote;

e) If none of the officials in the box were to attend, the district council will take the necessary steps to install it and designate the personnel responsible for running them and making sure they are installed;

f) When for reasons of distance or difficulty of communications, timely intervention of the staff of the designated Institute is not possible, At 10 a.m., representatives of the political parties and independent candidates before the polling stations shall appoint, by a majority, the officials necessary to integrate the polling stations among the constituents present, verifying the previously entered on the nominal list of voters of the corresponding section and count with credential to vote, and

g) In any case, integrated in accordance with the above assumptions, the box board, will start its activities, will validly receive the vote and function until its closure.

2. In the case provided in paragraph (f) of the preceding paragraph, it will be required:

a) The presence of a judge or notary public, who has an obligation to turn and vouch for the facts, and

b) In the absence of the judge or notary public, it is sufficient for the representatives to express their agreement to designate, by common agreement, the members of the bureau directive.

3. The appointments that are made in accordance with paragraph 1 of this article shall be placed on the voters who are in the box to cast their votes; in no case may the appointments to representatives of political parties or representatives of Independent Candidates.

Article 275.

1. Officials and representatives who acted in the box must, without exception, sign the minutes.

Article 276.

1. It is considered that there is justified cause for the installation of a cell rather than the one pointed out, when:

a) No local indicated in the respective publications;

b) The local is closed or closed and the installation cannot be performed;

c) Please note, at the time of the installation of the box, that the box is intended to be carried out in place prohibited by law;

d) The conditions of the local do not allow the freedom or secrecy of the vote or the easy and free access of the voters to be guaranteed or not to guarantee the conduct of the electoral operations in a normal way. In this case, it will be necessary for the officials and representatives present to make the determination by common agreement, and

e) The district council so provides you with force majeure or fortuitous case and notify the president of the box.

2. For the cases referred to in the preceding paragraph, the box must be installed in the same section and in the nearest appropriate place, leaving notice of the new location on the outside of the original place that did not meet the requirements.

CHAPTER II

From Voting

Item 277.

1. Once filled and signed the minutes of the election day in the section corresponding to the installation, the president of the bureau will announce the start of the vote.

2. Started voting cannot be suspended but because of force majeure. In this case, it is up to the president to immediately give notice to the district council through the media at their fingertips to account for the cause of suspension, the time it occurred and the indication of the voters who had at the time exercise of their right to vote, which shall be recorded in the minutes.

3. The reference notice must be verified by two witnesses, preferably the members of the board or representatives.

4. Received the above communication, the district council will decide if the vote will resume, for which it will take the necessary measures.

Article 278.

1. The voters will vote in the order in which they are presented to the polling table, and must show their credentials to vote or, if necessary, the decision of the Electoral Tribunal that grants them the the right to vote without appearing on the nominal list or without a credential to vote or in both cases.

2. The cell presidents will allow them to cast their votes to those citizens whose voting credentials contain sectioning errors, provided they appear on the nominal list of voters with photograph corresponding to your home address.

3. In the case referred to in the preceding paragraph, the cell presidents, in addition to identifying the electors in the terms of this Act, will be satisfied with their residence in the appropriate section. by the means you estimate most effective.

4. The president of the box will collect the credentials to vote that have or do not belong to the citizen, making those who present them available to the authorities.

5. The secretary of the board of directors will note the incident in the respective minutes, with an express mention of the name of the citizen or citizens who are allegedly responsible.

Article 279.

1. Once checked that the voter appears on the nominal lists and has displayed his/her credential to vote, the president of the polling board will give him the ballot papers to freely and secretly mark on the ballot only the box corresponding to the political party for which you are suffering, or write down the name of the unregistered candidate for whom you wish to cast your vote.

2. Those constituents who do not know how to read or are physically placed to mark their ballots may be able to attend a person of their trust to accompany them.

3. Act followed, the voter will double his or her ballots and direct them to the corresponding ballot box.

4. The secretary of the box, assisted at all times by one of the tellers, must note, with the stamp that has been given to him for this purpose, the word "vote" on the nominal list and proceed to:

a) Mark the credential to vote for the voter who has exercised their voting rights;

b) Impregnate with indelible liquid the right thumb of the elector, and

c) Return the voter to your credential to vote.

5. The representatives of the political parties and Independent Candidates before the boards, may exercise their right to vote in the box in which they are accredited, for which follow the procedure outlined in this and the previous article, noting the full name and key of the credential to vote for the representatives at the end of the nominal list of voters.

Article 280.

1. Corresponds to the president of the board of directors, in the place where the box has been installed, the exercise of the authority to preserve order, to ensure the free access of the electors, ensure at all times the secrecy of the vote and maintain the strict observance of this Law.

2. Members of the board should remain in the box throughout the voting, but in no case will they interfere with the freedom and secrecy of the voters ' vote.

3. They will have access right to the boxes:

(a) Voters who have been admitted by the President of the Box Board in the terms set out in Article 279 of this Law;

b) Representatives of the political parties and Independent Candidates duly accredited in the terms set out in this Law;

c) Public notaries and judges who must attest to any act related to the integration of the board of directors, the installation of the box and, in general, with the development of the vote as long as they have been identified before the president of the board of directors and specified the nature of the diligence to be carried out, which in no case can oppose the secret of the vote, and

d) Institute officials who are sent by the General Council or the respective district board, or called by the president of the bureau directive.

4. The general representatives shall remain in the boxes for the time necessary to comply with the functions laid down in Article 260 of this Law; they may not interfere with the free development of the The Committee on the Environment, the Environment, the Environment and the Environment. The President of the Board may agree to fulfil his duties and, where appropriate, may order his/her withdrawal when the representative ceases to fulfil his/her duties, shares the electors, or in any way affects the normal development of the voting.

5. In no case will access to the boxes be allowed to persons who are deprived of their mental faculties, intoxicated, under the influence of energy, embedded or armed.

6. Nor shall they have access to the boxes, except to exercise their voting rights, members of corporations or public security forces, political party leaders, candidates or popular representatives.

Article 281.

1. The president of the board of directors may request, at all times, the assistance of the public security forces in order to preserve the order in the polling place and the normality of the vote, ordering the removal of any person who improperly interferes or alters the order.

2. In such cases, the secretary of the box shall record the causes of the order breaking and the measures agreed by the president of the table of the box, in a special act to be be signed by the officials of the box and the representatives of the parties accredited to it. If any official or representative refuses to sign, the secretary shall record the refusal.

Article 282.

1. Representatives of the political parties and Independent Candidates may submit to the secretary of the board of directors written on any incident that constitutes a breach of the provisions of this Law.

2. The secretary will receive such writings and incorporate them into the polling file in the box without any discussion of their admission.

Item 283.

1. No authority may detain the members of the polling station tables or the representatives of the Independent Parties and Candidates during the election day, except in the case of Gross offence.

Item 284.

1. In the special boxes to receive the vote of voters who are temporarily outside of their section, the rules set out in the articles will apply. and the following:

) The voter, in addition to displaying his/her credential to vote at the request of the president of the board, must show the right thumb to verify that did not vote in another box, and

b) The secretary of the board of directors will proceed to settle in the voting record the data of the credential to vote of the voter.

2. Once the data referred to in the previous paragraph is settled, the following will be observed:

a) If the voter is outside of his or her section, but within his/her district, he/she will be able to vote for deputies for the principles of relative majority and proportional representation, by senator from the principles of relative majority and proportional representation and by President of the United Mexican States. The president of the board of directors will give you the single ballot for the election of deputies, settling the legend "proportional representation," or the abbreviation " R. P. ' and the ballots for the election of senators and president;

b) If the voter is outside his/her district, but within his/her federative entity, he/she may vote for deputies for the principle of representation proportional representation, by senator for the principles of relative majority and proportional representation and by President of the United Mexican States. The president of the board of directors will give you the single ballot for the election of deputies, with the caption "proportional representation", or the abbreviation "R.P." and the ballots for the election of senators and president;

c) If the voter is outside his/her entity, but within his/her constituency, he/she may vote for deputies for the principle of proportional representation, by Senator for the principle of proportional representation and for President of the United Mexican States. The president of the board of directors will give him the single ballots for the elections of deputies and senators, settling the legend "proportional representation" or the abbreviation "R.P.", as well as the ballot for the election of president, and

d) If the voter is outside his/her district, his or her constituency, but within the national territory, he/she will only be able to vote for senator by the principle of proportional representation and by President of the United Mexican States. The president of the box will give you the single ballot for the election of senators by settling the legend "proportional representation" or the abbreviation "R.P.", as well as the ballot of the election of president.

3. Fulfilled the requirements to credit the quality of voter and record the data in the corresponding record, the president of the box will give you the ballots to which you have the right.

4. The secretary will then settle the name of the citizen for the election or elections for which he voted.

Article 285.

1. The vote will be closed at 18:00.

2. You may be closed before the time set in the preceding paragraph, only when the president and the secretary certify that all eligible voters on the nominal list have been voted on. corresponding.

3. It will only remain open after 6 p.m., the box where voters are still eligible to vote. In this case, it will be closed once those who were trained at 6 p.m. have voted.

Article 286.

1. The president will declare the vote closed by the end of the article.

2. Act followed, the secretary shall fill in the paragraph corresponding to the voting closure of the election day record, which shall be signed by the officials and representatives.

3. In any case, the paragraph corresponding to the voting lock will contain:

a) Time to close the vote, and

b) Cause it was closed before or after 18:00 hours.

CHAPTER III

Of Scrutiny and Computation in the Casilla

Article 287.

1. Once the vote is closed and the corresponding section of the election day record is filled and signed, the members of the board of directors will proceed to the counting and counting of the votes. covered in the box.

Article 288.

1. The counting and counting is the procedure by which the members of each of the polling tables, determine:

a) The number of voters who voted in the box;

b) The number of votes cast in favor of each of the political parties or candidates;

c) The number of null votes, and

d) The number of leftover ballots for each election.

2. They are null votes:

a) The one expressed by an elector in a ballot that he deposited in the ballot box, without having marked any table containing the emblem of a political party or of a party Independent bid, and

b) When the elector marks two or more frames without coalition between the parties whose emblems have been marked.

3. When the voter marks two or more frames on the ballot and there is coalition between the parties whose emblems have been marked, the vote will count for the coalition candidate and will be recorded by separate in the corresponding space of the check-box and check box.

4. It is understood by leftover ballots those that have been delivered to the polling table were not used by the voters.

Article 289.

1. The counting and counting will be performed in the following order:

a) From President of the United Mexican States;

b) Senators;

c) Members, and

d) Popular Query

2. In the event that a single cell is installed in concurrent elections, simultaneously with the computations referred to in the preceding paragraph, the local computation shall be performed in the following order:

a) Governor or Head of Government;

b) From local deputies or deputies to the Legislative Assembly, and

c) Of town halls or of heads of the administrative political bodies of the Federal District.

Item 290.

1. The counting and counting of each federal election, and in the case of a single cell in each federal and local election, will be performed according to the following rules:

a) The secretary of the box board will count the leftover ballots and will inuse them by means of two diagonal stripes with ink, save them in a on which the number of ballots contained therein shall be closed and shall record on the outside of it the number of ballots contained therein;

b) The first scrutiniser will count on two occasions, the number of citizens appearing who voted according to the nominal list of constituents of the section, adding, where appropriate, the number of voters who voted by resolution of the Electoral Tribunal without appearing on the nominal list;

c) The chair of the board will open the ballot box, draw out the ballots, and show those present that the ballot box was empty;

d) The second tellers will count the ballots extracted from the urn;

e) The two tellers under the president's supervision, will rank the ballots to determine:

I. The number of votes cast in favor of each of the political parties or candidates, and

II. The number of votes that are null, and

f) The secretary shall note in sheets to the effect the results of each of the operations identified in the previous fractions, which, once Verified by the other members of the bureau, it will be transcribed in the respective counts of counting and counting of each election.

2. Dealing with coalition parties, if more than one of their respective emblems were crossed, the coalition candidate will be assigned the vote, which must be entered in the respective section of the counting and corresponding counting minutes.

Article 291.

1. To determine the validity or nullity of votes, the following rules will be observed:

a) A valid vote will be counted for the mark that the voter makes in a single frame in which the emblem of a political party is contained, having regard to the provisions in paragraph 2 of the preceding immediate article;

b) Any vote issued in a way other than the indicated one will be counted as null, and

c) Votes cast in favor of unregistered candidates will settle in the minutes separately.

Item 292.

1. If ballots are found in one ballot box corresponding to another, they will be separated and computed in the respective election.

Article 293.

1. A count of counting and counting will be lifted for each election. Each act shall contain at least:

a) The number of votes cast in favor of each political party or candidate;

b) The total number of leftover ballots that were unused;

c) The number of null votes;

d) The number of party representatives who voted in the box without being on the nominal voter list;

e) A relationship of the incidents raised, if any, and

f) The relationship of protest writings presented by representatives of political parties and Independent Candidates at the end of the vote computation.

2. In any case, the above data will be settled in the forms approved by the General Council.

3. In no case will null ballots be added to the remaining unused ballots.

4. The officials of the polling stations, with the help of representatives of the political parties and Independent Candidates, will verify the accuracy of the data entered in the count of counting and counting.

Article 294.

1. Concluded the counting and counting of all votes will be lifted the corresponding minutes of each election, which must be signed, without exception, all the officials and the representatives who acted in the box.

2. Representatives of the political parties and Independent Candidates before the polling stations will be entitled to sign the act in protest, pointing out the reasons for the act. If they refuse to sign, the act must be entered in the minutes.

Article 295.

1. At the end of the counting and counting of each election, a box file will be formed with the following documentation:

a) A copy of the election day record;

b) A copy of the final count of counting and counting, and

c) The protest writings that were received.

2. They will also be referred, in separate envelopes, to unused leftover ballots and those containing valid votes and null votes for each election.

3. The nominal list of electors will be referred to separately.

4. To ensure the inviolability of the previous documentation, with the file of each of the elections and the envelopes, a package will be formed in whose envelope the members of the table will be signed Box Directive and the representatives wishing to do so.

5. The name of the box shall correspond to the name of the record and the protest letters referred to in paragraph 1 of this article.

Article 296.

1. Of the minutes of the boxes settled in the form or forms that the General Council approves, a readable copy shall be given to the representatives of the political parties and of Candidates. Independent, obtaining the corresponding acknowledgement of receipt. The first copy of each count of counting and counting will be for the preliminary election results program.

2. Out of the package referred to in paragraph 4 of the previous article, an envelope containing a copy of the minutes containing the results of the counting and counting of each of the elections, for delivery to the president of the relevant district council.

Article 297.

1. Completed the actions referred to in the previous article, the presidents of the box directives, shall set warnings in place of the exterior of the tables with the results of each one of the elections, which will be signed by the president and the representatives who wish to do so.

CHAPTER IV

From the Closing of the Casilla and the Issuance of the Expedient

Article 298.

1. The operations established in the preceding articles shall be concluded by the officials of the bureau of the table, the secretary shall record the closing time of the box and the the name of the officials and representatives who shall deliver the package containing the dossiers. The constancy shall be signed by the officials of the box and the representatives of the parties and Independent Candidates wishing to do so.

Article 299.

1. Once the boxes are closed, the presidents of the boxes, under their responsibility, will make it to the district council that corresponds to the packages and the box files within the deadlines. following, counted from the closing time:

a) Immediately when it comes to boxes located in the district header;

b) Up to 12 hours when it comes to urban cells located outside the district header, and

c) Up to 24 hours when it comes to rural boxes.

2. The district councils, prior to the day of the election, will be able to determine the extension of the above deadlines for those boxes that warrant it.

3. The district councils will adopt prior to the day of the election, the necessary measures for the packages with the records of the elections to be delivered within the established deadlines. and so that they can be received simultaneously.

4. District councils may agree to establish a mechanism for collecting the documentation of the boxes as necessary in the terms of this Law. This will be done under the supervision of the political parties who wish to do so.

5. It will be considered that there is a justified cause for the packages with the box files to be delivered to the district council outside the set deadlines, when it is a fortuitous case or force majeure.

6. The district council shall state in the circumstantial act of receipt of the packages referred to in Article 304 of this Law, the causes to be invoked for the delay in the delivery of the packages. packages.

CHAPTER V

Supplementary Provisions

Article 300.

1. To ensure order and ensure the development of the election day, the public security corps of the Federation, the states and the municipalities or, where appropriate, the armed forces, must provide the assistance required by the bodies of the Institute, the Local Public Bodies and the chairmen of the polling stations in the field of their respective competences, in accordance with the provisions of this Law.

2. On the day of the election and the precedent, the competent authorities according to the regulations that exist in each federative entity, may establish measures to limit the hours of service the establishments in which the drinking drinks are used.

3. On election day, only uniformed members of the public forces in charge of the order can carry weapons.

Item 301.

1. Federal, state and municipal authorities, at the request of the competent electoral bodies, shall provide the following:

a) Information on your power, related to election day;

b) The certifications of the facts that consist of them or of the documents that exist in the files in their charge, related with the electoral process;

c) The support necessary to practice the proceedings that are required for them for electoral purposes, and

d) Information about events that may influence or alter the outcome of elections.

2. District courts, states and municipal courts, will remain open during election day. The agencies of the Public Ministry and the offices that do their times have the same obligation.

Article 302.

1. The public notaries in office will keep their offices open on election day and must attend to the requests made to them by the electoral authorities, the polling officers, the citizens and representatives of political parties and Independent Candidates, to attest to facts or to certify documents concerning the election.

2. For these purposes, the notary schools of the federal entities shall publish, five days before the day of the election, the names of their members and the addresses of their offices.

Item 303.

1. The district councils, with the supervision of the representatives of the political parties, will designate in the month of January of the year of the election, a sufficient number of supervisors and trainers election assistants, from among the citizens who have attended the public call issued to the effect and meet the requirements referred to in paragraph 3 of this article.

2. Electoral assistants and trainers will assist district boards and councils in the work of:

a) Citizens ' visit, notification, and training to integrate cell-based tables;

b) Identification of places for the location of the cell directives tables;

c) Reception and distribution of election materials and documentation in the days before the election;

d) Verification of the installation and closure of the box directives;

e) Information about incidents that occurred during election day;

f) Transfer of the electoral packages supporting the table officials in the box;

g) Realization of district computations, especially in cases of total or partial counts, and

h) Those expressly confide to them the district council, particularly as referred to in paragraphs 3 and 4 of Article 299 of this Law.

3. They are requirements to be an election assistant supervisor or trainer, the following:

a) Being a Mexican citizen, in full exercise of his civil and political rights, and having a credential to vote;

b) Gozar of good reputation and not having been convicted of any crime, except that it was of an imprudent character;

c) Haber accredited, at least, the level of basic education;

d) Contar with the knowledge, experience, and skills required to perform the functions of the charge;

e) Being resident in the uninominal constituency where you need to provide your services;

f) No more than 60 years of age to the day of the election day;

g) Not military in any political party, nor have been actively involved in any election campaign;

h) Not having participated as a political party or coalition representative in any election held in the last three years, and

i) Submit a request in accordance with the call to be issued, accompanying the documents in it.

TITLE FOURTH

From the Post-Election and Election Results

CHAPTER I

From The Preliminary Provision

Article 304.

1. The receipt, deposit, and safeguard of the packages in which the box files are contained by the district councils, will be made in accordance with the following procedure:

a) They will be received in the order in which they are delivered by the persons empowered to do so;

b) The president or authorized official of the district council will extend the receipt by stating the time they were delivered;

c) The president of the district council shall have his deposit, in numerical order of the boxes, separately placing those of the special ones, in a place within from the premises of the council meeting the security conditions, from the time of its receipt to the day on which the district count is practised, and

d) The president of the district council, under his responsibility, will safeguard them and the effect will have to be sealed the access doors of the place where were deposited in the presence of the representatives of the parties.

2. For the receipt of the packages containing the box files, the circumstantial act shall be lifted, in which case, those who have been received without gathering the files shall be put on record. requirements that this Act points out.

CHAPTER II

From Preliminary Results Information

Article 305.

1. The Preliminary Electoral Results Program is the electoral information mechanism provided for in the law in charge of providing preliminary and non-definitive results, strictly speaking information by means of the capture, digitisation and publication of the data recorded in the records of the counting and counting of the boxes received in the collection centres and the transmission of data authorised by the Institute.

2. Your objective will be to inform in a timely manner ensuring the security, transparency, reliability, credibility and integrity of the results and the information in all its phases to the General Council, political parties, coalitions, candidates, media and the citizenry.

3. The timely, truthful and public information of the preliminary results is a national function that the Institute will have under its responsibility for its regulation, design, operation and advertising governed by the principles of legality, certainty, objectivity, independence and maximum publicity.

4. The Preliminary Electoral Results Program will be a unique program whose rules of operation will be issued by the Institute with mandatory for its organs and those of the Public Bodies. Local.

Item 306.

1. The Institute will define at the latest in the month of April of the year of the election with the help of the Technical Advisory Committee for the Program of Preliminary Electoral Results, the guidelines to be They will hold local and district councils for drills and program execution in federal elections.

Item 307.

1. As the electoral packages are delivered to the district council, the results obtained in the approved act for this purpose must be captured, which must be visible to the of the box of the electoral package, as the electoral packages are delivered, until the expiration of the legal period, according to the following rules:

a) The district council will authorize the personnel necessary for the continuous and simultaneous reception of the electoral packages. Political parties may accredit their alternate representatives to be present during that reception;

b) Designated election officials will receive the counting and counting minutes and will immediately read aloud from the outcome of the vote they appear in them, proceeding to make the corresponding sum to immediately inform the Executive Secretariat of the Institute;

(c) The secretary, or the official authorized to do so, shall record those results at the place corresponding to them in the manner intended for this purpose, numerical order of the boxes, and

d) The representatives of the political parties accredited to the General Council will have the appropriate formats to record the results of the voting in the boxes.

Article 308.

1. For the best knowledge of the citizens, the deadline referred to in Article 299 of this Law, the president must fix on the outside of the district council, the results preliminary elections in the district.

CHAPTER III

Of District Computers and the Validity Declaration of the Choice of Relative Majority Deputies

Article 309.

1. The district count of an election is the sum that the district council makes, of the results recorded in the counting and counting minutes of the polling stations in an electoral district.

2. The General Council of the Institute shall determine for each electoral process the personnel who may be able to assist the district councils in the counting of votes in the cases established in this Law.

Article 310.

1. The district councils will be held from 8:00 a.m. on the following Wednesday to the day of the election day, to make the computation of each of the elections, in the order next:

a) That of the vote for President of the United Mexican States;

b) That of the vote for deputies, and

c) That of the vote for senators.

2. Each of the computations referred to in the preceding paragraph shall be followed and uninterruptedly completed.

3. The district councils, in session prior to the election day, may agree that the members of the National Electoral Professional Service belonging to the Institute's system may be replaced or Alternate members may be replaced by other members of the system from those who support the respective district board and also, that the Electoral Councilors and representatives of political parties demonstrate in their absences. to their alternates to participate in them, so that they can be held permanently.

4. The district councils must have the human, material, technical and financial elements necessary for the realization of the computations on a permanent basis.

Article 311.

1. The district voting count for deputies will be subject to the following procedure:

a) Packages containing the choice files that do not have alteration samples and following the numerical order of the boxes will be opened; collate the result of the counting and counting act contained in the box file with the results of the same obre held by the president of the district council. If the results of both minutes match, it will settle in the forms set for it;

b) If the results of the minutes do not match, or obvious alterations will be detected in the minutes that are in doubt founded on the outcome of the election in the box, or the record of counting and counting in the file of the box shall not exist and shall not be in the power of the president of the council, shall be carried out again the counting and counting of the box, raising the corresponding record. To carry out the above, the secretary of the council, will open the package in question and will be sure of its content, will count in a high voice, the unused ballots, the null votes and the valid votes, settling the amount that results in the Space for the relevant minutes. At the time of accounting for the null and valid vote, the representatives of the political parties who so wish and an electoral adviser will verify that the validity or nullity of the cast vote has been correctly determined, according to the Article 291 of this Law. The results shall be recorded in the manner established for this purpose, and shall be recorded in the relevant circumstantial act; in the same way, the objections which any of the representatives of the representatives of the representatives of the Council, with the exception of their rights to challenge before the Electoral Tribunal the computation in question. In no case shall it be possible to interrupt or impede the performance of the computations;

c) Where appropriate, the votes that have been cast in favour of two or more coalition parties shall be added and that for that reason they have been entered separately in the the corresponding section of the check-box and check-box. The district sum of such votes shall be distributed equally among the parties that make up the coalition; if there is a fraction, the corresponding votes shall be allocated to the highest voting parties;

d) The District Council will have to carry out the counting and counting again when:

I.       There are obvious errors or inconsistencies in the different elements of the minutes, unless they can be corrected or clarified with other elements to the full satisfaction of the person who has requested it;

II.      The number of null votes is greater than the difference between the candidates located in the first and second places on the ballot, and

III.     All votes have been cast in favor of the same party.

e) The packages will then be opened with tamper-proof samples and, as the case may be, the operations indicated in the previous incisings, The following shall be recorded in the respective circumstantial act;

f) The sum of the results, after performing the operations indicated in the preceding incits, shall constitute the district computation of the choice of majority members to be settled in the relevant minutes;

g) Act followed, the packages in which the files of the special boxes are contained will be opened, in order to extract the one from the election of deputies and proceed in the terms of the points (a) to (e) of this paragraph;

h) During the opening of election packages as noted in the above, the president or the secretary of the district council shall extract: the protest letters, if any; the corresponding nominal list; the list of citizens who voted and do not appear on the nominal list, as well as the fact sheets and other documents to be determined by the General Council in agreement prior to the election day. From the documentation thus obtained, the district council shall be counted, and must be ordered according to the numbering of the boxes. The folders with such documentation will be kept under the protection of the president of the council to meet the requirements that will be presented by the Electoral Tribunal or other organs of the Institute;

i) The district counting of the election of deputies by the principle of proportional representation, will be the result of adding the figures obtained according to the two previous points, and shall be settled in the minutes corresponding to the choice of proportional representation;

j) The district council will verify compliance with the formal requirements of the election and also that candidates of the formula that have obtained the majority of votes meet the eligibility requirements provided for in Article 10 of this Law, and

k) The results of the computation, the incidents that occur during the session and the declaration of the results of the session shall be recorded in the detailed minutes of the session. validity of the choice and eligibility of candidates of the formula that would have obtained the majority of the votes.

2. When there is an indication that the difference between the presumptive winner of the election in the district and the one who has obtained the second place in the vote is equal to or less than one percentage point, and At the beginning of the session there is an express request from the representative of the party who nominated the second of the candidates mentioned above, the district council will have to carry out the counting of votes in the whole of the boxes. For these purposes, the presentation to the Council of the sum of results per party recorded in the copy of the counting and counting records of the entire district shall be considered sufficient evidence.

3. If at the end of the computation it is established that the difference between the presumed winning candidate and the second place is equal to or less than one percentage point, and there is an express request to The district council shall proceed to carry out the counting of votes in the whole of the boxes. In any case, the boxes that have already been counted are excluded from the previous procedure.

4. As set out in the previous two immediate paragraphs, to carry out the total count of votes in respect of a given election, the district council will have the necessary is carried out without hindering the counting and counting of the other elections and concludes before the Sunday following the election day. For such purposes, the president of the district council shall give immediate notice to the Executive Secretary of the Institute; he shall order the creation of working groups composed of the electoral advisors, the representatives of the parties and the vowels. shall be chaired. The groups will perform their task simultaneously by dividing the packages that each will have under their responsibility. Political parties shall have the right to appoint a representative in each group, with their respective alternate.

5. If during the count of votes are in the package votes of a different choice, they will be counted for the choice in question.

6. The executive vowel who chairs each group will raise a circumstantial act in which the result of the count of each cell and the final result that throws the sum of votes for each one shall be recorded. party and candidate.

7. The president of the council will hold in plenary the sum of the results recorded in the minutes of each working group and will settle the result in the final act of counting and counting the the choice in question.

8. The errors contained in the original records of counting and counting of boxes that are corrected by the district councils in accordance with the procedure laid down in this article, may not be be invoked as a cause of invalidity before the Electoral Tribunal.

9. In no case may the Electoral Tribunal be requested to conduct a recount of votes in respect of the boxes that have been the subject of such a procedure in the district councils.

Article 312.

1. Concluded the computation and issued the declaration of validity for the election of deputies, the president of the district council will issue the constancy of majority and validity to whom it would have obtained the win, except if the members of the formula are ineligible.

Article 313.

1. The district count of the senator vote will be subject to the following procedure:

a) The operations referred to in points (a) to (e) and (h) of paragraph 1 of Article 311 of this Law shall be made;

b) Act followed, the files of the special boxes relating to the election of senator will be extracted and the operations referred to will be carried out in the preceding paragraph;

c) The district counting of the election of senators by the principle of relative majority will be the result of adding the figures obtained according to the two incissos and shall settle in the minutes corresponding to this election;

d) It is applicable to the district computation of the election of senators by the principle of relative majority as set forth in paragraphs 2 to 9 of Article 311 of this Act;

e) The district counting of the election of senators by the principle of proportional representation, will be the result of adding the figures obtained according to the (a) and (b) above, and shall be settled in the minutes corresponding to the choice of proportional representation, and

f) In the circumstantial record of the session, the results of the computation and the incidents that occur during the session shall be recorded.

Article 314.

1. The district computation of the vote for President of the United Mexican States will be subject to the following procedure:

a) The operations referred to in points (a) to (e) and (h) of paragraph 1 of Article 311 of this Law shall be made;

b) Act followed, the files of the special boxes relating to the election of president shall be extracted and the operations shall be carried out referred to in the preceding paragraph;

c) The results obtained according to the previous two points will be added;

d) The district computation of the election of President of the United Mexican States, will be the result of adding to the results obtained according to the (a) the above, those recorded in the district act of counting the votes cast abroad, as referred to in Articles 351 and 352 of this Law. The result thus obtained shall be settled in the minutes corresponding to this choice;

e) It is applicable to the district computation of the election of President of the United Mexican States as set out in paragraphs 2 to 9 of Article 311 of this Law, and

f) The results of the computation and the incidents that occur during the session shall be recorded in the circumstantial record of the session.

Article 315.

1. The presidents of the district councils will set the results of each of the elections to the outside of their premises, at the end of the district counting session.

Article 316.

1. The district council president must:

a) Integrate the district computer file of the choice of majority deputies relative to the minutes of the boxes, the original of the computation act district, the circumstantial act of the computer session and the president's own report on the development of the electoral process;

b) Integrate the district count file of the election of deputies by the principle of proportional representation with a certified copy of the minutes of the boxes, the original of the district count of proportional representation, certified copy of the circumstantial record of the session of computation and copy of the report of the president himself on the development of the electoral process;

c) Integrate the district count file of the election of senators by the principle of majority relative to the corresponding records of the boxes, the original of the district computation act, certified copy of the circumstantial record of the computer session and copy of the president's own report on the development of the electoral process;

d) Integrate the district count file of the election of senators by the principle of proportional representation with a certified copy of the minutes from the boxes, the original of the district computation act, certified copy of the circumstantial record of the computer session and copy of the president's own report on the development of the electoral process, and

e) Integrate the district computer file of the election of President of the United Mexican States with the corresponding records of the boxes, the original of the district counting act, certified copy of the circumstantial record of the computer session and copy of the president's own report on the development of the electoral process.

Article 317.

1. The president of the district council, once the files are integrated, will proceed to:

a) Remit to the competent Chamber of the Electoral Tribunal, when the corresponding means of impeachment have been brought, together with the latter, the written documents of protest and the respective report, as well as a certified copy of the district count file and, where applicable, the declaration of validity of the choice of majority deputies;

b) Reissued, once the deadline for the interposition of the respective impeachment means to the Electoral Tribunal, the district computation file that contains the original minutes and any other documentation of the election of President of the United Mexican States. From the documentation contained in the district computer file will send certified copy to the Executive Secretary of the Institute. When the corresponding means of impeachment is filed, a copy of the dispute shall be sent;

c) Reissue, once the deadline for the interposition of the means of impeachment, to the General Secretariat of the Chamber of Deputies, certified copy of the the majority and validity of the formula of candidates for a Member of the majority who had obtained it, and a report on the means of impeachment which had been brought before them. From the documentation contained in the district computer file, you will send a certified copy to the Executive Secretary of the Institute. When the means of impeachment is brought forward, a copy of the challenge shall be sent to the authorities;

d) Rissue to the local council of the entity the district computer file containing the original minutes and documentation of the senator's choice for both principles. Of the minutes and documents contained in that file shall send a certified copy to the Executive Secretary of the Institute, and

e) Rissue to the corresponding local council with residence in the constituency header the district computation file containing the minutes original, certified copies and other documents of the election of Members by the principle of proportional representation. Of the minutes and documents contained in that file, he shall send a certified copy to the Executive Secretary of the Institute.

Article 318.

1. The presidents of the district councils shall retain in their possession a certified copy of all the minutes and documentation of each of the records of the district computes.

2. Likewise, the presidents shall take the necessary steps for the deposit at the place indicated for that purpose, of the envelopes containing the documentation referred to in Article 295 of this Law. until the conclusion of the electoral process. Once the electoral process has been completed, it will be destroyed.

CHAPTER IV

From the Federative Entity of the Election of Senators to Both Principles and the Declaration of Validity of the Election of Senators by the Principle Relative Majority

Article 319.

1. The local councils will be held on the Sunday following the day of the election day, to perform the computation of the federal entity corresponding to the election of senators by the beginning of relative majority and the declaration of validity of the election itself.

2. Likewise, they will perform the computation of the federal entity corresponding to the choice of senators by the principle of proportional representation, settling the results in the corresponding record.

Article 320.

1. Federative entity computation is the procedure by which each of the local councils determines, by the sum of the results recorded in the district counts of the election of the Senate by the principle of relative majority, the vote obtained in this election in the federative entity. This computation will be subject to the following rules:

a) The results that consist of each of the district computing minutes will be aggregated;

b) The sum of those results will constitute the federal entity count of the senator's election;

c) If as a result of the sum of the minutes of the district councils it is determined that between the winning formulas and the second place there is a A difference of one percentage point or less, the president of the local council shall give immediate notice to the Executive Secretary of the Institute for the report to the General Council;

d) In the notice you will be informed that you will proceed to the random count of votes of the electoral packets of up to ten percent of the boxes that determine the application of the statistical method, exclusively for what it does to the ballots for the election of senator in terms of the provisions of the General Council agreement;

e) The President of the Local Council will immediately communicate to the Presidents of the district councils to proceed with the counting of the packages of the boxes which, in accordance with the random result of the method approved by the General Council, have corresponded to them and shall have a recess for the same to be carried out;

f) The district councils in terms of the provisions of this Law will proceed to carry out the recount that has been ordered by the President of the Council Local;

g) At the end of the recount, district council presidents will report immediately and electronically and even telegraph results to the President of the Local Council, without prejudice to the following paragraph;

h) The district councils will proceed in their case to rectify the district counting minutes of the senator election and refer them to the Respective Local Council;

i) The President of the relevant local council shall inform the General Council through the Executive Secretary of the development of the count and the results;

j) The local council will verify compliance with the formal requirements of the election and also, that candidates of the formulas for senator who have The result of the victory by the principle of relative majority and the formula first recorded by the party which itself would have succeeded in obtaining the second place in the vote, meets the eligibility requirements laid down in the Article 10 of this Act;

k) The results of the calculation shall be recorded in the circumstantial record of the session, the incidents occurring during the session and the declaration of validity of the election and eligibility of candidates of the formulas for senator who had obtained the victory and of the formula registered in the first place by the party that by itself would have obtained the second place in the vote, and

l) He or the electoral packages that have been the object of counting votes in the district council regarding the election of senators, will not be able to be part of the of the random count referred to in this Article, the results of which are to be settled in the relevant minutes.

2. The federative entity count for the choice of senators by the principle of proportional representation will be determined by the sum of the results recorded in the district counts of this choice, subject to the rules laid down in points (a), (b) and (d) of the preceding paragraph.

Article 321.

1. The president of the local council must:

a) Exorder, upon completion of the federative entity computing session and the validity declaration of the choice of relative majority senators, the constances of the majority and validity of the formulas for senator who had obtained the victory, and the record of assigning to the formula registered in the first place by the party that itself had managed to obtain the second place in the vote of the entity. If the members of any of the formulas that have obtained the victory are ineligible, the constancy in question shall not be issued, without prejudice to the other formula recorded in the party's list obtained the majority of the vote. If the members of the formula registered in the first place by the party which itself had obtained the second place in the vote were ineligible, the constancy shall be issued to the formula recorded in the second place in the list respective;

b) Set the results of the federative entity computation of this choice to both principles on the outside of the council;

c) Rissue to the General Secretariat of Parliamentary Services of the Chamber of Senators, certified copy of the constances issued to the formulas for In the case of the second place in the vote of the entity, the allocation of the allocation to the formula first recorded by the party which itself would have succeeded in obtaining the second place in the vote of the entity; the means of impeachment brought;

d) Remit to the Electoral Tribunal, when the corresponding means of impeachment have been filed, along with it, the protest writings and the report as well as a certified copy of the minutes whose results are contested and the minutes of the institution's computation, in the terms provided for in the law of the matter, and

e) Rissue, after the deadline for the interposition of the corresponding impeachment means, to the Executive Secretary of the Institute, certified copy of the entity's accounting act for both principles, a copy of the means of impeachment, the circumstantial act of the session and the report of the president himself on the development of the electoral process.

CHAPTER V

of the Proportional Representation in Each Constituency

Article 322.

1. The multi-minominal constituency count is the sum that each of the local councils with residence in the designated capitals of the constituency, of the results recorded in the the respective district counting records, in order to determine the vote obtained in the election of Members by the principle of proportional representation in the constituency itself.

Article 323.

1. The local council residing in the capital of each plurinominal constituency, on the Sunday following the election day and once the computations referred to in Article 319 of the This Law shall carry out the calculation of the vote for the regional lists of elected Members according to the principle of proportional representation.

Article 324.

1. The plurinominal constituency computation will be subject to the following procedure:

a) You will take note of the results that are in the district's district computing minutes;

b) The sum of those results shall constitute the computation of the total vote issued in the plurinominal constituency, and

c) The results of the computation and the incidents that occur shall be recorded in the detailed minutes of the session.

Article 325.

1. The president of the local council residing in the capital of the plurinominal constituency must:

a) Publish on the outside of the offices the results obtained in the computes of the constituency;

b) Integrate the constituency computation file with the case files of the district computes containing the original and certified minutes, the original of the Constituency Computer Act, the circumstantial of the session of the said computation and the report of the president himself on the development of the electoral process, and

(c) Rissue to the Executive Secretary of the Institute, a certified copy of the Constituency Computer Act and the circumstantial act of the sitting, to present them to the General Council together with the respective certified copies of the district computes.

Article 326.

1. On the Sunday following the election day, the Executive Secretary of the General Council, based on the certified copy of the district election minutes of the election for President of the The United Mexican States shall inform the General Council, in public session, of the results recorded in those minutes, by party and candidate. The above, without prejudice to the constitutional and legal powers of the Electoral Tribunal.

Chapter VI

Of The Proportional Allocation Constants

Article 327.

1. In the terms of Articles 54 and 56 of the Constitution, the General Council shall proceed to the allocation of elected deputies and senators by the principle of proportional representation in accordance with the Articles 15 to 21 of this Act.

2. The General Council shall make the allocation referred to in the preceding paragraph, once the Electoral Tribunal has resolved the challenges brought under the terms of the law of the matter and no later than 23 July of the year of the election.

Article 328.

1. The President of the General Council shall issue to each political party, the proportional allocation constances, which shall inform the General Secretariat of the Chamber of Deputies and the Secretariat General of Parliamentary Services of the House of Senators, respectively.

SIXTH BOOK

From the Vote of Mexican Residents Abroad

ONLY CHAPTER

Article 329.

1. Citizens residing abroad may exercise their right to vote for the election of President of the United Mexican States and senators, as well as the governors of the institutions. Federal District Chief of Government, if so determined by the Constitutions of the States or the Federal District Government Statute.

2. The exercise of the vote of Mexicans residing abroad may be carried out by mail, by means of delivery of the ballot in personal form in the modules to be installed in the embassies or Consulates or, where appropriate, electronic means, in accordance with this Law and in terms determined by the Institute.

3. The electronic vote may only be carried out in accordance with the guidelines issued by the Institute in terms of this Law, which must ensure total certainty and proven security for the Mexican residents abroad, for the effective exercise of their right to vote in popular elections.

Article 330.

1. For the exercise of the vote, citizens residing abroad, in addition to those laid down in Article 34 of the Constitution and those referred to in paragraph 1 of Article 9 of this Law, shall meet the following requirements:

a) Request to the Executive Directorate of the National Registry of Electors, meeting the requirements through the means approved by the General Council, its registration on the electoral register and on the nominal list of citizens residing abroad;

b) Manifestar, under his strictest responsibility and under protest to tell the truth, the foreign address to which he or she will be sent election or, where appropriate, the electronic means determined by the Institute, in which it may receive information in relation to the electoral process, and

c) The others set forth in this Book.

Article 331.

1. Mexican citizens who meet the stated requirements shall send the application referred to in paragraph 1 (a) of the previous article between 1o. of September and 15 December of the year preceding the election in question.

2. The application shall be sent to the Executive Directorate of the National Registry of Electors, by postal, electronic, or in person in person in the modules that for this purpose are installed in the embassies or Consulates and within the time limits to be determined by the Institute.

3. The application will be sent to the Executive Directorate of the Federal Register of Electors, by registered mail, accompanied by the following documents:

a) A readable copy of the front and back of your credential to vote; the voter must sign the photocopy or, if appropriate, place your fingerprint, and

b) Document in which the address you express is registered abroad.

4. For verification purposes of the compliance of the shipping deadline referred to in paragraph 1 of this article, the date of issue of the application for registration shall be taken as evidence postal service in question in the shipping envelope, and in the case of the electronic application, the date of receipt shall be deemed to be the notification in which the documents relating thereto are attached.

5. At no request sent by the citizen after December 15 of the year prior to that of the election, or received by the Institute after January 15 of the year of the election, procedure. In such cases, the Executive Directorate of the National Registry of Electors will send the person, by registered post, a notice of non-registration for extemporaneity.

6. The citizen concerned may consult the Institute, by telephone or electronic, with their registration.

Article 332.

1. The application for registration in the voter registration section of citizens residing abroad will have legal effects of notification to the Institute of the citizen's decision to vote from abroad in the election for President of the United Mexican States, Senators, and Governors of the Federal District and the Head of Government of the Federal District, provided that they are determined by the Constitutions of the States or the Federal District Government Statute. For this purpose the respective format will contain the following caption: " Manifesto, under protest of telling truth, that by residing abroad:

a) I express my decision to vote in the country where I reside and not in Mexican territory;

b) Requested to vote for any of the following means: (i) mail, (ii) by personally providing the ballot in the modules to be installed in the Embassies or consulates, or iii) by electronic means, in the next election for President of the United Mexican States, Senator, Governor or Head of Government, as the case may be;

c) I authorize the Institute to verify compliance with the legal requirements, to be registered in the voter rolls of the citizens residing in the abroad, and temporarily leave me, from the electoral roll of citizens resident in Mexico, and

d) I request that the instructions, formats, documents and electoral materials that correspond to exercise my right to vote be sent to me foreign. "

Article 333.

1. The nominal lists of resident voters abroad are the relationships developed by the Executive Directorate of the Federal Register of Electors that contain the name of the persons included on the electoral roll that they have with their voting card, who reside abroad and who request their registration on those lists.

2. The nominal lists of resident voters abroad shall be temporary and shall be used exclusively for the purposes set forth in this Book.

3. Nominal lists of voters residing abroad will not have printed the photograph of citizens on them included.

4. The General Council may order additional verification measures as provided for in this Book, in order to ensure the veracity of the nominal lists of voters resident in the foreign.

5. The rules contained in the First Title of the Fourth Book of this Law shall be applicable, as appropriate.

Article 334.

1. From 1 September until 15 December of the year prior to the presidential election, the Executive Directorate of the National Registry of Electors will make available to interested parties the formats of application for registration in the the electoral register and the list of voters resident abroad, on the sites agreed by the Executive General Meeting, by electronic means or through the means determined by the Board itself.

2. The Institute will agree with the Secretariat of External Relations, where appropriate, the mechanisms for the registration to the nominal list of citizens residing abroad through the diplomatic, in the terms of the partnership agreements established between the two institutions.

3. The Institute will sign the necessary agreements with the corresponding federal and local public administration bodies to boost the vote of Mexicans living abroad.

4. Mexicans residing abroad will be able to process their credentials to vote, and must comply with the requirements set out in Article 136 of this Law.

5. The Executive Directorate of the Federal Register of Electors will establish in the embassies or consulates of Mexico abroad the necessary mechanisms for the process of credentialization. The Institute shall conclude the relevant agreements with the Secretariat of External Relations.

6. For the purposes of the preceding paragraph, a period of ninety days shall be opened for the process of credentialization that the Institute shall determine for each electoral process before it starts the time limit for incorporation into the nominal list of voters of Mexicans residing abroad referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article.

Article 335.

1. Applications for registration to the electoral roll of citizens residing abroad will be addressed in the chronological order of their receipt, with a record of the date of the same.

2. Once the compliance with the requirements established by the General Council has been verified, the Executive Directorate of the Federal Register of Electors will proceed to the registration of the applicant in the Nominal List of Resident Electors Abroad. In case the applicant has a prior registration on the electoral roll, he will be discharged in the section corresponding to the citizens resident in Mexico.

3. The Executive Directorate of the National Registry of Electors will keep the documents sent and, if necessary, the envelope that contains them until the conclusion of the electoral process.

4. Concluded electoral process, the validity of the nominal lists of voters resident abroad will cease. The Executive Directorate of the Federal Register of Electors shall reregister the registered citizens, on the nominal list of electors of the electoral section corresponding to their domicile in Mexico.

5. For statistical and archival purposes, the Institute shall keep a copy, in digital media, for a period of seven years, of the nominal lists of voters resident abroad.

Article 336.

1. The deadline for receipt of applications for registration is concluded, the Executive Directorate of the Federal Register of Electors will proceed to draw up the nominal lists of voters resident in the abroad with applications received and processed and the records contained in the voter registration section of citizens residing abroad.

2. Lists will be drawn up in two modes:

a) In the case of Mexican citizens residing abroad, the listing will be made by country of residence and by reference federative entity, if the credential to vote with photography was issued or renewed from abroad, or by the electoral district that appears in its credential to vote with photography, if it was issued on national territory, and

b) According to the criterion of domicile in Mexico of citizens residing abroad, by federal entity and electoral district, ordered alphabetically. These lists will be used by the Institute for the purposes of vote counting and counting.

3. In any case, the staff of the Institute and political parties, and Independent Candidates, are required to safeguard the confidentiality of personal data contained in the nominal lists of voters residing abroad. The Executive General Board shall deliver the agreements and shall implement the necessary measures for this purpose.

4. The Executive General Board shall present to the General Council a report of the number of voters abroad, grouped by country, state or equivalent, and municipality or equivalent.

Article 337.

1. Political parties, through their representatives in the National Surveillance Commission, will have the right to verify the nominal lists of voters resident abroad, to which they refer the point (b) in paragraph 2 of the preceding article, by means of electronic means with which the Executive Directorate of the Federal Register of Electors is counted.

2. Nominal lists of voters resident abroad will not be displayed outside the national territory.

Article 338.

1. No later than 15 February of the year of the appropriate election, the Executive Directorate of the Federal Register of Electors shall make available to the political parties the nominal lists of voters abroad, safeguarding the protection of personal data contained therein.

2. Political parties may submit observations to such lists, pointing out concrete and individualized facts and cases, up to and including February 28.

3. Of the observations made by the political parties and independent candidates, the amendments to be made shall be made and the General Council and the National Commission of Surveillance by 15 April at the latest.

4. Political parties and Independent Candidates may challenge before the Electoral Tribunal the report referred to in the preceding paragraph. Impeachment will be subject to what is established in this Law and in the law of matter.

5. If the report is not challenged or, if applicable, once the Electoral Tribunal has resolved the challenges, the General Council will be in session to declare that the nominal listings of resident voters abroad are valid.

Article 339.

1. No later than 31 December of the year preceding the year of the election, the General Council of the Institute, or, where appropriate, in coordination with the relevant Local Public Body, shall approve the Printed electoral ballot, electronic electoral ballot, which will be used by citizens resident abroad for the choice in question, as well as the instructional for their use, the tools and materials required for the exercise of electronic voting, the formats of the minutes for counting and counting and the other documents and electoral materials.

2. Once approved in the previous paragraph, the Executive General Board must order the printing of postal ballots and electoral materials for the vote of Mexicans. overseas residents.

3. The provisions of Article 266 of this Law shall apply in the conduct of electoral ballots. The electoral ballots that will be used abroad will contain the legend "Mexican resident abroad".

4. The number of ballots to be printed for the vote abroad will be equal to the number of registered voters on the corresponding nominal lists. The General Council shall determine an additional number of electoral ballots. Unused additional ballots will be destroyed before election day, in the presence of representatives of political parties and independent candidates.

5. The Executive General Board shall submit to the General Council for approval, electronic voting mechanisms and procedures before the start of the electoral process.

Article 340.

1. The documentation and electoral material referred to in the previous article shall be made available to the Executive General Board or, where appropriate, the body corresponding to the federal entities to at the latest on March 15 of the year of the election.

2. The Executive Directorate of the National Registry of Electors shall make available to the Executive General Board the envelopes with the name and address abroad of each of the citizens who have opted for postal voting mode, entered in the corresponding nominal lists, ordered in accordance with the modality set out in paragraph 2 (a) of Article 336 of this Law.

3. The Executive General Board or the body that corresponds to the federative entities shall carry out the necessary acts to send, to each citizen, through the postal means, with acknowledgement of receipt, the electoral ballot, documentation and other material necessary for the exercise of the vote. In the case of citizens who have opted for electronic voting, they shall send the precise instructions for the steps to be taken so that they can cast their votes.

4. The submission of the ballot box, identification number, security mechanisms, instructions and other electoral documentation shall end, no later than 20 April of the year of the election.

Article 341.

1. Received the ballot by citizens who chose to vote by post, or in person in the modules to be installed in the embassies or consulates, or received the numbers of identification and other security mechanisms for voting by electronic means, the citizen shall exercise his right to vote, in a free, secret and direct manner, by selecting the candidate or candidate of his or her preference.

2. Each voting mode must have an instructional approved by the General Council of the Institute.

3. The Institute shall ensure that electronic voting has at least the security elements that ensure:

a) Who issues the vote, be the Mexican citizen residing abroad, who has the right to do so;

b) That the Mexican citizen residing abroad cannot issue more than one vote, by electronic means or other of those provided for in this Law;

c) That suffrage be free and secret, and

d) The effective broadcast, transmission, receipt, and computation of the cast vote.

Article 342.

1. Once the citizen has voted, he/she must double and enter the ballot in the envelope that has been sent to him, closing it in a way that ensures the secrecy of the vote.

2. In the shortest term, the citizen must send the envelope containing the ballot by registered mail to the Institute.

3. For the purposes of the preceding paragraph, the envelopes for sending to Mexico of the ballot shall be printed by the voter's key of the sender, as well as the address of the Institute which determine the Executive General Meeting.

4. The citizens may send the envelope referred to in paragraph 1 of this article, through the modules that for this purpose will be installed in the embassies or consulates of Mexico abroad. The Institute shall conclude the relevant agreements with the Secretariat of External Relations.

5. For the purposes of the preceding paragraph, the envelopes for sending to Mexico of the ballot shall be delivered in the modules to be installed in the embassies or consulates of Mexico in the not later than the Sunday before the election day and shall also have the requirements indicated in paragraph 3 of this article.

6. Once the citizen has delivered the envelope in the modules to be installed at the foreign embassies or consulates of Mexico, in accordance with the procedure that the citizen agrees to General Council shall take the measures for the control and safeguarding of the envelopes, in order to be sent by registered post to the Institute.

Article 343.

1. The General Council will determine how citizens abroad will send their vote to the Institute or, where appropriate, to Local Public Bodies.

2. The electronic voting system approved by the General Council of the Institute shall comply with the following:

a) Be auditable at each stage of your development and implementation;

b) Give the voter opportunity to corroborate the sense of their vote prior to their issuance;

c) Avoid voting coercion, guaranteeing free and secret suffrage;

d) Ensuring that the one who issues the vote is the Mexican citizen residing abroad who has the right to do so;

e) Ensuring that the Mexican citizen residing abroad cannot issue more than one vote, by electronic means or other of those provided for in this Law, and

f) Contar with a program of real-time, public, and reliable election results.

3. The Institute will issue guidelines to protect voting security.

Item 344.

1. The Executive General Board or, where appropriate, Local Public Bodies shall have the necessary in relation to the postal vote for:

a) Receive and register, pointing to the day, the envelopes containing the ballot, classifying them according to the nominal lists of voters who will be used for counting and counting purposes;

b) Place the legend "vote" next to the voter's name in the corresponding nominal list; the above can be done using electronic means, and

c) Resist the received envelopes and safeguard the secret of the vote.

Article 345.

1. It will be considered votes cast abroad that are received by the Institute up to twenty-four hours before the start of the election day, if the shipment is made by postal or in form In addition to the information provided by the Ministry of Health

the Ministry of Health, the Ministry of Health and the Ministry of Health and the Ministry of Health and the Ministry of Health and the Ministry of Health and the Ministry of Health and the Ministry of Health and the Ministry of Health

2. With regard to the envelopes or electronic votes received after the deadline, a list of their submitters will be drawn up and followed, without opening the ballot, in the presence of representatives of political parties, their destruction or elimination, without revealing their content.

3. On Election Day, the Executive Secretary will report to the General Council of the Institute a report on the number of votes cast by citizens residing abroad, classified by the country of residence of the voters, the type of charge to be chosen, the voting method used, and the votes received outside the period referred to in the preceding paragraph. The electronic votes must be obtained from the system implemented for this purpose, which must be auditable.

Article 346.

1. Based on the nominal lists of voters residing abroad, in accordance with the criterion of their domicile on national territory, the General Council:

a) Will end the number of counting and counting tables that correspond to each uninominal electoral district. The maximum number of votes per table will be 1,500, and

b) Will test the method and deadlines for selecting and training citizens who will act as members of the counting and counting tables, applying in This is what is established in Article 254 of this Law.

2. The voting counting and counting tables of voters resident abroad will be integrated with a president, a secretary, and two tellers; there will be two alternates per table.

3. The above tables will be based on the single local, in the Federal District, to be determined by the Executive General Board.

4. The political parties and independent candidates shall appoint two representatives for each bureau and one representative for each twenty tables, as well as a general representative for the calculation. district of the vote issued abroad.

5. In the event of the absence of the official and alternate officials of the tables, the Executive General Board shall determine the procedure for the designation of the staff of the Institute to support them.

6. The Executive General Board shall take the necessary steps to ensure the integration and operation of the counting and counting tables.

Article 347.

1. The counting and counting tables will be installed at 17 hours on the day of the election day. At 18 hours, it will initiate the scrutiny and computation of the vote issued abroad.

2. For the counting and counting of Governor and Head of Government, Local Public Bodies, will use the electronic system enabled by the Institute, making the results recorded in the minutes and by applying, in whatever way, the provisions of this Law:

a) An integrated table will be installed by three citizens who will be insaculated, as well as by the Councillors and representatives of the political parties;

b) Act followed by the citizens of the bureau will ask the Electoral Councilors to enter their passwords or keys to allow access to the system electronic to perform the counting of votes;

c) The electronic system will perform the computation by ordering it by the reference federative entity manifested by citizens residing abroad;

d) The results should be projected during the General Council session. The minutes containing the results obtained must subsequently be printed;

e) The minutes with the results of the vote shall be signed by the members of the bureau and shall be delivered to the secretary of the General Council, proceeding to perform the closure of the table, and

f) After the above, the results must be published by the partial electoral results system.

3. The General Council shall determine the measures it deems appropriate for the drawing up of minutes and reports relating to the vote of voters residing abroad. In any case, the documents thus produced must be signed.

Article 348.

1. For the counting and counting of votes cast abroad for the election of President of the United Mexican States, you will be the following:

a) The president of the bureau will verify that he has the nominal list of resident voters abroad that corresponds to him, and will add those in that listed have the word "vote" marked;

b) Act followed, the tellers will proceed to count the envelopes containing the ballot papers and verify that the result is equal to the sum of constituents marked with the word "vote" as stated in the preceding paragraph;

c) Verified the above, the president of the bureau will proceed to open the envelope and extract the ballot, for, without further processing, deposit it in the ballot box; if An envelope is found not to contain the ballot box, or it contains more than one ballot, the vote or votes will be considered null and the fact will be entered in the minutes;

d) Envelopes containing the ballots will be deposited in a separate container for further destruction;

e) Once the above is done, the counting and counting will begin, applying the rules set out in points (c) to (f) of the paragraph. 1 of Article 290 and 294 of this Law, and

f) To determine the validity or nullity of the vote, the provisions of Article 291 of this Law and paragraph (c) of this paragraph shall apply.

Article 349.

1. The counting and counting minutes of each table will be grouped according to the appropriate federal entity.

2. The staff of the Institute previously appointed by the Executive General Board shall, in the presence of the general representatives of the political parties, carry out the sum of the results recorded in the counting and counting records. of the respective tables, to obtain the result of the vote issued abroad for the election of President of the United Mexican States and senators, by federal entity, that will be settled in the corresponding accounting record.

3. The district counting minutes shall be signed by the responsible official and by the representative of each political party designated for the purpose.

4. The acts outlined in the preceding paragraphs of this article will be performed in the presence of the general representatives of the political parties and the independent candidates for the the vote issued abroad.

Article 350.

1. Concluded in full the counting and counting of votes cast abroad, and after the President of the General Council has released the results of the studies to which he refers to the (l) in paragraph 1 of Article 45 of this Law, the Executive Secretary shall inform the General Council of the results, per party, of the vote issued abroad for President of the United Mexican States and senators.

2. The Executive Secretary shall deliver to the members of the General Council of the report containing the results, by a federal entity, of the vote received from abroad and shall order their inclusion in the system of preliminary election results.

Item 351.

1. The Executive General Board, by means of appropriate means, before the Wednesday following the day of the election day, shall submit to each of the district councils a copy of the report district referred to in Article 349 of this Law.

2. Political parties and independent candidates will receive a readable copy of all the minutes.

3. The electoral ballots, the original of the ballot counting and counting of the tables and the computation by uninominal electoral district, as well as the circumstantial report that the General Board Executive, in respect of the vote issued abroad for the election of President of the United Mexican States, will be integrated into an electoral package that will be sent before the Sunday following that of the election day to the Chamber Superior of the Electoral Tribunal, for the legal effects conducive. For the election of senators, such information shall be submitted to the competent Regional Chamber of the Electoral Tribunal.

Article 352.

1. The result of the vote issued from abroad will be settled in the minutes.

2. The result of the sum indicated in the preceding paragraph shall be settled in the minutes referred to in paragraph 1 (d) of Article 314 of this Law.

3. The certified copy of the district record of the votes cast abroad for President of the United Mexican States in the respective electoral district shall be integrated into the file referred to in paragraph 1 (e) of Article 316 of this Law.

4. Local Public Bodies shall carry out the activities provided for in the preceding paragraphs of this Article for the appropriate local election.

Article 353.

1. The national and local political parties, as well as their candidates for popular election charges, will not be allowed to campaign abroad; consequently, they are prohibited. activities, acts and electoral propaganda referred to in Article 242 of this Law abroad.

2. During the electoral process, in no case and under any circumstances will political parties and independent candidates use resources from public or private financing, in any of its modalities, to finance ordinary or campaign activities abroad.

3. In no case will they be able to buy or acquire spaces in radio and television, nor to lease spaces for propaganda or advertising abroad.

Article 354.

1. For the fulfilment of the tasks and tasks assigned to the Institute by this Book, the Executive General Board shall propose to the General Council, in the year preceding that of the presidential election, the creation of the administrative units required, indicating the resources necessary to cover their tasks during the electoral process.

2. The Institute will establish guidelines to be followed by Local Public Bodies to ensure the vote of Mexicans residing abroad in federal entities that correspond.

Article 355.

1. The cost of postal services derived from mailings by the Institute and Local Public Bodies in federal entities to citizens residing abroad, as well as the cost of digital, technological, operational and promotional services, it will be foreseen in the budget of each institution.

2. The Institute in coordination with other public agencies and the Secretariat of Foreign Relations, should promote and implement the installation of devices with electronic access in the headquarters Mexican state diplomats who are located in localities where there is a large concentration of Mexican citizens abroad.

Article 356.

1. The General Council and the Councils of Local Public Bodies in each federative entity shall provide the appropriate basis for the proper application of the rules contained in this Book.

2. They are applicable, in everything that does not contravene the rules of this Book, the other provisions conducive to this Law, the General Law of the Media System of Impeachment and other applicable laws.

3. In cases where electoral processes are carried out only in the federative entities, the rules of this book shall apply in the conduct.

SEVENTH BOOK

From Independent Candidates

TITLE FIRST

Of Preliminary Provisions

Item 357.

1. The provisions contained in this Book are intended to regulate independent candidates for President of the United Mexican States, deputies and senators of the Congress of the United States. the principle of relative majority, in terms of the provisions of section II of article 35 of the Political Constitution of the United Mexican States.

2. The legislatures of the federative entities shall issue the corresponding normativity in the terms of the terms of paragraph (p) of section IV of Article 116 of the Constitution.

Article 358.

1. The General Council will provide the appropriate basis for the proper application of the rules contained in this Book, in the federal field.

Article 359.

1. They are applicable, in all that does not contravene the provisions of this Book, the provisions conducive to this Law, the General Law of the Media System of Impeachment, the Law Federal for the Prevention and Identification of Operations with Illicit Provenance Resources and other applicable laws.

Article 360.

1. The organization and development of the choice of independent candidates shall be the responsibility of the executive directorates and technical units of the Institute in the central field; the unconcentrated organs, the relevant local and district executive boards and boards shall be competent.

2. The General Council shall issue the respective operating rules, rationally using the administrative units thereof, in accordance with the definition of their privileges, observing the provisions of this Law and other applicable regulations.

Article 361.

1. The right of citizens to request their registration independently of political parties shall be subject to the requirements, conditions and terms laid down in the Constitution and in the This Act.

Article 362.

1. Citizens who meet the requirements, conditions and terms will have the right to participate and, if applicable, to be registered as Independent Candidates for the following Popular choice:

a) President of the United Mexican States, and

b) Deputies and Senators of the Union Congress for the principle of relative majority. In no case shall the registration of candidates for Independent Candidates by the principle of proportional representation proceed.

Article 363.

1. For the purposes of the integration of the Union Congress in the terms of Articles 52 and 56 of the Constitution, Independent Candidates for the office of deputy shall register the corresponding formula of owner and alternate. In the case of the integration of the Chamber of Senators, they must register a list for the corresponding federal entity, with two formulas of Independent Candidates, owners and alternates in order of precedence.

Article 364.

1. The candidate formulas for the senator position must be integrated in a different gender-based manner.

Article 365.

1. Independent Candidates who have participated in an ordinary election that has been annulled will have the right to participate in the corresponding extraordinary elections.

TITLE SECOND

The Independent Candidate Selection Process

Article 366.

1. For the purposes of this Act, the selection process for Independent Candidates comprises the following stages:

a) Convocation;

b) Of the acts prior to the Independent Candidate record;

c) Getting citizen support, and

d) From the Independent Candidate record.

CHAPTER I

From Call

Article 367.

1. The General Council will issue the Call for Citizens interested in running as Independent Candidates, pointing to the positions of popular choice that they may aspire to. requirements to be met, the required documentation, deadlines for obtaining the corresponding citizen support, the expenditure ceilings that may be incurred and the formats for this.

2. The Institute will give wide dissemination to the Call.

CHAPTER II

From the Previous Acts to the Independent Candidate Log

Article 368.

1. Citizens who intend to apply for their independent application to a popular election position must do so in writing in the format determined by the Institute in writing.

2. During the federal electoral processes in which the head of the Federal Executive Branch and the two Chambers of the Union Congress are renewed, or when only the Chamber of Deputies is renewed, the manifestation of the intention shall be made from the day following the day of the Convocation and until the beginning of the period to obtain the corresponding citizen support, in accordance with the following rules:

a) The candidates for the office of President of the United Mexican States, before the Executive Secretary of the Institute;

b) The aspirants to the position of Senator for the principle of relative majority, before the Executive Vocal of the corresponding Local Board, and

c) The aspirants to the position of Deputy for the principle of relative majority, before the executive vowel of the corresponding district board.

3. Once the communication referred to in paragraph 1 of this article has been made and received the respective constancy, the citizens will acquire the quality of applicants.

4. With the manifestation of intention, the independent candidate must present the documentation that accredits the creation of the moral person constituted in Civil Association, which must have the same treatment as a political party in the tax regime. The Institute shall establish the single model of statutes of the civil association. In the same way you must credit your discharge to the Tax Administration System and annex the data from the bank account to the name of the moral person to receive the corresponding public and private financing.

5. The moral person referred to in the preceding paragraph shall be constituted with at least the applicant for independent candidate, his legal representative and the person in charge of the administration of the resources of the independent candidature.

CHAPTER III

From Obtaining Citizen Support

Article 369.

1. From the day after the date on which they obtain the quality of applicants, they will be able to perform acts aimed at collecting the percentage of citizen support required by means of different from radio and television, provided that they do not constitute anticipated campaign events.

2. Acts intended to obtain citizen support in the processes in which the two Powers of the Union are chosen or where only the Chamber of Deputies is renewed shall be subject to the following deadlines, as appropriate:

a) The candidates for Independent Candidate for the office of President of the Republic, will count Twenty days;

b) The candidates for Independent Candidate for the position of Senator of the Republic, will count on ninety days, and

c) The candidates for Independent Candidate for the position of Deputy will count on sixty days.

3. The General Council may make adjustments to the time limits set out in this Article in order to ensure the time limits for registration and the duration of the acts intended to seek Citizens ' support is based on the provisions of the previous points. Any adjustments that the General Council makes should be widely disseminated.

Article 370.

1. It is understood by acts intended to obtain citizen support, the set of public meetings, assemblies, marches and all those activities aimed at the general public, who are making the applicants in order to obtain citizen support to satisfy the requirement in the terms of this Law.

Item 371.

1. For the candidacy of President of the United Mexican States, the backing cedula must contain at least the signature of a citizen equivalent to 1% of the Nominal list of voters with a cut-off date of 31 August of the year prior to that of the election and shall be composed of voters of at least 17 federative entities, comprising at least 1% of citizens appearing on the nominal list of voters in each of them.

2. For formulas of relative majority senators, the backing card must contain at least the signature of a number of citizens equal to 2% of the nominal list of voters corresponding to the federal entity in question, with a cut to 31 August of the year prior to the election, and be made up of citizens of at least half of the electoral districts that add up to at least 1% of citizens who appear on the nominal list of voters in each of them.

3. For the formula of relative majority deputies, the backing card shall contain at least the signature of a citizen's quantity equal to 2% of the nominal list of electors corresponding to the electoral district in question, with a cut to 31 August of the year prior to the election and being made up of citizens of at least half of the electoral sections that add up to at least 1% of citizens who appear on the nominal list of voters in each of them.

Article 372.

1. Aspirants will not be able to perform campaign preevents by any means. The violation of this provision shall be punishable by the refusal of registration as an Independent Candidate.

2. It is prohibited for applicants, at all times, for the hiring of propaganda or any other form of personal promotion on radio and television. The violation of this rule shall be punishable by the refusal of registration as an Independent Candidate or, where applicable, with the cancellation of such registration.

Article 373.

1. The account referred to in Article 368, paragraph 5 of this law will serve the management of the resources to obtain citizen support and, where appropriate, the campaign election.

2. The use of the account shall be from the beginning of the acts intended to obtain citizen support and until the conclusion of the electoral campaigns and thereafter, exclusively to cover liabilities incurred and other expenses. Cancellation shall be made once the procedures corresponding to the Institute's audit unit are completed.

Article 374.

1. Acts intended to obtain citizen support shall be financed from private resources of lawful origin, in the terms of the applicable legislation, and shall be subject to the ceiling of expenditure determined by the General Council for the type of election for which you intend to be nominated.

2. The General Council will determine the spending cap equivalent to ten percent of the set for the previous immediate campaigns, depending on the choice in question.

Article 375.

1. Applicants who exceed the expenditure ceiling indicated in the previous article will lose the right to be registered as an Independent Candidate or, if applicable, if registration is already made, will be cancelled same.

Item 376.

1. All egress must be covered by a nominative check or electronic transfer and the vouchers which the amparen must be issued in the name of the applicant and the person in charge of the management of financial resources in joint accounts, which must be in original form in support of the financial reports of acts intended to obtain citizen support.

2. You will be applicable to applicants for the provisions related to the private financing of the Independent Candidates of this Act.

3. The applicants must appoint a person in charge of the management of the financial resources and management of the resources related to the citizen support, as well as the presentation of the reports in the terms of this Act.

Article 377.

1. The General Council, on a proposal from the Institute's audit unit, will determine the requirements that applicants must meet when submitting their report on income and income from acts intended for to collect citizen support.

Article 378.

1. The applicant who does not deliver the income and income report, within thirty days of the end of the period to collect citizen support, will be denied registration as a candidate. Independent.

2. Those aspirants who without having obtained registration to the independent candidacy do not submit the above reports, will be punished in the terms of this Act.

CHAPTER IV

From the Rights and Obligations of Aspirants

Item 379.

1. They are aspirants ' rights:

a) Request the electoral organs, depending on the type of election, their registration as an aspirant;

b) Perform acts to promote your ideas and proposals in order to get the citizen support for the charge you want to aspire to;

c) Use private financing for the development of your activities, in terms of this Act;

d) Appointing a representative to attend the sessions of the General Councils, local and district, without a voice or vote;

e) Insert into your propaganda the "aspiring Independent Candidate" legend, and

f) Others set by this Act.

Item 380.

1. They are aspirants ' obligations:

a) To be brought with unrestricted respect to the provisions of the Constitution and this Law;

b) Do not accept or use resources from illicit provenance to perform acts intended to obtain citizen support;

c) Refrain from receiving cash donations and donations, as well as precious metals and stones from any natural or moral person;

d) Rejecting any kind of economic, political or propaganda support coming from foreigners or from ministers of worship of any religion, as well as from the associations and religious organisations and churches. They will also not be able to accept contributions or donations, in money or in kind, on their own or by person and under no circumstances:

i) The Executive, Legislative and Judicial branches of the Federation and the federal entities, and the municipalities, except in the case of financing public established in the Constitution and this Law;

ii) Dependencies, entities or bodies of the Federal, State or Municipal Public Administration, centralized or parastatal, and the governing bodies of the Federal District;

iii) Federal, state, and Federal District autonomous agencies;

iv) Foreign political parties, natural persons, or moral parties;

v) International bodies of any nature;

vi) Moral people, and

vii) People who live or work abroad.

e) Refrain from performing by yourself or by person, acts of pressure or coercion to obtain citizen support;

f) Refrain from profitering offenses, defamation, slander or any expression that denigrates other aspirants or precandidates, political parties, persons, public or private institutions;

g) Pay the revenue and revenue report;

h) Respect the expense ceilings set to obtain citizen support, in the terms set forth in this Act, and

i) The others established by this Act.

CHAPTER V

From The Independent Candidate Log

First Section

Of Eligibility Requirements

Article 381.

1. Citizens who aspire to participate as Independent Candidates in the federal elections in question must satisfy, in addition to the requirements outlined by the Constitution, mentioned in Article 10 of this Law.

Section Second

From the Log Request

Item 382.

1. The deadlines and competent bodies for the registration of the independent candidates in the year of the election shall be the same as stated in this Law for the President of the Republic, Members of the Congress of the Union.

2. The Institute shall give wide dissemination to the opening of the register of independent candidates and to the deadlines referred to in this Article.

Item 383.

1. Citizens who aspire to participate as Independent Candidates for a popular choice charge must:

a) Submit your request in writing;

b) The registration request must contain:

I. paternal surname, maternal surname, full name and signature or, where applicable, the applicant's fingerprint;

II. Place and date of birth of the applicant;

III.     Domicile of the applicant and time of residence therein;

IV.    Occupation of the requester;

V.     The credential key to vote for the requester;

VI.    The charge for which the applicant intends to apply;

VII.   Designation of the legal representative and address to hear and receive notifications, and

VIII. Designation of the person in charge of managing financial resources and corresponding reporting.

c) The request must be accompanied by the following documentation:

I.       Format in which you manifest your will to be an Independent Candidate, referred to in this Law;

II.      Copy of the birth certificate and the front and back of the credential to vote in force;

III.     The electoral platform containing the main proposals that the Independent Candidate will hold in the electoral campaign;

IV.    The identification data of the bank account for the management of the resources of the independent candidacy, in the terms of this Law;

V.     The reports of expenditure and expenditure of acts intended to obtain citizen support;

VI.    The backing card that contains the name, signature and voter key or the identifier number on the back of the voter credential derived from the character optical recognition (OCR) of the credential to vote with current photograph of each of the citizens demonstrating support in the percentage required in the terms of this Law;

VII.   Manifestation in writing, in protest of telling the truth, of:

1) Do not accept illicit provenance resources for campaigns and acts to obtain citizen support;

2) Not to be president of the national, state, municipal, municipal, militant, affiliated, or equivalent executive committee of a political party, in accordance with the established in this Act, and

3) Do not have any other legal obstacles to contend as an Independent Candidate.

VIII. Written in which you indicate your compliance so that all income and expenses of the apertured bank account are audited, at any time, by the Institute.

2. A request for an independent application registration by the appropriate president or secretary of the council will be verified within three days of the date of the registration. requirements set out in the preceding paragraph, with the exception of citizen support.

Article 384.

1. If the verification has been performed, it is noted that one or more requirements have been omitted, the applicant or his/her representative will be notified immediately, so that within 48 hours the following subsane the or the omitted requirements, as long as this can be done within the deadlines stated in this Law.

2. If the omitted requirements are not remedied or the request is issued in an extemporaneous manner, it will be unsubmitted.

Article 385.

1. Once the other requirements set out in this Law are met, the Executive Directorate of the Federal Register of Electors of the Institute will proceed to verify that the percentage of the citizen support corresponding to the choice in question, noting that citizens appear on the nominal list of voters.

2. Firms will not be computed for the effects of the required percentage when any of the following circumstances occur:

a) Names with false or erroneous data;

b) Do not accompany copies of the credential to vote in effect;

c) In the case of senator candidates, citizens do not have their domicile in the entity for which they are competing;

d) In the case of candidates for Federal Deputy, citizens do not have their home address in the district for which they are running;

e) Citizens have been discharged from the nominal list;

f) In the case that has been filed by a single person more than one manifestation in favor of the same aspirant, only one shall be computed, and

g) In the event that the same person has filed a demonstration in favor of more than one aspirant, only the first manifestation presented shall be computed.

Article 386.

1. If the request does not meet the required percentage, it will be unpresented.

Article 387.

1. No person may register as a candidate for different popular election positions in the same electoral process; nor can he be a candidate for a federal popular election and simultaneously for another of the states, the municipalities or the Federal District. In this case, if the registration for the federal election charge is already made, the automatic cancellation of the federal register will be done.

2. Independent Candidates who have been registered may not be nominated as candidates by a political party or coalition in the same federal electoral process.

Third Section

From The Registry

Article 388.

1. Within three days of the time the deadlines are due, the General, Local, and District Councils must hold the candidate registration session in the terms of this Law.

Article 389.

1. The Secretary of the General Council and the presidents of the local or district councils, as appropriate, shall take the necessary measures to make public the conclusion of the registration of applications. independent, making known the names of candidates or registered formulas and those who did not meet the requirements.

Section Fourth

Registry Replacement and Cancellation

Article 390.

1. Independent Candidates who obtain their registration may not be replaced at any stage of the electoral process.

Item 391.

1. Dealing with the formula of deputies, registration of the complete formula will be canceled when the owner is missing. The absence of the alternate shall not invalidate the formula.

Article 392.

1. In the case of the Independent Candidate formula lists in the Senator position, if any cause is missing one of the owners of one of the formulas, the registration of both. The absence of the alternate shall not invalidate the formulas.

THIRD TITLE

Of Prerogatives, Rights, and Obligations

CHAPTER I

Rights and Obligations

Article 393.

1. These are the prerogatives and rights of the Registered Independent Candidates:

a) Participate in the corresponding election campaign and the election to the position for which they have been registered;

b) Having access to radio and television times, as if it were a new political party, but proportional to the type of election in question, only at the stage of the electoral campaigns;

c) Getting public and private funding, in the terms of this Act;

d) Conduct campaign events and disseminate election propaganda in the terms of this Law;

e) Replicate and clarify the information generated by the media, when they consider that their image is deformed or that false or false facts are spread livelihood;

f) Designate representatives to the organs of the Institute, in the terms laid down by this Law;

g) Request the electoral organs to copy the electoral documentation, through their accredited representatives, and

h) The others that grant you this Act, and the other applicable ordinances.

Item 394.

1. They are obligations of the Registered Independent Candidates:

a) To be brought with unrestricted respect to the provisions of the Constitution and this Law;

b) Respect and abide by the Agreements issued by the General Council;

c) Respect and abide by campaign expense caps in the terms of this Act;

d) Provide the Institute with the information and documentation it requests, in the terms of this Law;

e) Exercise the prerogatives and apply funding exclusively for campaign expenses;

f) Rejecting any kind of economic, political or propaganda support coming from foreigners or from ministers of worship of any religion, as well as from the associations and religious organisations and churches. They will also not be able to accept contributions or donations, in money or in kind, on their own or by person and under no circumstances:

i) The Executive, Legislative and Judicial branches of the Federation and federal entities, and the municipalities, except in the case of public financing established in the Constitution and the Law;

ii) Dependencies, entities, or agencies of the Federal, State, or Municipal Public Administration, centralized or parastatal, and the governing bodies of the Federal District;

iii) Federal, state, and Federal District autonomous agencies;

iv) Foreign political parties, natural persons, or moral parties;

v) International bodies of any nature;

vi) Moral people, and

vii) People who live or work abroad.

g) Deposit only in the apertured bank account your contributions and make all the expenses of the campaign events with that account;

h) Refrain from using religious symbols, as well as expressions, allusions, or religious fundamentations in their propaganda;

i) Refrain from profitering offenses, defamation, slander or any expression that denigrates other candidates, political parties, persons, institutions public or private;

j) Insert into your propaganda in a visible way the caption: "Independent candidate";

k) Refrain from using in your political or electoral propaganda, emblems and colors used by national political parties;

l) Refrain from performing acts that generate pressure or coercion to constituents;

m) Refrain from receiving cash donations and donations, as well as precious metals and stones from any natural or moral person;

n) Submit, on the same terms as political parties, campaign reports on the origin and amount of all your income, as well as your application and employment;

n) To be responsible in solidarity, together with the manager of the administration of its financial resources, within the procedures for monitoring the corresponding resources, and

o) The others that set this Act, and the other ordinances.

Article 395.

1. Independent candidates who do not comply with the electoral regulations applicable to them will be punished in terms of this Law.

First Section

From the Representatives to the Bodies of the Institute

Article 396.

1. Independent Candidates, in accordance with the General Council, local and district Council session regulations approved by the General Council, may designate representatives to the institutions of the Institute, in the following terms:

a) The Independent Candidates for President of the United Mexican States, before the General Council and all local and district councils;

b) Independent candidates for senators, before the local and district council of the entity for which they wish to apply, representative for both formulas, and

c) Independent candidates for federal deputies, before the district council of the demarcation for which you want to apply.

2. The accreditation of representatives to the central, local and district organs shall be carried out within thirty days after the approval of their registration as an applicant for Candidate Independent.

3. If the designation is not made within the time limit set in the preceding paragraph, you will lose this right.

Section Second

From the Representatives to the Casilla Board

Item 397.

1. The registration of the appointments of the representatives to the box and general directives will be performed in the terms provided for in this Law.

CHAPTER II

of Prerogatives

First Section

Of The Funding

Article 398.

1. The financing regime for Independent Candidates will have the following modes:

a) Private financing, and

b) Public financing.

Article 399.

1. Private financing is constituted by contributions made by the Independent Candidate and its supporters, which will not be able to exceed, in any case, 10% of the spending ceiling for the the choice in question.

Article 400.

1. Independent Candidates are prohibited from receiving cash donations and donations, as well as precious metals and stones, from any natural or moral person.

Item 401.

1. They may not make contributions or donations in cash, metals and precious stones or in kind on their own or by person, to aspirants or Independent Candidates for election popular, under no circumstances:

a) The Executive, Legislative and Judicial Powers of the Federation and entities, as well as local councils;

b) Federal, state, or municipal agencies, entities, or agencies, as well as those of the Federal District;

c) Federal, state, and Federal District autonomous agencies;

d) Foreign political parties, natural persons, or moral parties;

e) Trade unions, unions, and corporate organizations;

f) International bodies of any nature;

g) Ministers of worship, associations, churches, or groupings of any religion;

h) People who live or work abroad, and

i) Mexican companies of a commercial character.

Article 402.

1. Independent Candidates will not be able to request credits from development banking for financing their activities. They will also not be able to receive input from unidentified people.

Article 403.

1. For the management of election campaign resources, the apertured bank account referred to in this Law shall be used; all contributions shall be made exclusively in that account, by cheque or bank transfer.

Item 404.

1. All egress must be covered by nominative check or electronic transfer. In the case of payments for the provision of goods or services, the cheque must also contain the legend "to be credited to the beneficiary". Checks must be kept attached to the voucher documentation together with the copy of the check referred to.

2. The vouchers that are covered by the records held by the Independent Candidates must be issued to their name and entered in original as a support for the financial reports of the campaigns. the electoral unit, which shall be at the disposal of the audit unit of the Institute for review in accordance with the provisions of this Law. Such documentation shall comply with the requirements of the applicable tax provisions, as well as those laid down in the Regulation on the Taxation of the Unit concerned.

Article 405.

1. The contributions of movable property, services or any other in kind, shall be used exclusively for the activities of the independent candidacy.

Article 406.

1. In no case, the Independent Candidates may receive in-property real estate for the activities of their candidacy, as well as acquire real estate with public financing or private that they receive.

Article 407.

1. Independent Candidates will be entitled to receive public funding for their campaign expenses. For the purposes of the distribution of public funding and prerogatives to which the Independent Candidates are entitled, as a whole, they will be considered as a political party again.

Item 408.

1. The amount that would correspond to a new record match, will be distributed among all Independent Candidates as follows:

a) A 33.3% that will be evenly distributed among all Independent Candidates to the position of President of the United Mexican States;

b) A 33.3% that will be evenly distributed among all Independent Candidate formulas to the Senator position, and

c) A 33.3% that will be evenly distributed across all Independent Candidate formulas to the Diputado charge.

2. In the event that a single candidate obtains his/her registration for any of the above mentioned charges, he/she will not be able to receive funding that exceeds 50% of the amounts referred to in the above.

Item 409.

1. Candidates must appoint a person in charge of managing the financial resources and administration of the general and campaign resources, as well as the presentation of the reports to which they are refers to this Law.

Article 410.

1. Independent Candidates will be required to reimburse the Institute for the amount of non-erogated public financing.

Section Second

From Access to Radio and Television

Item 411.

1. The Institute, as the sole authority for the administration of the time corresponding to the State in radio and television, shall guarantee Independent Candidates the use of their prerogatives in radio and television. television; establish guidelines for the allocation of messages and programs that they have the right to broadcast during election campaigns; address complaints and complaints about violation of applicable rules and determine, where appropriate, penalties.

Article 412.

1. The set of Independent Candidates, depending on the type of choice, will access the radio and television, as if it were a new record match, only in the percentage that is distributed in an equal way to the political parties, in terms of the provisions of the Constitution.

2. Independent Candidates will only have access to radio and television in the election campaign.

Article 413.

1. Independent Candidates must submit their materials to the Institute for technical qualification in order to issue the corresponding opinion within the time limits and terms that the Institute itself determine.

Article 414.

1. No natural or moral person, either on his own or on behalf of third parties, may engage in radio and television advertising to promote an Independent Candidate or to influence the electoral preferences of the citizens, in favor or against the same or the political parties. The transmission on national territory of this type of propaganda contracted abroad is prohibited.

Article 415.

1. The Institute may order the immediate suspension of any political or electoral propaganda on radio or television that is in violation of this Law; the foregoing, without prejudice to the other penalties to be applied to offenders.

Article 416.

1. For the transmission of messages from Independent Candidates on each radio station and television channel, this shall be as set out in this Law and other applicable ordinances, as well as the Agreements of the Institute's Radio and Television Committee.

Article 417.

1. The time that corresponds to each Independent Candidate will be used exclusively for the dissemination of your messages.

Article 418.

1. The Institute's Radio and Television Committee will be responsible for assuring Independent Candidates of the due participation in the matter.

Article 419.

1. The violations of this Section will be sanctioned in the terms set forth in this Law.

Third Section

From Postal Franchises

Article 420.

1. Independent Candidates will enjoy postal franchises within the national territory, which are necessary for the development of their activities.

Article 421.

1. The postal franchises for the Independent Candidates will be subject to the following rules:

a) Each of the Independent Candidates, will be considered as a new record party for the distribution of four percent of the franchise postal service referred to in this Law, which will be distributed equally;

b) Independent Candidates will only have access to the postal franchises during the electoral campaign and in the territorial scope of the post for which they are competing;

c) The names and signatures of the authorized representatives to make arrangements for the use of the franchises will be registered with the Executive Directorate Prerogatives and Political Parties for the purpose of the communication to the relevant public body, and

d) The sending of the election propaganda, will be done according to the following:

I.       The Independent candidate for the office of President of the United Mexican States, may refer the propaganda to the entire Republic;

II.      Independent candidates for the position of Senator, will be able to submit propaganda only in the entity they are competing in, and

III.     The Independent candidates for the position of Deputy will be able to send propaganda only in the district they are competing for.

Article 422.

1. Independent Candidates will not be entitled to the use of telegraphic franchises.

(Continued in Third Section)

THIRD SECTION

SECRETARY OF GOVERNMENT

DECREE issued by the General Law of Electoral Institutions and Procedures; and various provisions of the General Law of the Media System of Impeachment in the Field of Elections are reformed and added to the Organic Law. of the Judicial Branch of the Federation and the Federal Law on Administrative Responsibilities of Public Servants. (Continued from the Second Section)

(Comes from the Second Section)

TITLE FOURTH

From the Electoral Propaganda of Independent Candidates

Article 423.

1. They are applicable to Independent Candidates, the rules on election propaganda contained in this Act.

Article 424.

1. The election propaganda of the Independent Candidates must have the emblem and color or colors that characterize and differentiate them from other political parties and other Independent Candidates, as well. how to have the legend visible: "Independent candidate".

TITLE FIFTH

From Fiscalization

Article 425.

1. The review of the reports that applicants present on the origin and destination of their resources and acts for citizen support as appropriate, as well as the practice of audits on management of its resources and its accounting and financial situation will be the responsibility of the Technical Unit of Fiscalization of the Institute's Fiscalization Commission.

Article 426.

1. The Technical Unit of the Fiscalization of the Institute's Fiscalization Commission is responsible for the reception and comprehensive review of the income and discharge reports presented by the Candidates. Independent of the origin and amount of the resources for any type of financing, as well as its destination and application.

2. The competent authorities are required to meet and resolve, within a maximum of five working days, the information requirements regarding banking, fiduciary and tax matters. formulate the Institute's technical audit unit.

Article 427.

1. The Commission of Taxation of the General Council of the Institute will have the following powers, in addition to those mentioned in the General Law of Political Parties:

a) Review and submit to the approval of the General Council the results reports and draft resolutions on the audits and verifications carried out Independent candidates and candidates. The reports shall specify the irregularities in which they have been responsible for the management of their resources; failure to comply with their obligation to report on the application of the resources and, where appropriate, shall propose the penalties to be applied to the applicable normativity;

b) Order the practice of audits, directly or through third parties, to the finances of Independent Candidates and Candidates;

c) Order verification visits to Independent Candidates and Candidates in order to corroborate compliance with their obligations and the veracity of their reports, and

d) The others to trust you with this Law or the General Council.

Article 428.

1. The Technical Unit of the Fiscalization of the Institute's Fiscalization Commission will have the following powers, in addition to those mentioned in the General Law of Political Parties:

a) Regular accounting records of income and income of Independent Candidates and Candidates, the characteristics of the documentation on the management of its resources and to establish the requirements to be met by the revenue and expenditure reports submitted to it, in accordance with the provisions of this Law;

b) Propose to the Fisicalization Commission the issuance of the general accounting and registration rules applicable to applicants and Candidates Independent;

c) Watch that the resources of the Independent Candidates and Candidates are lawful and strictly and invariably applied to the activities noted in this Act;

d) Receive and review reports of income and expenditure, as well as expenditure of acts intended to collect citizen support from aspirants and campaign Independent Candidates, as well as other income and expense reports established by this Act;

e) Require supplemental information regarding the various sections of the income and discharge reports or proof documentation of any other aspect linked to them;

f) Providing Independent Candidates and Candidates with the necessary guidance, advice and training for compliance with obligations entered in this Book;

g) To instruct the administrative procedures to take place in respect of complaints submitted and to propose to the consideration of the Commission Audit the imposition of the penalties provided;

h) Requiring natural or moral persons, public or private, to be related to the operations performed by applicants and Candidates Independent, the information necessary for the performance of their tasks, respecting at all times the guarantees of the required. Those who refuse to provide the required information, or do not provide it, without justified cause, within the time limits specified, shall be made creditors to the corresponding penalties, and

i) The others who trust you with this Law, the Fiscalization Commission, or the General Council.

Article 429.

1. In the exercise of its powers, the Technical Unit of the Fiscalization of the Institute's Fiscalization Commission shall guarantee the right of hearing of the candidates and Independent Candidates. for the purposes of the audit procedures referred to in this Title.

2. Independent candidates and candidates shall be entitled to the confrontation of the evidence of their income and expenditure, or of their accounting statements, against those obtained or prepared by the Technical Unit of Fiscalization of the Fiscalization Commission of the Institute on the same operations, in order to clarify the discrepancies between each other.

Article 430.

1. The applicants must present to the Technical Unit of the Fiscalization of the Commission of Taxation of the Institute the reports of the origin and the amount of the income and expenditure of the expenses of the acts to obtain citizen support from private financing, as well as their employment and application, taking into account the following rules:

a) Origin and amount of revenue, as well as outputs made from the apertured bank account;

b) Accompanying bank statements, and

c) Deliver them along with the registration request referred to in this Act.

Article 431.

1. The candidates must present to the Technical Unit of the Fiscalization of the Commission of Taxation of the Institute the campaign reports, regarding the origin and the amount of the income and expenditures any form of financing, as well as its employment and application, in accordance with the rules laid down in the General Law of Political Parties.

2. In each report the origin of the resources that have been used to finance the expenses corresponding to the items mentioned in this Law and other applicable provisions, as well as the amount and the destination of these expenditures, will be reported.

3. The procedure for the submission and review of the reports will be subject to the rules laid down in the General Law of Political Parties.

TITLE SIXTH

Of Election Day Acts

CHAPTER I

From Documentation and Electoral Material

Article 432.

1. The Independent Candidates will appear on the same ballot as the General Council approves for candidates of political parties or coalitions, depending on the election in which they participate, compliance with this Act.

2. A box will be used for each Independent Candidate or Independent Candidate formula, with the same size and in a space of the same dimensions as those that are used in the ballot box. to the parties or coalitions involved. These boxes will be placed after those destined for the political parties and if they are several candidates or formulas, they will appear in the order in which they have requested their corresponding registration.

Article 433.

1. On the ballot, according to the choice in question, the full name of the Independent Candidate or the members of the Independent Candidate formula will appear.

Article 434.

1. On the ballot box, neither the photograph nor the candidate's silhouette will be included.

Article 435.

1. The electoral documents will be produced by the Institute, applying the provisions of this Law for the elaboration of the documentation and the electoral material.

CHAPTER II

From The Votes Computer

Article 436.

1. The mark that the voter makes in a single box containing the emblem or the name of an Independent Candidate will be counted as valid vote, in terms of the provisions of this Law.

Article 437.

1. To determine the national vote issued that will serve as the basis for the allocation of deputies and senators by the principle of proportional representation, in terms of the Constitution and this Law, the votes received in favor of Independent Candidates will not be counted.

TITLE SEVENTH

Of Complementary Provisions

ONLY CHAPTER

Article 438.

1. It is for the Institute to organize, develop, grant and monitor the prerogatives of Independent Candidates, in accordance with the provisions of this Law for Political Parties.

Article 439.

1. On the subject of the audit of resources, the Institute may agree mechanisms of collaboration with the Secretariat of Finance and Public Credit and the Office of the Prosecutor General of the Republic for the detection of operations involving resources of illicit origin.

BOOK EIGHTH

Of The Electoral Sanctioning And Internal Disciplinary Regimes

TITLE FIRST

Of The Electoral Faults and Their Sanction

Article 440.

1. Local electoral laws should consider the rules of sanctioning procedures, taking into account the following bases:

a) Classification of sanctioning procedures in ordinary procedures that are established for faults committed within and outside electoral processes and special sanctioning, expeditious, for faults committed within the electoral processes;

b) Subject and punishable conduct;

c) Rules for the initiation, processing, competent bodies, and investigation of both procedures;

d) Procedure for the submission of files, to the Electoral Tribunal, for resolution, both at the federal and local level, and

e) Rules for the ordinary procedure of sanction by local public bodies of frivolous complaints, applicable at both the federal and local levels, understood by such:

I.       The claims or promotions in which claims are made that cannot be legally reached, because they are notorious and evident that they are not covered by the law;

II.      Those that refer to facts that are false or non-existent from the careful reading of the letter and do not present the minimum evidence to prove their veracity;

III.     Those that refer to facts that do not constitute an electoral fault or violation, and

IV.    Those that are based solely on journalistic or newsworthy opinions, that generalize a situation, without any other means being able to prove their veracity.

2. The penalty imposed, if any, must assess the degree of frivolity of the complaint and the damage that could be generated with the attention of these types of complaints to the electoral bodies.

CHAPTER I

Of Subjects, Sanctionable Behaviors, and Sanctions

Article 441.

1. In the substantiation of the sanctioning procedures, the General Law of the Media System on Electoral Matters will be applied in an extra way as not provided for in this Law.

Article 442.

1. They are liable for violations committed to the electoral provisions contained in this Law:

a) Political parties;

b) The policy pools;

c) Aspirants, Precandidates, Candidates, and Independent Candidates for Popular Choice Charges;

d) Citizens, or any physical or moral person;

e) Election observers or election observer organizations;

f) Authorities or public servants of any of the Powers of the Union; of the local powers; municipal governing bodies; organs of Federal District government; autonomous bodies, and any other public entities;

g) Public notaries;

h) Foreigners;

i) Radio or television dealerships;

j) Citizens ' organizations that intend to form a political party;

k) Trade union, labour or employer organisations, or any other grouping with a social object other than the creation of political parties, so as its members or leaders, as regards the creation and registration of political parties;

l) Ministers of worship, associations, churches or groupings of any religion, and

m) Other subjects required in the terms of this Act.

Item 443.

1. Constituency violations of political parties to this Law:

a) Failure to comply with the obligations under the General Law of Political Parties and other applicable provisions of this Law;

b) Non-compliance with the resolutions or agreements of the Institute or Local Public Bodies;

c) Failure to comply with obligations or infringement of the prohibitions and ceilings that are imposed by the present on financing and oversight Law;

d) Do not submit quarterly, annual, pre-campaign or campaign reports, or do not address the information requirements of the audit unit of the Institute, in the terms and deadlines provided for in this Law and its regulations;

e) Early staging of pre-campaign or campaign events attributable to the parties themselves;

f) Exceding campaign expense caps;

g) The performance of pre-campaign or campaign events in foreign territory when it is credited that it was done with the consent of those, without prejudice to the liability of the person who committed the offence is determined;

h) Failure to comply with the other provisions of this Law in the field of pre-campaigns and election campaigns;

i) Hiring, directly or by third parties, of time in any mode on radio or television;

j) The spread of political or electoral propaganda that contains expressions that denigrate institutions and parties themselves, or that slandered them people;

k) Failure to comply with the obligations established by this Law in terms of transparency and access to information;

l) Failure to comply with established rules for the management and verification of their resources or for the delivery of information about the origin, amount and target of the same;

m) Default or failure to provide in time and form, the information requested by the Institute's organs, and

n) The commission of any other lack of those provided for in this Act.

Article 444.

1. Constituency violations of political groupings to this Law:

a) Non-compliance with the obligations under the General Law of Political Parties, and

b) The non-compliance, in the conduct, of any of the provisions contained in this Act.

Article 445.

1. Constitutions of applicants, pre-candidates or candidates for positions of popular choice to this Law:

a) Performing pre-campaign or campaign preevents, as the case may be;

b) In the case of aspirants or precandidates, apply for or receive resources, in money or in kind, from persons not authorized by this Act;

c) Omit in the respective reports the resources received, in money or in kind, destined for your pre-campaign or campaign;

d) Do not present the campaign or campaign expense report set forth in this Act;

e) Exceding the set campaign or campaign expense cap, and

f) Failure to comply with any of the provisions contained in this Act.

Article 446.

1. Constitutions of Independent Candidates and Candidates for Popular Election Charges to this Law:

a) Failure to comply with the obligations set out in this Act;

b) Performing campaign preevents;

c) Request or receive cash or in-kind resources from persons not authorized by this Act;

d) Liquidate or pay as well as accept the settlement or payment of acts or transactions by the use of cash or precious metals and stones;

e) Use illicit provenance resources for financing any of your activities;

f) Receive contributions and donations in cash, as well as metals and/or precious stones of any natural or moral person;

g) Do not present the corresponding reports to obtain the citizen and campaign support established in this Law;

h) Exceding the expense cap to obtain citizen and campaign support established by the General Council;

i) Do not reimburse resources from public funding not exercised during campaign activities;

j) Non-compliance with the Institute's resolutions and agreements;

k) Hiring, directly or by third parties, of time in any mode on radio or television;

l) Getting real estate with resources from public or private financing;

m) The spread of political or electoral propaganda that contains expressions that slander people, institutions or political parties;

n) The omission or failure to provide in time and form, the information requested by the Institute's organs, and

n) Failure to comply with any of the provisions contained in this Law and other applicable provisions.

Item 447.

1. Constituency violations of citizens, leaders and members of political parties, or in their case any natural or moral person, to this Law:

a) The refusal to provide the information required by the Institute or Local Public Bodies, to deliver it in incomplete form or with false data, or of the time limits specified in the order, in respect of the commercial transactions, the contracts to be concluded, the donations or contributions they make, or any other act which binds them to the political parties, the candidates, candidates or candidates for popular choice charges;

b) Contreating propaganda on radio and television, both on national and foreign territory, aimed at personal promotion for political purposes or electoral, to influence the electoral preferences of the citizens, or for or against political parties or candidates for positions of popular choice;

c) Provide documentation or false information to the Federal Register of Electors;

d) The promotion of frivolous denunciations. For such purposes, it shall be understood as frivolous denunciation that it is promoted with respect to facts that are not supported in any means of proof or that they cannot update the specific legal case in which the complaint or complaint is sustained, and

e) Failure to comply with any of the provisions contained in this Act.

Article 448.

1. Constitute violations of election observers, and of organizations for the same purpose, to this Law:

a) Non-compliance, as the case may be, with the obligations set out in paragraphs 1 and 2 of Article 8 of this Act, and

b) Failure to comply with any of the provisions contained in this Act.

Article 449.

1. Constitute breaches of this Law of the authorities or public servants, as the case may be, of any of the Powers of the Union; of the local powers; organs of government municipal bodies; governing bodies of the Federal District; autonomous bodies, and any other public body:

a) Default or non-compliance with the obligation to provide collaboration and assistance or to provide, in time and form, the information requested to them by the organs of the Institute or Local Public Bodies;

b) The dissemination, by any means, of government propaganda within the period it comprises from the beginning of the electoral campaigns to the day of the election day including, with the exception of information relating to education and health services, or the information necessary for civil protection in cases of emergency;

c) Failure to comply with the principle of impartiality established by Article 134 of the Constitution, where such conduct affects the fairness of competition among political parties, among aspirants, pre-candidates or candidates during electoral processes;

d) During electoral processes, the dissemination of propaganda, in any form of social communication, which contravenes the provisions of the eighth paragraph of the Article 134 of the Constitution;

e) The use of social programs and their resources, federal, state, municipal, or Federal District, in order to induce or coerce Citizens to vote for or against any political party or candidate, and

f) Failure to comply with any of the provisions contained in this Act.

Article 450.

1. They constitute violations of this Law of Public Notaries, the failure to comply with the obligations to keep their offices open on the day of the election and to attend to their requests. make the electoral authorities, the polling officers, the citizens and the representatives of political parties, to attest to facts or to certify documents concerning the election.

Article 451.

1. Constitute violations of this Law of aliens, conduct that violates the provisions of Article 33 of the Constitution and applicable laws.

Item 452.

1. Constitute violations of this Law of radio and television dealerships:

a) The sale of transmission time, in any programming mode, to political parties, aspirants, pre-candidates or candidates for popular choice;

b) The spread of political or electoral propaganda, paid or free, ordered by people other than the Institute;

c) The failure, without justified cause, of its obligation to transmit the messages and programs of the political parties and the electoral authorities, in accordance with the guidelines approved by the Institute;

d) The manipulation or overlap of electoral propaganda or political party programs in order to alter or distort their original meaning or to smear people, institutions or political parties, and

e) Failure to comply with any of the provisions contained in this Act.

Article 453.

1. Constituency violations of this Law of citizens ' organizations that intend to constitute political parties:

a) Do not report monthly to the Institute or Local Public Bodies of the origin and destination of the resources they obtain for the development of the activities intended to obtain the registration;

b) Allow the creation of the political party to involve union or other organizations with a different social object to that purpose, except for the case of national policy groupings, and

c) Perform or promote the collective membership of citizens to the organization or party for which registration is sought.

Article 454.

1. They constitute violations of this Law of trade union, labor, or employer organizations, or any other grouping with a social object other than the creation of political parties, as well. as their members or leaders, when acting or holding such a character, or when they have the assets of their organisation:

a) Intervening in the creation and registration of a political party or in acts of collective affiliation to them, and

b) The non-compliance, in the conduct, of any of the provisions contained in this Act.

Article 455.

1. Constitute violations of this Law of the ministers of worship, associations, churches or groupings of any religion:

) The induction of abstention, to vote for a candidate or political party, or not to do it for any of them, in places destined for worship, in local public use or in the media;

b) Make or promote economic contributions to a political party, candidate or candidate in charge of popular choice, and

c) The non-compliance, in the conduct, of any of the provisions contained in this Act.

Article 456.

1. The violations noted in the above articles will be sanctioned according to the following:

a) About political parties:

I.       With public admonition;

II.      With a fine of up to ten thousand days of general minimum wage in force for the Federal District, according to the seriousness of the fault. In cases of infringement of the provisions of the ceiling on campaign expenses, or the applicable limits on donations or contributions of supporters, or of candidates for their own campaigns, with a equal to that of the amount Overworked. In the event of recidivism, the penalty shall be up to twice the amount of the above;

III.     According to the severity of the fault, with the reduction of up to fifty percent of the public financing ministries that correspond to them, for the period that the resolution points out;

IV.    With the interruption of the transmission of political or electoral propaganda that is transmitted, within the time allotted to it by the Institute, in violation of the provisions of this Law, and

V.     In the cases of serious and repeated acts of violation of the Constitution and of this Law, especially as regards their obligations in matters of origin and destination of their resources, with the cancellation of their registration as a political party.

b) About policy pools:

I.       With public admonition;

II.      With a fine of up to ten thousand days of general minimum wage in force for the Federal District, according to the severity of the fault, and

III.     With the suspension or cancellation of your registration, which in the first case may not be less than six months.

c) About aspirants, Precandidates, or Candidates for Popular Choice Charges:

I.       With public admonition;

II.      With a fine of up to five thousand days of general minimum wage in force for the Federal District, and

III.     With the loss of the right of the infringing precandidate to be registered as a candidate or, if applicable, if the registration is already made, with the cancellation of the same. Where the offences committed by applicants or candidates for posts of popular choice, where they are solely attributable to those who are candidates, shall not be subject to any penalty against the political party concerned. When the precandidate is elected in the internal process, the political party will not be able to register him as a candidate.

d) About Independent Candidates:

I.       With public admonition;

II.      With a fine of up to five thousand days of general minimum wage in force for the Federal District;

III.     With the loss of the applicant's right to be registered as an Independent Candidate or, if applicable, if it has already been registered, with the cancellation of the same;

IV.    If the applicant fails to inform and verify the Institute's audit unit the costs of obtaining citizen support, he/she will not be able to be registered in the two subsequent elections, regardless of the responsibilities which, if any, are in terms of the applicable law, and

V.     In case the Independent Candidate omits to inform and verify the unit of audit of the Institute the campaign expenses and do not reimburse them, it will not be able to be registered as a candidate in the two subsequent elections, independently of the responsibilities which, if any, result in it in terms of the applicable legislation.

e) About citizens, leaders and members of political parties, or any physical or moral person:

I.       With public admonition;

II.      Regarding the citizens, or the leaders and members of the political parties: with a fine of up to five hundred days of general minimum wage in force for the Federal District; in the case of contributions that violate the provisions of this Law, or for the purchase of time on radio and television for the dissemination of political or electoral propaganda, with a fine of up to twice the commercial price of that time;

III.     Regarding the moral persons for the conduct mentioned in the previous fraction: with a fine of up to a hundred thousand days of general minimum wage in force for the Federal District, in the case of contributions that violate the provisions of this Law, or for the purchase of time on radio and television for the dissemination of political or electoral propaganda, with a fine of up to twice the commercial price of that time, and

IV.    With regard to the citizens, the leaders and members of the political parties, or any natural or moral person, with public admonition and, in the event of recidivism, with a fine of up to two thousand days of general minimum wage in force for the Federal District, in the event that they promote a frivolous complaint. For the individualisation of the sanctions referred to in this section, the electoral authority shall take into account the seriousness of the liability incurred and the desirability of abolishing the practice in the interests of the legal good, or those that are dictated on the basis of it; the circumstances of the way, time and place of the infringement; the socio-economic conditions of the infringer; the external conditions and means of enforcement; the reoffending in the breach of obligations; and their case, the amount of profit, profit, damage or injury resulting from the non-compliance obligations.

f) About election observers or election observer organizations:

I.       With public admonition;

II.      With the immediate cancellation of accreditation as election observers and disqualification to credit them as such in at least two federal or local electoral processes, as the case may be, and

III.     With a fine of up to two hundred days of general minimum wage in force for the Federal District, in the case of the organizations to which election observers belong;

g) Regarding radio and television dealerships:

I.       With public admonition;

II.      With a fine of up to a hundred thousand days of general minimum wage in force for the Federal District, which in the case of radio dealerships will be up to fifty thousand days minimum wage; in case of recidivism up to double the amounts above, as appropriate;

III.     When they do not transmit, in accordance with the guidelines approved by the Institute, the messages referred to in this Chapter, in addition to the fine which, if necessary, shall be imposed, they shall immediately correct the omission, using for that purpose the time tradable or for their own purposes that the law authorizes them;

IV.    In case of serious violations, such as those established in Article 452, paragraph 1, incites a) and b), and when in addition they are repeated, with the suspension by the Technical Unit of the Electoral Contentious of the Executive Secretariat, prior to General Council agreement on the transmission of the marketable time corresponding to one hour and up to that of thirty-six hours. In any event, when this sanction is imposed, the time of the suspended publicity shall be occupied by the transmission of a message from the authority in which the public is informed of it. In the case of public and private concessionaires, the sanction shall be applicable in respect of the time spent on sponsorships;

V.     Where the previous sanction has been applied and the offender systematically reoffend in the same conduct, the General Council shall give notice to the competent authority to apply the sanction that proceeds in accordance with the law of the matter, Report to the General Council;

h) Regarding the organizations of citizens who intend to form political parties:

I.       With public admonition;

II.      With a fine of up to five thousand days of general minimum wage in force for the Federal District, according to the severity of the fault, and

III.     With the cancellation of the procedure to obtain registration as a national political party, and

i) Regarding trade union, labor, or employer organizations, or any other grouping with a social object other than party creation politicians, as well as their members or leaders, regarding the creation and registration of political parties:

I.       With public admonition, and

II.      With a fine of up to five thousand days of general minimum wage in force for the Federal District, according to the severity of the fault.

Article 457.

1. When federal, state, or municipal authorities commit any infringement provided for in this Law, they do not comply with the mandates of the electoral authority, do not provide in time and form the information requested to them, or do not provide the assistance and cooperation required by the institutions of the Institute shall be given to the hierarchical superior and, where appropriate, lodge the complaint with the competent authority for facts which may constitute administrative or administrative responsibilities. complaints or complaints to the agent of the Public Prosecutor's Office, which must be known to them, as applicable in the terms of applicable laws.

Article 458.

1. When federal, state, or municipal authorities do not comply with the mandates of the electoral authority, they do not provide in time and form the information requested to them, or do not provide the assistance and collaboration required by the authorities. Institute bodies, will be the following:

a) Known the violation, the Technical Unit of the Electoral Contentious of the Executive Secretariat will integrate a file that will be referred to the superior the hierarchical authority of the offending authority, in order for it to proceed in the terms of the law;

(b) The hierarchical superior referred to in the preceding paragraph shall inform the Institute of the measures it has taken in the case, and

c) If the offending authority has no hierarchical superior, the requirement shall be taken to the Federation's Higher Audit Office, or its equivalent in the the federative entity concerned, in order to be applicable in the terms of the applicable laws.

2. When the Institute is aware of the public notaries ' failure to comply with the obligations under this Law, the Technical Unit of the Electoral Contentious of the Secretariat Executive shall integrate a file which shall be forwarded to the competent authority to be carried out in the terms of the applicable legislation; the latter shall inform the Institute within one month of the measures it has taken and the Sanctions imposed. In any event, the competent authority shall order the precautionary measures to ensure that the offending conduct ceases immediately.

3. When the Institute or Local Public Bodies are aware that a foreigner, by any means, intends to meddle or meddle in political matters, he will take the measures They will immediately inform the Interior Secretariat for the effects provided by the law. If the offender is outside the national territory, the Institute or Local Public Bodies shall inform the Secretariat of External Relations for the purpose of the offence.

4. When the Institute or Local Public Bodies have knowledge of the commission of an infringement by the ministers of worship, associations, churches or groupings of any religion, will inform the Secretariat of Government for the legal effects conducive to it.

5. For the individualization of the sanctions referred to in this Book, once the existence of an infringement and its imputation have been established, the electoral authority shall take into account the circumstances surrounding the violation of the administrative rule, inter alia, the following:

a) The seriousness of the liability incurred and the convenience of suppressing practices that infringe, in any form, the provisions of this Act, in the case of the legal good, or those that are based on it;

b) The circumstances of the mode, time, and place of the violation;

c) The socioeconomic conditions of the offender;

d) External conditions and means of execution;

e) The recidivism in the default of obligations, and

f) Where applicable, the amount of profit, profit, damage or injury arising from the breach of obligations.

6. The offender who has been held responsible for the failure to comply with any of the obligations referred to in this Law shall be deemed to have been referred to the offender again. Infringement of this legal order.

7. The fines must be paid in the Executive Board of the Institute; if the infringer does not comply with its obligation, the Institute will give the authorities a view of they are charged in accordance with the applicable legislation. In the case of political parties, the amount of political parties shall be subtracted from their regular expenditure ministries as determined in the resolution.

8. The resources obtained by the application of economic sanctions arising from violations committed by the subjects of the electoral sanctioning regime considered in this Eighth Book, will be destined the National Council of Science and Technology in the terms of the applicable provisions, when imposed by the federal authorities, and the state agencies responsible for the promotion, promotion and development of science, technology and innovation when they are imposed by local authorities.

CHAPTER II

of the Sanyter Procedure

Article 459.

1. They are competent bodies for the processing and resolution of the sanctioning procedure:

a) The General Council;

b) The Complaints and Complaints Commission, and

c) The Technical Unit of the Electoral Contentious of the Executive Secretariat of the General Council.

2. Councils and executive, local and district boards, in their respective fields of competence, will serve as auxiliary bodies for the processing of sanctioning procedures, except for established in Article 474 of this Law.

3. The Commission referred to in paragraph 1 (b) above shall be composed of three Electoral Advisers, who shall be appointed for a period of three years by the General Council. Its sessions and procedures will be determined in the regulation that will be approved by the General Council itself.

Article 460.

1. Notifications shall be made at the latest within three working days of the time the resolutions are issued that motivate them and take effect on the same day as their completion.

2. Where the resolution provides a summons or a time limit for the practice of a diligence, it shall be notified personally, at least three working days in advance of the day and time of the holding or hearing. The other shall be made by means of a transfer which shall be fixed in the strates of the Institute or of the body issuing the decision in question. In any case, those who are addressed to a party authority or body shall be notified by trade.

3. Personal notifications will be made in business days and hours to the person concerned or through the person who has authorized the effect.

4. The notifications shall be personal when determined, but in any event, the first notification to one of the parties shall be carried out on a personal basis.

5. When a personal notification is to be made, the notifier shall, by any means, ensure that the person to be notified has his registered office in the designated building and, after that, he/she shall practice the due diligence (i) the right to vote in favour of the motion for a

.

6. If you are not interested in your address, you will be left with any of the people who will find a summons that will contain:

a) Denomination of the organ that dictated the resolution that is intended to be notified;

b) Data in the case in which it was dictated;

c) Extract of the resolution being reported;

d) Day and time when the summons is left and the name of the person to whom it is delivered, and

e) The pointing of the time at which, the next day, you should wait for the notification.

7. The next day, at the time set in the summons, the notifier will be reestablished at the address and if the person concerned is not found, the notification will be made by strates, all of which will be will settle the corresponding reason.

8. If the person who is sought refuses to receive the notification, or the persons in the address refuse to receive the summons, or no one is in the place, it will be fixed at the entrance door, proceeding to the notification by strates, thus settling in cars.

9. Personal notifications may be made by the person concerned, his representative or his authorised representative to the body concerned.

10. The notification of the decisions ending the investigation procedure shall be personal, shall be made no later than three working days following that in which they are delivered, giving the complainant and the certified copy certified of the resolution.

11. The time limits will be counted from time to time and if they are indicated for days, these will be considered twenty-four hours. During the election process every day and hours are business. In the case of complaints that are initiated prior to the electoral process, the time limits shall be computed by working days, in respect of those that are filed after the start of the process, by calendar days.

Article 461.

1. The controversial facts are tested. It will not be the right, the notorious or impossible facts, nor those that have been recognized. Both the Technical Unit of the Electoral Contentious of the Executive Secretariat and the General Council will be able to invoke the facts of the case even if they have not been alleged by the defendant or by the complaint. In any event, once the complaint has been made to the investigation procedure, the contradictory principle of the test will be respected in the proof of the evidence, provided that this does not mean the possibility of delaying the process, or the risk that the test material will be hidden or destroyed.

2. The evidence must be provided in the first document submitted by the parties to the proceedings, expressing with all clarity what is the fact or facts that are intended to accredit them. as the reasons why it is estimated that they will demonstrate the statements made.

3. Only the following tests will be supported:

a) Public Documentals;

b) Private documents;

c) Techniques;

d) Accounting Perician;

e) Legal and human Presanointing, and

f) Instrumental of performances.

4. The confessional and testimonial may be admitted when they are offered in the act raised before the public purse that has received them directly from the declarants, and provided that the latter are properly identified and they settle the reason for their saying.

5. The authority that substantiates the procedure may order the failure of recognition or judicial inspections, as well as of expert evidence, when the claimed violation warrants it, the time limits allow for its failure and are estimated to be determinative. for the clarification of the facts reported.

6. The complaint or the complaint may provide supervenlient evidence before the closure of the instruction.

7. A supervenient test shall be admitted, the complaint shall be given to the complaint or the complaint, as appropriate, so that within five days it shall express what is appropriate to its right.

8. The Technical Unit of the Electoral Contentious of the Executive Secretariat or the General Council may admit those tests which have been offered in the written procedure and which have been requested from the (a) the relevant bodies have not been provided prior to the adoption of the draft resolution and are provided up to 24 hours before the start of the respective session. The General Council shall warn the authorities, in the event that the authorities do not comply in time and form the requirement for the evidence.

9. in addition, the General Council may accept those evidence which, having been requested by the bodies of the Institute within the relevant investigation, had not been received until 24 hours before the Session. In such cases the General Council shall order the return of the file to the Technical Unit of the Electoral Contentious of the Executive Secretariat of the Institute for the purposes of paragraph 1 of Article 468 of this Law.

10. The bodies that will be involved in the procedure will be able to make use of the award means to enforce their resolutions.

Article 462.

1. Admitted and drowned trials will be valued as a whole, taking into account the rules of logic, experience and sound criticism, as well as the guiding principles of the electoral function, in order to produce conviction on the facts reported.

2. Public documentaries shall have full probative value, unless proof to the contrary of their authenticity or the veracity of the facts to which they relate.

3. The private, technical, expert, and instrumental documentaries of actions, as well as those in which a public fedatee records the statements of a duly identified person, will only do full proof when in the judgment of the the competent body to resolve the conviction on the veracity of the alleged facts, by concatenating itself with the other elements in the file, the statements of the parties, the known truth and the right reasoning of the relationship that save each other.

4. In the event of material impossibility to be able to check the simple copies in the case, they will have only the value of an indication.

Article 463.

1. For the expeditious resolution of complaints or complaints, and in order to determine in a single resolution on two or more of them, the accumulation by litigency, connection, or when there is a link between two or more files, shall be decreed. procedures for the existence of several complaints or complaints against the same person, in respect of the same conduct and come from the same cause.

CHAPTER III

The Ordinary Sanctioning Procedure

Article 464.

1. The procedure for the knowledge of faults and the application of administrative sanctions may be initiated at the request of a party or of an office, when any organ of the Institute has knowledge of the commission of infringing conduct.

2. The authority of the electoral authority to discharge responsibilities for administrative infractions prescribes within three years, counted from the commission of the facts or that it has knowledge of them.

Article 465.

1. Any person may file complaints or complaints for alleged violations of electoral standards before the Institute's central or deconcentrated organs or the Local Public Body; moral persons will do so through their legitimate representatives, in terms of the applicable law, and natural persons will do so for their own right.

2. The complaint or complaint may be filed in writing, orally or by electronic means and must comply with the following requirements:

a) The name of the complainant or complainant, with autograph signature or fingerprint;

b) Home to hear and receive notifications;

c) The documents that are required to accredit the customer;

d) Explicit and clear narration of the facts on which the complaint or complaint is based and, if possible, the precepts allegedly violated;

e) Offer and provide the evidence with which you have or, if appropriate, mention the ones to be required, when the promote accredit that the requested in writing from the competent body, and have not been delivered. The complainant shall relate the evidence to each of the facts, and

f) Political parties should file complaints or complaints in writing. In the event that the representatives do not accredit their personage, the complaint or complaint shall be unfiled.

3. Except for the hypothesis contained in the last part of the following paragraph, in the absence of any of the above requirements, the Technical Unit of the Electoral Contentious of the Secretariat Executive will prevent the complainant from subsane within the three-day time limit. In the same way, it will prevent it from clarifying its denunciation, when it is imprecise, vague or generic. In the event of failure to amend the omission required, the complaint shall not be filed.

4. The authority that takes cognizance of the interposition of a complaint or complaint in oral form, by means of electrical or electronic communication, must be recorded in the minutes, requiring the ratification by the complainant. In the event of failure to ratify the complaint or complaint within three days of notification of the summons, the complaint shall not be made.

5. The complaint or complaint may be filed with any organ of the Institute, and must be sent within forty-eight hours to the Technical Unit of the Electoral Contentious of the Executive Secretariat for processing, unless the complaint is required to be ratified by the complaint; it will be referred to it once it has been ratified or, where appropriate, when the deadline for this has been completed.

6. The disconcentrated organs that receive a complaint or complaint about any matter, will proceed to send the letter to the Technical Unit of the Electoral Contentious of the Executive Secretariat, within the time limit referred to in the preceding paragraph, once they take the necessary action to prevent the concealment, impairment or destruction of evidence, as well as for the addition of additional evidentiary elements which it considers may provide elements for the investigation, without any such measures involving the early initiation of same.

7. The body of the Institute that promotes the complaint will immediately forward it to the Technical Unit of the Electoral Contentious of the Executive Secretariat, so that it can be examined together with the contributed.

8. Received the complaint or complaint, the Technical Unit of the Electoral Contentious of the Executive Secretariat will proceed to:

a) Your registration, including reporting your submission to the General Council;

b) Your review to determine if you should prevent complaining;

c) Your analysis to determine the admission or disposal of the same, and

d) Where appropriate, determine and request the necessary steps for the development of the investigation.

9. The Technical Unit of the Electoral Accounting of the Executive Secretariat will have a period of five days to issue the agreement of admission or proposal of disposal, counted from the day in to receive the complaint or complaint. In the event that the complaint had been prevented, from the receipt of the prevention or the date of the end of the period, the time limit would not have been drowned.

Article 466.

1. The complaint or complaint will be inappropriate when:

a) Dealing with complaints or complaints about alleged violations of the internal normativity of a political party, the complainant or complainant does not their membership of the party concerned or their legal interest;

b) The complainant or complainant does not advance the internal instances of the reported party if the complaint is about alleged violations of its regulations internal;

c) For acts or acts imputed to the same person as have been the subject of another complaint or complaint that has been resolved by the General Council in respect of the fund and it has not been challenged before the Electoral Tribunal, or has been challenged by the same Electoral Tribunal, and

d) Acts of which the Institute is incompetent to know; or when the acts, acts or omissions reported do not constitute violations This Law.

2. The termination of the complaint or complaint will proceed, when:

a) Having been admitted, over-come any of the causals of improvenance;

b) The denounced is a political party that, after the admission of the complaint or complaint, has lost its registration, and

c) The complainant is present in writing of withdrawal, as long as he exhibits it prior to the approval of the draft resolution by the Secretariat and that in the opinion of the same, or the progress of the investigation, is not the case of the imputation of serious facts, nor the principles governing the electoral function are violated.

3. The study of the causes of the origin or dismissal of the complaint or complaint will be made on its own initiative. In case of warning that one of them is updated, the Technical Unit of the Electoral Contentious of the Executive Secretariat will draft a draft resolution proposing the dismissal or dismissal, as appropriate.

4. When, during the substantiation of an investigation, the Technical Unit of the Electoral Contentious of the Executive Secretariat advises facts other than the object of this procedure that may constitute different electoral violations, or the The responsibility of various actors for the complaints, may order the initiation of a new investigation procedure.

5. The Technical Unit of the Electoral Accounting of the Executive Secretariat will keep a record of the complaints discarded and inform the General Council.

Article 467.

1. Admitted to the complaint or complaint, the Technical Unit of the Electoral Contentious of the Executive Secretariat will place the complaint, without prejudice to order the investigations that it considers required. The first notification of the complaint shall be carried out with a copy of the complaint or complaint, as well as the evidence which, where appropriate, has been provided by the complainant or has been obtained by the authority which received it, giving him a Five days ' time for the Commission to reply to the objections made to it. The failure to respond to these charges only has the effect of precluding its right to provide evidence, without generating a presumption of the veracity of the facts reported.

2. The response letter must meet the following requirements:

a) Name of the report or its representative, with autograph signature or fingerprint;

b) You must refer to the facts that you are charged with, by asserting them, denying them, or declaring that you do not know them;

c) Home to hear and receive notifications;

d) The documents that are required to credit the person, and

e) Offer and provide the evidence you need to relate to the facts or, if appropriate, mention those that will need to be in place of an authority and that it has not been possible to obtain it. In the latter case, the offeror shall accurately identify such tests.

Article 468.

1. Research for certain facts will be conducted by the Institute in a serious, congruent, appropriate, effective, expeditious, comprehensive and comprehensive manner.

2. Once the Technical Unit of the Electoral Contentious of the Executive Secretariat has knowledge of the facts reported, if any, it will immediately dictate the necessary measures to attest to them; to prevent them from being lost, destroy or alter traces or vestiges, and in general to prevent the difficulty of research.

3. Admitted to the complaint or complaint by the Technical Unit of the Electoral Contentious of the Executive Secretariat, it will be made up of the elements of conviction that it considers pertinent to integrate the respective file. To this end, it shall apply by trade to the central or deconcentrated bodies of the Institute which carry out the investigations or obtain the necessary evidence. The period for carrying out the investigation shall not exceed 40 days, counted from the receipt of the letter of complaint or denunciation at the Registry or from the commencement of the proceedings by the Registrar. This period may be extended by an exceptional measure for a single time, up to a period equal to the period referred to above, by means of a duly reasoned agreement to issue the Technical Unit of the Electoral Board of the Executive Secretariat.

4. If within the time limit set for the admission of the complaint or complaint, the Technical Unit of the Electoral Contentious of the Executive Secretariat values that precautionary measures should be given the Complaints and Complaints Commission to resolve within twenty-four hours the conduct, in order to achieve the cessation of acts or acts that constitute the infringement, to avoid the production of irreparable damage, the affectation of the principles governing electoral processes, or the violation of legal goods tutored by the provisions contained in this Law.

5. The Secretary of the General Council may request the federal, state or municipal authorities, as appropriate, with the reports, certifications or support necessary for the implementation of the The Commission is also responsible for the investigation of the situation in the country. For the same purpose, the physical and moral persons may be required to provide the necessary information and evidence.

6. The steps taken in the course of the investigation must be carried out by the Technical Unit of the Electoral Contentious of the Executive Secretariat, through the public server or by the legal proxy designated by the latter, in writing by any of the above mentioned, by the executive members of the Institute's unconcentrated organs; exceptionally, the members of the office may designate one of the Members of the Board of Directors of the Board of Directors. In any case, the executive members will be responsible for the due exercise of the investigative function.

Article 469.

1. Concluded the proof of proof and, if necessary, the investigation, the Technical Unit of the Electoral Contentious of the Executive Secretariat will put the file in the view of the complaining and of the (a) to ensure that, within a period of five days, they express what is appropriate to their right. After this deadline, the draft resolution will be drawn up, in a term no longer than ten days from the end of the last hearing. The Registrar may extend the period referred to above by means of an agreement stating the reasons for which the Secretary-General may not exceed 10 days.

2. The draft resolution to be submitted by the Technical Unit of the Electoral Contentious of the Executive Secretariat will be sent to the Complaints and Complaints Commission, within the five-day term, for its knowledge and study.

3. The chairman of the said Commission, no later than the day after the receipt of the opinion, shall convene the other members of the opinion to be in session, which shall take place not earlier than 24 hours from the date of the call, with the aim of having the joint body analyse and value the draft resolution, taking into account the following:

a) If the first project of the Technical Unit of the Electoral Contentious of the Executive Secretariat proposes the dismissal or dismissal of the investigation, or the imposition of a sanction and the Complaints and Complaints Commission agrees with the sense of the same, will be taken to the General Council for study and vote;

b) In case of failure to approve the dismissal or dismissal, or the imposition of the sanction, the Complaints and Complaints Commission will return the project to the Secretary, stating the reasons for his or her return, or suggesting, where appropriate, the steps he considers relevant for the improvement of the investigation, and

c) Within a period of no more than 15 days after the project's return and considerations, the Technical Unit of the Electoral Contentious The Executive Secretariat will issue a new draft resolution, considering the arguments and arguments that the Complaints and Complaints Commission will make.

4. Once the President of the General Council receives the corresponding project, he will convene, send copies of it to the members of the General Council at least three days before the meeting. date of the session.

5. In the session you know about the draft resolution, the General Council will determine:

a) Approve it in the terms in which it is presented to you;

b) Approve, ordering the Secretary of the General Council to make the oiling of the resolution in the sense of arguments, considerations and reasoning expressed by the majority;

c) Modify it, proceeding to approve it within the same session, as long as it is considered that it can be done and does not contradict what is established in the body of the opinion;

d) Rechazing it and ordering the Technical Unit of the Electoral Contentious of the Executive Secretariat to work out a new project in the sense of the arguments, considerations and reasoning expressed by the majority, and

e) Rejected a draft resolution is understood to approve a return agreement.

6. In the event of a tie motivated by the absence of any of the Electoral Advisers, a second vote will be taken; in case of the tie, the President will determine that present at a later session, in which all the Electoral Advisers are present.

7. The electoral counselor who sits on the majority will be able to make a particular vote, which will be inserted in the respective bill if the secretary is referred within two days of the date of its approval.

8. At the point of order of the agenda items in which the General Council must resolve the draft resolutions on complaints or complaints, they will be grouped and voted in a single act, unless one of its members proposes their discussion separately.

CHAPTER IV

of the Sanntioner Special Procedure

Article 470.

1. Within the electoral processes, the Executive Secretariat of the Institute, through the Technical Unit of the Electoral Contentious, will instruct the special procedure established by the present Chapter, when the commission of conduct is reported that:

a) Violate the provisions of Article 41, Base III, or the eighth paragraph of Article 134 of the Constitution;

b) Contravengan rules on political or electoral propaganda, or

c) Constitute precampaign or campaign advance acts.

Article 471.

1. When the offending conduct is related to political or electoral propaganda on radio and television in the federal entities, the competent administrative authority shall present the Complaint to the Institute.

2. Procedures related to spreading propaganda that is considered to be slanderous may only be initiated at the affected party instance. Slander shall mean the imputation of false facts or offences with an impact on an electoral process.

3. The complaint must meet the following requirements:

a) The name of the complainant or complainant, with autograph signature or fingerprint;

b) Home to hear and receive notifications;

c) The documents that are required to accredit the customer;

d) Explicit and clear narration of the facts on which the complaint is based;

e) Offer and display the evidence to be counted; or, if appropriate, mention those that need to be required, for not being able to collect them, and

f) Where appropriate, the precautionary measures that are requested.

4. The body of the Institute that receives or promotes the complaint will immediately forward it to the Technical Unit of the Electoral Contentious of the Executive Secretariat, in order for it to examine it together with the evidence provided.

5. The complaint will be rejected out of hand by the Technical Unit of the Electoral Management of the Executive Secretariat, without any prevention, when:

a) Do not meet the requirements set out in paragraph 3 of this article;

b) Reported facts do not constitute a violation of political-electoral propaganda;

c) The whistleblower does not provide or provide evidence of his or her said, or

d) The complaint is evidently frivolous.

6. The Technical Unit of the Electoral Contentious of the Executive Secretariat must admit or discard the complaint within a period of no more than 24 hours after its receipt. In the event of disposal, it shall notify the complainant of its decision by the most expeditious means within 12 hours; such a decision shall be confirmed in writing and the Court of Auditors shall be informed thereof, his knowledge.

7. When the Technical Unit of the Electoral Contentious of the Executive Secretariat admits the complaint, it will place the complainant and the accused to appear for a hearing of evidence and pleadings, which shall take place within the period of 48 hours after admission. In the respective letter you will be informed of the alleged infringement and will be transferred to the complaint with its annexes.

8. If the Technical Unit of the Electoral Contentious of the Executive Secretariat considers necessary the adoption of precautionary measures, it will propose to the Commission of Complaints and Complaints within the same period within 48 hours, in the terms laid down in Article 467 of this Law. This decision may be challenged before the Superior Court of the Electoral Tribunal.

Article 472.

1. The hearing of evidence and arguments will be conducted in an uninterrupted manner, orally and conducted by the Technical Unit of the Electoral Contentious of the Executive Secretariat, to record their development.

2. In the special procedure no more evidence will be admitted than the documentary and the technique, the latter will be drowned as long as the offeror provides the means for such an effect in the course of the hearing.

3. The lack of assistance from the parties will not prevent the hearing on the day and time indicated. The hearing will be conducted in the following terms:

a) Open the hearing, the use of the voice will be given to the complainant so that, in an intervention no longer than thirty minutes, the fact that the report and make a relation of the evidence which in your opinion corroborates it. In the event that the procedure has been formally initiated, the Technical Unit of the Electoral Contentious of the Executive Secretariat shall act as a complainant;

b) Act followed, the use of the voice will be given to the denounced, so that in a time not greater than thirty minutes, it responds to the denunciation, offering the tests that his judgment misuses the imputation that is made;

c) The Technical Unit of the Electoral Management of the Executive Secretariat will decide on the admission of tests and will proceed to its discharge, and

d) Concluded the proof of proof, the Technical Unit of the Electoral Contentious of the Executive Secretariat will grant in succession the use of the voice to the the complainant and the defendant, or their representatives, who may plead in written or verbal form for one time and not longer than fifteen minutes each.

Article 473.

1. Celebrated the hearing, the Technical Unit of the Electoral Contentious of the Executive Secretariat shall immediately take turns of the complete file, stating in its case, the precautionary measures and other measures taken, to the Specialized Regional Chamber of the Electoral Tribunal, as well as a detailed report.

The circumstantied report must contain at least the following:

a) The report of the facts that led to the complaint or complaint;

b) The steps that have been taken by the authority;

c) The evidence provided by the parties;

d) Other actions performed, and

e) The findings about the complaint or complaint.

From the circumstantial report a copy will be sent to the Institute's Complaints and Complaints Commission for knowledge.

2. Received the file, the Specialized Regional Board of the Electoral Tribunal shall act in accordance with applicable law.

Article 474.

1. When the complaints referred to in this Chapter have as their motive the commission of conduct concerning the physical location or the content of political or electoral propaganda, of that painted on bars, or any other than that transmitted by radio or television, as well as when they relate to precampaign or campaign anticipated acts in which the infringing conduct is related to that type of propaganda shall be next:

a) The complaint shall be filed with the executive voice of the district or local board of the Institute corresponding to the territorial demarcation where there is the reported conduct or the charge to be chosen has occurred;

(b) The executive voice shall exercise, as appropriate, the powers referred to in the previous article for the Executive Secretariat of the Institute, in accordance with the the procedure and within the time limits laid down by the same Article

and

c) The hearing will be held, the executive vowel of the corresponding board shall take turns to the Specialized Chamber of the Electoral Tribunal immediately on complete file, exposing the proceedings that have been carried out as well as a circumstantial report in terms of the provisions of this Law.

2. District councils or boards will know and resolve matters other than those set forth in the preceding paragraph and their determinations may be challenged before the boards or boards local or, where appropriate, before the General Council of the Institute, as appropriate and its resolutions shall be final.

3. In the cases provided for in paragraph 1 of this Article, if the alleged conduct constitutes a general infringement or is serious, the Executive Secretariat of the Institute may attract the subject.

Article 475.

1. It will be competent to resolve the special sanctioning procedure referred to in the previous article, the Regional Court of the Electoral Tribunal.

Article 476.

1. The Regional Board of the Electoral Tribunal shall receive from the Institute the original file formed on the basis of the complaint and the respective circumstantial report.

2. Received the file in the Specialized Regional Chamber of the Electoral Tribunal, the President of that Chamber shall take the matter to the appropriate Magistrate-Rapporteur, who shall:

a) Radicating the complaint, proceeding to verify the Institute's compliance with the requirements set forth in this Law;

b) When you notice omissions or deficiencies in the integration of the file or its processing, as well as violation of the rules established in this Law, to carry out or order the Institute to carry out measures to better provide, determining the ones to be carried out and the time limit for carrying them out, which must be in the most expeditious form;

c) If the procedural violation persists, the Judge-Rapporteur may impose the necessary award measures to ensure the principles of immediacy and Completeness in the processing of the procedure. The above regardless of the administrative responsibility that could be required of election officials in their case;

d) Once the file is properly integrated, the Magistrate Rapporteur within the next forty-eight hours counted from his/her In turn, it will have to take into consideration the plenary session of the Regional Board of the Electoral Tribunal, the draft judgment that will resolve the sanctioning procedure, and

e) The plenary session of this Chamber in public session will resolve the matter within twenty-four hours of the distribution of the project resolution.

Item 477.

1. Statements that resolve the special sanctioning procedure may have the following effects:

a) Declare the non-existence of the violation that is the subject of the complaint or complaint and, if applicable, revoke the precautionary measures that have been imposed, or

b) Impose the sanctions that result in terms of the provisions of this Law.

TITLE SECOND

From the Responsibilities of the Public Servants of the National Electoral Institute

CHAPTER I

Of Administrative Responsibilities

Article 478.

1. For the purposes of this Chapter, the Board of Directors of the General Council and local councils shall be considered as public servants of the Institute. district, the Executive Secretary, the comptroller general, the executive directors, the head of the Technical Unit of Fiscalization of the Commission of Taxation, the heads of administrative units, the executive members of the organs (a) deconcentrated, officials and employees and, in general, any person to carry out a job, position or commission of any kind at the Institute, who shall be responsible for the acts or omissions in which they perform their duties.

2. The Comptroller General of the Institute, its holder and the staff assigned to it, whatever their level, are prevented from intervening or interfering in any way in the performance of the powers and exercise of electoral powers that the Constitution and this Law confer upon the officials of the Institute.

Item 479.

1. They will be responsible for the Institute's public servants:

a) Conduct conduct that attacks the independence of the electoral function, or any action that generates or implies subordination to third parties;

b) Inmisusing yourself in matters that compete with other organs of the Institute;

c) Having notorious negligence, ineptitude or carelessness in the performance of the functions or duties to be performed;

d) Know about some issue or participate in some act for which they are being prevented;

e) Make appointments, promotions, or ratifications in violation of corresponding general provisions;

f) Do not bring to the attention of the General Council any act aimed at violating the independence of the electoral function;

g) Do not preserve the principles that govern the functioning of the Institute in the performance of its tasks;

h) Issue public opinion that involves prejudging a matter of your knowledge;

i) Stop performing the functions or tasks that you have in your office;

j) The intended, in the way, in Article 8 of the Federal Law on Administrative Responsibilities of Public Servants, and

k) Other than determine this Law or applicable laws.

CHAPTER II

The Administrative Responsibilities Determination Procedure

Item 480.

1. The procedure for determining the responsibilities of the public servants of the Institute referred to in this Title shall be initiated on its own initiative or at the request of a party, by complaint or complaint, filed by any person, by the public servant who has knowledge of the facts or, in his case by the Federal Public Ministry. Anonymous complaints shall not be admissible. The administrative responsibilities referred to in this Article shall be three years.

Article 481.

1. Complaints or complaints that are filed, on their own initiative or at the request of a party, must be supported by sufficient evidence to establish the existence of the infringement and to presume the public server liability reported.

2. Complaints or complaints will be imparted:

a) In the case of acts or omissions imputed to the same person who have been the subject of another complaint or complaint to the Comptroller General of the Institute and which have final resolution;

b) Where acts or omissions of which the Comptroller General of the Institute is incompetent to know are reported, and

c) When the reported acts or omissions do not constitute causes of liability in the terms of this order.

3. The sanctioning procedure will proceed:

a) When the complaint or complaint has been received, a cause of improvenance occurs, and

b) When the complainant is present in writing of withdrawal, as long as it is displayed before resolution is issued. In no case shall the dismissal proceed in the case of serious infringements.

4. The study of the causes of the improvenance or dismissal of the complaint or complaint will be ex officio.

Article 482.

1. For the determination of the responsibilities referred to in this Chapter, the following procedure shall be followed:

a) The complaint or complaint is received, and if no cause of inprovenance or disposal is found, copies of it, with its attachments, will be sent to the server. (a) an alleged person responsible for making, within five working days, a report on the facts, providing the relevant evidence and setting out what is appropriate for him. The report should refer to each and every one of the facts included in the complaint, stating them, denying them, expressing those who ignore, for not being their own, or referring to them as they believe they took place. The facts of the complaint on which the defendant is not given shall be presumed, unless otherwise proved. The acceptance of the facts does not imply acceptance of the administrative responsibility attributed to it;

b) Received the report and undrowned the evidence, will be resolved within thirty working days of the absence of liability or imposing to the offender the administrative penalties concerned, and the decision shall be notified to the public servant and, where appropriate, to the complainant, within the seventy-two hours in the case of the cases of liability referred to in points (b), (d) (f), and (h) to (k) of Article 479 of this Law;

c) In the case of cases falling within the cases referred to in points (a), (c) and (g) of Article 479 of this Law, the comptroller general shall cite the alleged person responsible for hearing, making it aware of the responsibility or responsibilities assigned to it, the place, day and time at which the hearing is to be verified, and its right to provide evidence and to rely on it as appropriate, on its own, or by means of a defender. Between the date of the summons and the hearing, a period of not less than five or more than 15 working days shall be mediated;

d) If the report or audience results do not detach enough elements to resolve or warn others to involve new the administrative responsibility of the alleged person or other persons, the practice of investigations may be available and, where appropriate, the conclusion of another or other hearings;

e) With the exception of the President, the Electoral Advisers and the Secretary General, the Comptroller General may determine the suspension the person responsible for his or her duties, employment or commission, provided that this is the case for the conduct or continuation of the investigations; the suspension shall cease when the Comptroller's office so decides. The temporary suspension does not prejudge the liability to be charged to the public servant, which shall be expressly stated in the respective decision;

f) If the public server temporarily suspended will not be responsible for the fault against it, it will be restored to the enjoyment of its rights and will be cover the perceptions that you should have received during the time you have been suspended, and

g) When the existence of the infringement is found to be a reason for the complaint, the holder of the Comptroller's Office shall impose the appropriate sanction and dictate the measures for immediate correction or remedy.

Article 483.

1. The penalties applicable to the faults referred to in this Chapter and those committed in contravention of Article 8 of the Federal Law on Administrative Responsibilities of the Servants Public shall consist of:

a) Private or public awareness;

b) Private or public assembly;

c) Economic Santion;

d) Suspension;

e) Removal of the post, and

f) Temporary disablement, for up to five years, to fill jobs, positions, or commissions in the public service.

2. Dealing with the General Counsel and the General Counsel's Electoral Counselors, only for administrative violations that constitute serious and systematic conduct, the Comptroller General shall notify the President of the Board of Directors of the Chamber of Deputies, accompanying the dossier of the well-founded and reasoned case, in order that the House, by the agreement of the two-thirds of the members present, shall decide on the responsibility.

3. Dealing with the Executive Secretary and the Executive Directors of the Institute, for the application of the penalties for the violations referred to in the previous paragraph, the Comptroller General submit to the General Council the relevant file in order to resolve the provenance of the sanction.

Article 484.

1. The faults shall be valued and, where appropriate, sanctioned, in accordance with the criteria laid down, in the conduct, in Articles 13, 14, 15 and 16 of the Federal Law of Responsibilities Administrative for Public Servers.

2. In any event, they shall be deemed to be serious misconduct, failure to comply with the obligations under fractions X to XIV, XX, XXII and XXIII of Article 8 of the Federal Law of Responsibilities Administrative of the Public Servants, as well as in points (a) to (e) and (g) of Article 479 of this Law.

Article 485.

1. Regardless of the sense of the resolution that is delivered at the end of the procedure, the Comptroller will dictate the appropriate providences for the correction of the administrative irregularities that are detect on the occasion of the processing of the complaint, and if the content of the complaint results in the conduct of a conduct that could give rise to responsibility, it shall proceed in the terms provided for in this Chapter.

Article 486.

1. Resolutions imposing administrative sanctions may be challenged through the means of defense established by the Statute and other regulatory systems; the persons concerned may choose to challenge them directly before the Federal Court of Justice and Administrative in the terms set by the relevant law.

Chapter III

From the General Comptroller

Item 487.

1. The Comptroller General is the internal control body of the Institute that will be responsible for the audit of the Institute's revenue and expenditure; in the exercise of its powers it will be endowed with technical and management autonomy to decide on its operation and resolutions.

2. The holder of the General Comptroller will have a hierarchical level equivalent to Executive Director.

3. The holder of the Comptroller General will be appointed by the Chamber of Deputies, with the vote of two-thirds of its members present, on the proposal of public institutions of education higher, by means of procedures and deadlines set by the Organic Law of the General Congress.

4. The elect will surrender the protest to the General Council.

5. The Comptroller's Office will have the organizational structure, staff and resources approved by the General Council on the proposal of its holder, in accordance with the rules laid down in this Chapter.

6. In its performance, the Comptroller General shall be subject to the principles of certainty, legality, independence, impartiality, maximum publicity and objectivity.

Item 488.

1. The comptroller general must meet the same requirements as this Law establishes for the Institute's executive directors, and the following:

a) Do not be an election adviser to any of the Institute's councils, unless you have been separated from office three years before the day of designation;

b) Gozar of good reputation and not having been convicted of intentional crime that warrants corporal punishment of more than one year in prison; but if it were theft, fraud, falsification, breach of trust or other that affects good fame in the public concept, will disable it for the charge, whatever it may have been;

c) Count at the time of your appointment with professional experience of at least five years in the control, management, or audit of resources;

d) Count on the day of your appointment, with minimum age of five years, with professional, bachelor's, public accountant, or other related degree in direct form with the audit activities, issued by a legally empowered authority or institution, and

e) Do not belong or have belonged in the four years prior to your appointment to consulting or audit offices that have provided your services to the Institute or some political party.

Article 489.

1. The comptroller general may be punished according to Articles 480 to 484 of this Law for the following serious causes of administrative responsibility:

a) Use in your own or third-party benefit the documentation and confidential information in the terms of this Law and the legislation in the matter;

b) Leave without cause, to finance liabilities or to apply pecuniary sanctions, in the field of their jurisdiction, where the responsibility and identified the person responsible as a consequence of the reviews and investigations carried out in the exercise of their privileges;

c) Süstraer, destroy, conceal or otherwise misuse the documentation and information that for the purpose of his/her care or custody or that exists in the General Comptroller, in order to exercise his or her privileges;

d) To be involved with bias in the monitoring and enforcement of sanctions procedures referred to in this Law, and

e) Incur any of the violations mentioned in Article 8 of the Federal Law on Administrative Responsibilities of Public Servants.

2. At the request of the General Council, the Chamber of Deputies will decide on the application of the sanctions to the comptroller general, including among them the removal, for serious causes of responsibility (a) the right of the person concerned to be heard. Removal will require the vote of two-thirds of the members present in the session.

Article 490.

1. The General Comptroller will have the following powers:

a) Set the criteria for the conduct of audits, procedures, methods and systems necessary for the review and audit of resources charge of the areas and organs of the Institute;

b) Setting the accounting and archiving rules, procedures, methods and systems, books and supporting documents and proof of income and of the expenditure, as well as those elements which allow the proper practice of audits and reviews to be carried out in the performance of their duties;

c) Evaluate progress reports on financial management with respect to authorized programs and those relating to completed processes;

d) Evaluate the fulfillment of the objectives and goals set in the administrative nature programs contained in the budget of the Institute;

e) Verify that the various administrative areas of the Institute that have received, managed, administered or exercised resources, do so in accordance with the the applicable regulations, approved programmes and approved amounts, as well as, in the case of discharges, from the corresponding items and in accordance with the relevant laws, regulations and administrative provisions;

f) Review that the budgetary operations performed by the Institute are made in accordance with the legal and administrative provisions applicable to them materials;

g) Verify the works, acquired or leased goods and contracted services, to verify that the investments and authorized expenses have been applied, legal and efficiently achieving the objectives and goals of the approved programs;

h) Requiring third parties who have contracted goods or services with the Institute the information related to the supporting and proof documentation respective, in order to perform the required compulsas;

i) Request and obtain the information necessary for the performance of your functions. As a result of the information relating to the operations of any kind provided by the credit institutions, it will be applicable to all the public servants of the Office of the Comptroller General of the Institute, as well as to the professionals contracted for the practice of audits, the obligation to keep the reserve to be covered by the regulatory provisions on transparency and access to public information;

j) Issue guidelines, instruct, de-drown, and resolve administrative procedures regarding complaints against servers public of the Institute, and keep the registration of the public servants sanctioned;

k) Investigating, in the field of your jurisdiction, acts or omissions involving any irregularities or unlawful conduct in the admission, discharge, handling, custody and application of funds and resources of the Institute;

l) Receiving complaints or complaints directly related to the use and disposal of the Institute's revenue and resources by public servants of the same and to de-drown the procedures to be taken;

m) Making visits to the physical venues of the Institute's areas and organs to request the exhibition of the books and papers indispensable for the conduct of their investigations, subject to the respective formalities;

n) Establish the training courses and guidance mechanisms that are necessary for the Institute's public servants to comply properly with their administrative responsibilities;

n) Formulating observations in administrative matters;

o) Determine damages affecting the Institute in its patrimony and directly to the persons responsible for the compensation and penalties corresponding pecuniary;

p) Finishing the responsibilities and imposing penalties in terms of the respective guidelines;

q) Submit to the approval of the General Council its annual work programmes;

r) Submit to the General Council the prior and annual reports of results of his or her management, and refer to the same Council when required by the Counsellor President;

s) Participate, through its holder, with a voice but without a vote, in the meetings of the Executive General Board when, for the exercise of its powers, This is deemed necessary by the President Counsellor;

t) Receive and ressave the property declarations to be submitted by the public servants of the Institute, from the level of head of department, in accordance with the formats and procedures established by the Comptroller's Office. The rules laid down in the Law of the Matter shall apply as appropriate;

u) Intervening in the delivery-receive processes by starting or commissioning the appropriate public servers, and

v) Others to grant you this Law or applicable laws in the matter.

Article 491.

1. The public servants assigned to the Comptroller General of the Institute and, where appropriate, the professionals hired for the practice of audits, must keep strict reservation on the information and documents that they know for the performance of their faculties as well as their actions and observations.

Article 492.

1. The Institute's organs, executive areas and public servants will be required to provide the information, allow the review and address the requirements of the Comptroller's Office. General, without such review interfering or hindering the exercise of the functions or privileges that this Act or the applicable laws confer upon them.

Article 493.

1. If the deadline set by the Comptroller General, the audited organ or area, without cause is justified, does not present the report or documents requested, the Comptroller General proceed to finance the responsibilities that correspond to the law.

2. The fining of responsibilities and the imposition of penalties will not relieve the offender from fulfilling the obligations or regularizing the situations that motivated the fines.

3. The Comptroller General, in addition to imposing the respective penalty, will require the offender to comply with the obligation within the specified time limit, which will never be greater than forty-five days. omitted reason for the penalty; and if the person fails, he/she will be punished.

4. During the failure of administrative procedures, where appropriate, to the finalisation of responsibilities, the public servants will be assured of the exercise of the guarantees constitutional.

TRANSIENT

First. This Law shall enter into force the day after its publication in the Official Journal of the Federation.

Second. The Federal Code of Electoral Institutions and Procedures published in the Official Journal of the Federation on January 14, 2008, as well as its reforms and additions, is repealed.

Third. The matters that are pending the entry into force of this Decree shall be resolved in accordance with the rules in force at the time of their commencement. The above, without prejudice to the implementation of the deadlines provided for in the transitional articles of this Decree.

Fourth. The staff of the National Electoral Institute who, in accordance with this Decree, should be subject to changes in their work, will retain their employment rights.

Fifth. When, in accordance with this Decree, any organ, central or unconcentrated of the Institute changes its membership, the transfer shall be made to the staff at its service, the assignments authorised budget, furniture, vehicles, instruments, apparatus, machinery, files and other goods which it has used for the attention of the matters to which it is responsible.

Sixth. The General Council of the National Electoral Institute will dictate the necessary agreements to make the provisions of this Law effective and will have to issue the regulations that will result from it. take 180 days from its entry into force.

The general provisions issued by the Federal Electoral Institute or the National Electoral Institute, in advance of the entry into force of this Decree, will remain in force, in so far as they do not oppose the Constitution and this Law, until the General Council of the National Electoral Institute does not issue those that need to replace them.

Seventh. The political parties shall adapt their basic documents and other internal regulations to the provisions of this Law and other applicable legal provisions.

Eighth. The credentials to vote with current photograph with IFE nomenclature will remain valid until the date of their expiration. This is without prejudice to the fact that they may be renewed by loss, change of domicile or other circumstances, or replaced by the citizens in terms determined by the Institute.

Ninth. For the only time, the federal and local electoral processes corresponding to the respective elections that will take place on the first Sunday of June 2015 will start in the the first week of October of the year 2014. For this purpose, the General Council of the National Electoral Institute shall approve the necessary adjustments to the time limits laid down in this Law.

Tenth. For the local electoral processes to be held in 2015, the General Council of the Institute will have to develop the process of appointing the members of the Councils. General of the local bodies, in the terms of paragraphs 1, 2 and 3 of (c) of section IV of Article 116 of the Political Constitution of the United Mexican States, no later than 30 September 2014. With respect to the other federative entities, the election will be made in advance at the beginning of the next electoral process.

The General Council of the Institute will have to make the appointments in a staggered manner, in the following terms:

a) Three counselors who will last in their order for three years;

b) Three counselors who will last in your order six years, and

c) A counselor who will last in your order for seven years.

Tenth First. The federal and local ordinary elections to be verified in the year 2018 will be held on the first Sunday of July.

Tenth Second. The functions corresponding to the electoral training, as well as the location of the boxes and the appointment of officials of the board of directors, in the local electoral processes, delegated to the Local Public Bodies by virtue of the publication of the Decree for which various provisions of the Political Constitution of the United Mexican States are being reformed, added and repealed in political-electoral matters, remain delegated until as long as they are not reassumed by majority vote of the General Council of the National Electoral Institute, in terms of the Eighth Transitional of that Decree.

Tenth Third. The vote of Mexicans abroad by electronic means will take place until as long as the National Electoral Institute makes public the verification of the system to be used for the issuance of the vote in that modality. For this purpose, it must have the opinion of at least two companies of international prestige. Such a system must provide proof of absolute certainty and proven security, in order to guarantee the effective exercise of the right to vote for Mexican citizens residing abroad. To this end, the system established by the Institute shall ensure, inter alia:

a) Who issues the vote, be the Mexican citizen residing abroad, who has the right to do so;

b) That the Mexican citizen residing abroad cannot issue more than one vote, by electronic means or other of those provided for in this Law;

c) That suffrage be free and secret, and

d) The effective broadcast, transmission, receipt, and computation of the cast vote.

In case the Institute determines the adoption of a system for the issuance of the vote of Mexican citizens residing abroad, it shall carry out the verification to which the present refers before the start of the election process for the year 2018. In order not to have such a check for the electoral process referred to, the provisions of this transitional procedure shall be applicable for subsequent electoral processes until the respective verification is provided.

Tenth Fourth. The organization of the National Professional Electoral Service shall be made in accordance with the characteristics and deadlines established by the Institute from the entry into force of this Law, the Staff Regulations of the National Electoral Professional Service shall be issued by 31 October 2015 at the latest.

The processes related to the National Electoral Professional Service initiated in advance of the entry into force of this Decree, will continue their processing until their conclusion, according to the rules at the time of their start.

Tenth Fifth. The General Council of the National Electoral Institute may make adjustments to the time limits laid down in this Law in order to ensure the proper execution of the activities and procedures This Law is contained in this Law.

Tenth Sixth. The Federal Executive, through the Secretariat of Finance and Public Credit, will allocate budgetary resources to the National Electoral Institute for the due fulfillment of its powers, in accordance with the applicable rules and subject to budgetary sufficiency.

Tenth Seventh. The references that this Law makes to the Office of the Prosecutor General of the Republic shall be construed as being made to the Attorney General's Office, until the autonomy of the Office of the Attorney General of the Republic of the Republic of the Republic of constitutional of the Prosecutor's Office.

Tenth Eighth. The administrative, judicial and audit procedures related to political groupings and political parties in the federal entities, as well as their militants or sympathizers, which the local electoral bodies they have begun or are in the process of entering into force of this Law, will remain under the jurisdiction of the same, in consideration of the legal and administrative provisions that would have been in force at the time of their commencement. The expenses incurred by the political parties in the federative entities until before the entry into force of this Decree, will be audited by the local electoral bodies with sustenance in the legal and administrative provisions in force at the time of their exercise, which shall be determined and resolved by the last day of December 2014 at the latest.

Tenth Ninth. As long as the law on replication is issued, political parties, candidates and candidates may exercise the right of reply as set out in the first paragraph of Article 6o. of the Constitution and the respective laws, in respect of the information presented by the media, when they consider that the same has distorted facts or situations concerning their activities. This right shall be exercised without prejudice to those corresponding to the responsibilities or moral damage caused in terms of the law governing the printing works and the applicable civil and criminal provisions. For the purposes of this Law, the holder of the right of reply must first exhaust the instance before the respective media, or show that he requested it in his favor and was denied. The electoral authorities shall ensure in due course the effectiveness of the right of reply during the electoral process and, if necessary, must establish the special sanctioning procedure provided for in this Law.

Twenty-one. In consideration of the provisions of the Decree for which various provisions of Articles 6o, 7o, 27, 28, 73, 78, 94 and 105 of the Constitution are amended and added to the telecommunications, published in the Official Journal of the Federation on June 11, 2013, the obligations provided for in this Decree for the concessionaires, will be applicable, in the conduct, to those who conform to the legislation in force in the matter, still have the character of permissioners.

Twenty First. In accordance with the provisions of the Tenth Transitional Article of the Decree for reform, various provisions of the Political Constitution of the States are added and repealed. United Mexicans, in political-electoral matters, published in the Official Journal of the Federation on February 10, 2014, the Senate of the Republic shall appoint the magistrates of the local courts in electoral matters with prior to the start of the next local election process.

Twenty-second. The requests of the political parties for the Institute to organize its internal elections, which have been submitted before the entry into force of this Decree, will not be subject to the time limit laid down in point (ff) of paragraph 1 of Article 44 of this Law. Applications submitted during the year 2014 shall be submitted for consideration by the Institute a month in advance.

Twenty-Third. The provisions of paragraph 5 of Article 242 of this Law, in relation to the work or management reports of public servants, shall be governed by the law governing the the eighth paragraph of Article 134 of the Constitution. The provisions referred to in paragraph 5 of Article 242 shall remain in force until the previous regulation in that law is issued and enters into force.

Twenty-fourth. All provisions that are opposed to this Decree are repealed.

Transient

Unique.- This Decree shall enter into force on the day following its publication in the Official Journal of the Federation.

Mexico, D.F., on May 15, 2014.-Sen. Raul Cervantes Andrade, President.-Dip. José González Morfin, President.-Sen. Lilia Guadalupe Merodio Reza, Secretariat.-Dip. Javier Orozco Gomez, Secretary.-rubrics."

In compliance with the provisions of Article 89 (I) of the Political Constitution of the United Mexican States, and for its due publication and observance, I request this Decree in the Residence of the Federal Executive Branch, in Mexico City, Federal District, at twenty-two in May of two thousand fourteen.- Enrique Peña Nieto.-Heading.-The Secretary of the Interior, Miguel Angel Osorio Chong.-Heading.